🌐 Have You had Your Isagenix Shake Today? Its well after New Year’s, no more excuses – Lets get back to the business of taking Care of YOU, Today.
🌐 Natural Vanilla IsaLean Pro Shake is better than ever. Chocolate formulation is my personal favorite. Marilyn loves Strawberry. All packaged in a Box of 14 convenient single-serving packets, our favorite packaging, no scoops, no measuring, no mess, simply open the pre-measured packet, pour into your blender. Nowhere can you get a fully-balanced, fast meal for under $4
🌐 You can Enjoy a 36gm dose of the highest quality all-natural Protein, unDenatured whey protein in Natural Chocolate, Strawberry, French Vanilla, and Natural Vanilla – plus three Dairy-Free shake formulas, Vanilla, Chocolate and Natural Berry Harvest.
🌐 The 7-Steps to Make a Great Shake – IsaLean Shakes are Quick & Easy to Make, plus are Very Healthy – Its a Fully Balanced Meal
(1) Add Cold Purified Water measuring up to 8oz-Line on Blender
(2) Add a Hand-Full of ICE Cubes into Blender
(3) Add some Fruit – For a Healthy “Change-up” – Choose from these: add 10 Grapes or Strawberries, add a 4″ piece of Banana, add a table-spoon of Peanut Butter, a hand-full of BlueBerries, a 3″ Watermelon Cube – Its OK to be Creative
(4) Pre-Blend the Water, Ice, and Fruit for 10 seconds
(5) Tear open the IsaLean Pro Shake-Pack, add to the Blender
(6) BLEND for 20-to-30 Seconds
(7) Pour into a 16oz Glass or To-Go Cup and Enjoy, no messes, rinse blender for your Next shake
(★) Desire Coffee flavored Shakes – that’s Easy – brew 12oz of your favorite Coffee the night before, and place the hot brewed Coffee in your Refrigerator. Next Morning, use 4oz of the Cold Coffee and 4oz of Cold purified water, add a few ice cubes; Blend with the Shake as usual. Add more-or-less Coffee to suit your taste
(★) No Problem adding a few calories of Fruit, to mix things up a bit, as taking your “Morning Shake” should be an Every Day all-Year affair
(★) IsaLean Shakes are not “diet foods.” They are Healthy Foods – a fully balanced meal-replacement – Shakes may be used in a Diet Regimen and for an Every Day regimen – the best way to start your day either way
(★) As a Diet comes into Play – substitute the 2nd Meal of your Day with another IsaLean Pro Shake, for Lunch or Dinner, make your third meal of the day a 650 calorie, healthy “anything-you-desire” meal
(★) Want to add lots of Lean Muscle, have a 3rd Shake of the Day – giving you 108 grams the very best all natural protein
http://www.wilson.2016.isagenix.com/en-US/products/categories/individual-items/isalean-pro
🌐 A bit of Biochemistry – The Meaning of Denatured vs. unDenatured. When ingredients are all Natural, unDenatured, that’s the best, that’s the Isagenix way. Denatured, means the ingredients are no longer Natural, processing has altered the ingredients, means lower quality.
🌐 UnDenatured (a double-negative) means the ingredients are All Natural, ISAGENIX’s Way. unDenatured = Natural, in the case of IsaLean Shakes the 36gm of Protein have not been altered by “cooking” the protein. Denatured is “Code-Word” for the Protein has been altered, by cooking it. Cooked Protein will not be fully absorbed by the Body.
🌐 What’s the difference between Natural Vanilla and French Vanilla: Only the flavor. Enjoy the cinnamon-tinged flavor of French Vanilla or savor the sweetness of Natural Vanilla; either way, you’re enjoying the best, power-packed shake on the planet.
🌐 Isagenix has pioneered the safest, most effective all-Natural products on the market—and we have the results to prove it. Our whole-body approach to health and wellness is revolutionizing the industry and Isagenix is a 14 year old multi-National, multi-$Billion Company.
🌐 If you’d like, Go to our Isagenix site… learn more about Isagenix products, order products directly from this site. Make Isagenix a source for your health. Better yet Join our Isagenix Team and receive Wholesale pricing, the same prices we pay… Here’s the Link:
http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
🌐 Isagenix Spring, 2016 U.S. Product Catalog is available for your review and download by clicking onto the Link below. This full-color 94 page catalog describes each of the products, their Ingredients, the Science, followed by the current prices for each product, displaying Associate pricing and Retail pricing for non-Members:
🌐 Creating exceptional nutritional products that make a positive difference in millions of people’s lives is a very complex process. Master Formulator John W. Anderson and our Research and Development Team actively nurture collaborative relationships with experts from diverse disciplines to stay abreast of ever-evolving nutritional science. They are constantly consulting academic experts and medical professionals to create no-compromise products with the utmost of efficacy.
🌐 Each Pack of Isagenix IsaLean Pro shake, which gives you a delicious high-protein Meal. A complete Ultra-High protein Meal, perfectly balanced formula, containing
✔️ 36 grams of unDenatured Protein
✔️ 6 grams of Dietary Fiber
✔️ 23 Vitamins and Minerals to assure maximum absorption
✔️ 21gm Carbohydrates and
✔️ 6gm total Fats
✔️ 460mg Potassium
✔️ Active enzymes to aid digestion
✔️ Gluten Free
✔️ Soy Free
✔️ Low Glycemic formulation.
🌐 Isagenix IsaLean Pro Shakes are Magical for Weight-Loss. Simply take two IsaLean Pro Shakes, replacing two of your three meals each day. Drink lots of water, at least eight 8oz glasses of water each day. Have the pleasure and freedom of eating and enjoying One normally balanced 640 Calorie meal of your choice, at Home, Office, or at your favorite Restaurant… Breakfast, Lunch, or Dinner, you decide. Each IsaLean Pro shake has only 280 Calories. Recall that Isa Lean Shakes are fully balanced meals with a scientifically-balanced blend of Proteins, Carbohydrates, Fats, Minerals & Vitamins to assure the best bodily absorption. Therefore for your three-meals per day regimen, is fortified with just two IsaLean shakes per Day
> Calorie Count for 3-meals
> 280+280+640=1200 Calories/Day
🌐 Isagenix IsaLean Pro Shakes are Magical for Lean Muscle Weight-Gain. Simply take two, three or more, IsaLean Pro Shakes, in addition your regular meals each day. Drink lots of water, at least eight 8oz glasses of water every day. Since each IsaLean Pro Shake contain 36gm of pure natural protein, your exercise program will benefit greatly with this healthy high-protein supplement. The more you work-out, the more your body will crave protein. These Shakes are a very efficient method to nutritionally-balance your exercise program.
🌐 Your BMI will be optimized too as “fatty tissues” are simultaneously replaced by lean muscle. You will see wonderful results, as do many Body Builders, as well as Track & Field, and other Professional Athletes are experiencing. Each IsaLean Pro Shake has only 280 Calories. Recall that Isa Lean Shakes are fully balanced meals with a scientifically-balanced blend of Proteins, Carbohydrates, Fats, Minerals & Vitamins to assure the best bodily absorption.
🌐 Quinoa Salad with Veggies as pictured is one of our favorites, which contains 230 Calories per 1 Cup serving. I ordered Quinoa for lunch today at my favorite Café, Saquella. Later in the Day I will have my 2nd IsaLean shake, leaving 310 Calories for a Glass of Prosecco Sparkling Wine (100 Calories) and a light Snack, for example, a yummy Isagenix’s Fiber Bar, 150 Calories.
🌐 Remember to DRINK Lots of Water and Exercise. Recommended Water Daily should be Eight 8oz Servings of Water Daily, More if you Exercise Vigorously and perspire. Many folks do not have time to join a Gym, but walking is a great exercise to maintain one’s Metabolism. There is a terrific App called MOVES, which counts your Steps while walking during the day, and has the ability to suspend counting when riding in a Car, Bus or Train. Pressing the Green Circle translates the Your steps to Calories burned, Miles walked, and Hours walked. Maintains Weekly and Monthly totals to keep you motivated to WALK…
🌐 If you’d like, Go to our Isagenix site… learn more about Isagenix products, order products directly from this site. Be free to make Isagenix a source for your health needs. Better yet Join our Isagenix Team and receive Wholesale pricing, the same prices we pay, and become an independent business for you if you’d like… Here’s the Link:
http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
🌐 Interested in the world famous Isagenix Shakes, but need a Dairy-Free formula, Isagenix has it, with their Natural Berry Harvest Shake. If you have religious food requirements there is a KOSHER formulation also.
🌐 Where can you possibly buy a Completely Balanced High Protein Meal for only $3.57/Meal. For example, compare IsaLean Pro Shake protein
(>) 36 grams, natural protein in each IsaLean Pro shake: $3.57 per shake
(A) 36 grams of protein in 8.0 Scrambled Eggs: Restaurant Cooked: $16
(B) 36 grams of protein in 5oz Sirloin Steak: Restaurant Cooked: $17
(C) 36 grams of protein in 6oz Shrimp: Restaurant Cooked: $18
(>) Each Isagenix IsaLean Pro shake gives you the Protein equivalent of 8 Raw Eggs ($16), an 5oz Raw Steak ($17), or 6oz Raw Shrimp ($18)
(>) Grams of Protein compared to: Raw eggs, Raw meat, and Raw shrimp. Cooked-protein becomes denatured; a significant portion of cooked protein (33%) is not absorbable by your body.
(>) Cooked Eggs, Meat, or Shrimp, then increase the Portion Sizes and Prices by 33% to achieve 36 grams of absorbable Protein.
🌐 As to cost IsaLean Pro is $49.95 for a 14-meal Box for Associate-Members. It’s inexpensive to join (under $30). Order the shakes twice, and your membership is covered with the discount you’d receive. It makes no sense not to join. If you prefer not to be on the team at this time, no worries; the retail price for the shakes is $65.95 for the-14 packet Box.
🌐 Notice the graphic above which shows the various current products and their 2016 pricing. If you’d like to view or download the informative 2016 Isagenix Product brochure, go here: https://goo.gl/DKRCgH
🌐 Jim Wilson is an Independent North American Associate with Isagenix International. The enterprise sustained its multi-year growth surge in 2015, as annual sales climbed 20% to a record $892 million. At the end of February the maker of health and wellness products said cumulative sales had topped $4 billion in its 14 years of business. Rapid growth prompted Isagenix to build a new 150,000-square-foot world headquarters in Gilbert, Arizona, where it relocated in March. Though the company has established a brick-and-mortar presence in 14 markets worldwide, its booming North America.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; Active Isagenix North American Independent Distributor. http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Pleased you’re reading, with our over 120,000 Readership world-wide, which gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system {not I} sends a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Amazing to think that my AppleWatch is over 1000 times more powerful than the Burroughs system above.
🔘 Model S with 125kWh Lithium Battery configuration is prominently focused on Tesla engineering tables. This higher capacity will Deliver 420 Mile Rated Range. Tesla recently released the Model S 100D with a 100kWh Battery powered car, that delivers 335 Mile Range for the Model S.
🔘 Range Anxiety is Real. Recent surveys of Electric Car Drivers and soon-to-be Electric-Car-Drivers reveals that 45% of this group are truly anxious about “Running out of Power”. Couple this notion with the limited number of TESLA super-charger stations in circulation (currently less than 1000 in the USA), a Model S for example, having a 335 mile range currently, and 420 mile range in the future, makes “running out of battery” less worrisome when traveling out of town. When and if a 125kWh Battery is made available in Tesla Cars, it be employing their new LiON 2170 LiON cell design.
🔘 Perspective – Tesla Model S with 125kWh Lithium Battery. To give perspective for the significance of a 125kWh Battery, it delivers 420 miles of driving range. In comparison, for a gasoline powered Luxury sedan, a Mercedes 450 SEL or a Lexus 500, that delivers an average of 24mpg, this is the equivalent to a 17½ Gallon Gas Tank. (Math 420m/24mpg=17.5) Therefore a 125kWh battery should be considered the “Energy Standard” for the Model S and X Cars, as a 17½ Gallon fuel tank [equivalency] is certainly not “overkill” considering the limited number of Super Charges installed, (under 1000 in the US) as compared to 160,000 gas stations in the US.
🔘 Tesla’s LiON 21700 Cell design, Tesla engineers have labeled this unique design the “2170” cell, chopping of the trailing “0.” The 2170 cell nomenclature defines a geometric cylinder, with a Diameter of 21mm, (radius = d/2 or 10.5mm) and a height of 70mm. The formula for the volume of the 2170 design cell is: ¶(r²)(h)mm³, substitute the values for Pi, radius and height: 3.14159(10.5)²(70)mm³. This equates to 24,245mm³. Similarly, the Volume of the original 18650 cell is: 3.14159(9)²(65)mm³. This equates to 16,540mm³.
🔘 The new LiON 2170 cell is 145% greater in size (24245/16540=145%) than the industry standard 18650 LiON cell. Extrapolated, if the 2170 cell is 145% larger than the 18650 cell, the Energy Capacity may similarly be 145% greater than the 18650 cell. Since the 2170 cell is 3mm wider anmmd 5mm taller, seemingly, Tesla engineers may be able to more tightly pack the 2170 cells into the 16 Modules. Tesla says the New Model 3 and subsequent Model S and X cars will all employ 2170 cells housed in totally re-Engineered Modules and Battery design. This new 2170 cell and module design may be the answer for an actual 420 Mile Rated Range Tesla Car.
🔘 Recall 420 miles in rated-range, becomes 360 Real Range: 420-20-20-20=360. as (A) folks shouldn’t drive their cars into their garage or Super Charger station “On Empty” – lets arrive at one’s garage charger with -20 miles of energy remaining, (B) plus running a variety of accessories, Enhanced AutoPilot, True Self Driving, Climate Control, Super Audio System, negative aerodynamic drag due to premium Large Rim wheels… all of which may effect Range by -20 miles, (C) Also lets charge the LiON Battery to 95% for routine driving, a bit higher than the 90% TESLA recommends, effecting range by -20 miles. If going on an out-of-town drive, Tesla permits charging the LiON Battery to 99%, adding back 20 miles of range for your trip.
🔘 Tesla Motor released a 100 kWh LiON battery-pack in 2017; TESLA did not replace the 90 kWh battery as many expected. Tesla has also changed the 70 kWh battery capacity to 75 kWh. A recent dissection of the P100D battery shows that Tesla leveraged the same design concept by distributing a total of 8,256 battery cells (up from 7,102 cells in Tesla’s Model S 85D) across the 16 modules, making up the new 100kWh battery pack. Tesla added 72 LiON cells [in parallel] into each of the 16 modules, an additional 1,152 Lion cells, keeps the 400DC voltage consistent, but increasing power to 250 Amps. This brings the total capacity of the Battery Pack to the advertised 100 kWh. However, Tesla is actually providing 102.4 kWh of capacity for the 100D pack, marginally higher than what’s labeled.
🔘 Tesla’s release of the 75 kWh Battery includes a “Software Switch” reducing the 75 kWh capacity to 60 kWh in effort to create “entry level” pricing for the Model X and S cars, to $60,000. This marketing plan is in place to convince some Model 3 Reservationists to Jump Now into one of these two Cars, rather than wait 12 to 24 months for the Model 3. Last year Tesla updated the 85 kWh battery, and replaced it with the 90 kWh battery; the 100 kWh Power Pack has been released in January, 2017, rendering an impressive EPA Range of 335 Miles for the Model S 100D, the non-performance configuration.
🔘 There is something Magical about 100 kWh and 335 mile EPA Rated Range, particularly when it comes to RANGE and Zero Emissions Automotive Power.
🔘 But there is something even More Magical about a Real 425 Mile Range. Some say that a 425 mile range may not be necessary. Baloney! With an additional 25% increase in power capacity from the 100kWh to 125kWh; this will deliver some 425 miles in Range.
🔘 Think about this, converting 400 miles driven, with your Luxury Gasoline Car requires a 21¾ Gallon Fuel Tank, assuming your Luxury 4,600 pound Gasoline-Car can actually deliver 19MPG miles per gallon assuming City•60%:Highway•40% driving. EPA milage ratings for “gasoline engine powers cars” have been a “Quasi-Accurate” promulgated by the Government and Domestic Auto Makers. Remember, when ratings are “calculated” generally with all Accessories and Air Conditioning not running. Turn on the A/C and some accessories, the Range Rating may be 6% to 8% overstated.
🔘 Imagine a BMW or Mercedes Dealer saying to you “…a 13¾ Gallon Fuel Tank is all you Need, equating to a 260 mile range assuming 19mpg…” Baloney! Similarly for the Model X and S Cars, a 100kWh battery delivering 335 Mile Range may not be really be sufficient considering the “currently” inadequate number of Tesla Super-Charger Stations available, less than 1000 locations in the USA and of Jan, 2017 (that can “pump” 170 Miles of Range per 30 minute charge).
🔘 Know this, there are 160,000 Gasoline Stations nationally (that literally Pump gasoline, delivering over 300 Miles of Range into the fuel-tank in less than 5 minutes). In all fairness there are roughly 30,000 non-Tesla Charger Stations such as CHARGE-POINT stations; however, the charging current is significantly low, delivering only 10 to 14 miles of range with 30 minutes of being plugged-in, striking argument for Longer Range Tesla Batteries.
🔘 335 Miles of Range – Let’s Examine what the Real Range may be – Turn on the Air Conditioning, Running lighting, Sound System, Navigation System, AutoPilot, and a few other Accessories, add your high performance 21″ rims… you may loose -5% or more of your Range (say -15 miles), now we’re down to 320 Mile Range, (335-15=320). Tesla is also recommending, “…Do not charge your LiON Battery routinely above 90%” for your Battery’s Health & Longevity; lets charge to 95%, this is another -5% or 15 miles loss in range, bringing your Tesla Rated Battery, to a Range of 335 Miles to 305 Miles(335-15-15=305).
🔘 Tesla’s Real Range – One More Point: Lets not forget we’re not likely to drive into our Garage, Office, Shopping Center or a local Fueling Station with near-Zero Miles on the Energy-Gauge, particularly with limited number of TESLA Super-Chargers available. Therefore take away another 25 miles of Range, the functional-equivalent of our Gas-Gauge turning Red or Yellow, signaling “Fuel-tank Reserve” is in use. This brings the 335 Rated Range of the 100kWh battery to 280 Miles Real Range (Math: 335-15-15-25 = 280 Range in Miles). Therefor, with all the fanfare of a 335 rated mile range is really 280 miles of driving range; much better than any competition, but more is better with the lack of rapid charging station. Tesla needs a Larger 125kWh Battery “to eliminate range anxiety.”
🔘 Tesla Model S Power Train Options. As of January, 2017 Tesla Motors Design Studio offers the following 7 Battery Capacities, with and without the “D” Option, designating Dual Motor design, delivering all-wheel drive. Notice that the minimum price jumps quite a bit higher with the “P” performance version of the D100P as a number of Options are bundled with the Performance package. Notice, there are $18,000 additional options representing my personal choice of a “Loaded” Model S 60, (excluded Sub-Zero Weather Systems $1000, Rear Facing Seats $4000, transportation, tag & taxes); However, a “Loaded” Model S 60 includes: Enhanced Autopilot $5000, Full Self Driving Capability $3000, Premium, Upgrade Interior Package $3500, Smart Suspension $2500, Ultra High Fidelity Sound $2500, and theHigh Amperage 72A Charger Upgrade $1500 which delivers about 30 Miles of Range per Hour, suitable for one’s Garage overnight charging.
• Model S 60, priced from $68,000 to $92,300
• Model S 60D, priced from $73,000 to $91,000
• Model S 75, priced from $74,500 to $92,500
• Model S 75D, priced from $79,500 to $97,500
• Model S 90D, priced from $89,500 to $107,500
• Model S 100D, priced from $92,500 to $110,500
• Model S P100D, priced from $134,500 to 144,500
🔘 Let’s Create a TESLA 420 Mile Range Battery (not available yet) – How many Miles of Range do you really get. When we drive our Luxury Tesla Model S, we surely are going to use all those exciting Accessories, the amazing Sound System, Lighting, and the Air Conditioner, Enhanced AutoPilot & Self Driving Navigation Systems, the 21″ high performance Wheels for example… These accessories may consume 5% of the Power, which effects a -20 Miles on Range. Again, Tesla recommends “for the Health & Longevity of your Tesla Car Battery Pack do not routinely charge the Battery Over 90% daily” but lets “Top it off” a bit more to 95% – this represents -20 miles effect on Range off the Top. We’re not done yet. You cant take the risk of driving into your garage, office or shopping center, with ZERO miles in the fuel-tank, we need a “Fuel Reserve” – Lets set the electric fuel reserve to 5%, effects -20 Miles on total Range, as there are Too Few Super-Charging stations currently. Most Gasoline Car companies set their “Emergency Fuel Light” to illuminate at a 25 Mile Reserve remaining in the Tank. This brings our fictional 420 mile Rated Range of our new fictional 125kWh battery to 360 Miles of Usable Range (Math: 420-20-20-20 = 360 Usable Range in Miles, about 85% of the Rated Miles).
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars 335 miles in Rated Range equates to 285 Miles in Real Range.
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars 420 miles in Rated Range equates to 360 Miles in Real Range.
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars the Real Range equates to 85% of the EPA Rated Mile Range.
🔘 With 160,000 Gas Stations in the USA that are currently pumping Gasoline and Diesel Fuel, literally Pumping 350 to 400 Miles of Range into passenger car Fuel Tanks, requiring less than a 5 minute for the Fill-Up. There are Far Fewer Fast Charging Stations Lets say 1000 stations exist across the US to Fast Charge Tesla Electric Cars. No wonder there is significant Range Anxiety with potential Electric Car Owners, self included.
🔘 Presently there are NO “Public EV Car Chargers” that can “Pump DC Juice” for 400 Miles of Range in 5 Minutes. Can Not be done in 10 Minutes, Not in 20 Minutes, Not in 30, not in 40, 50, or 60 Minutes for a Fill-Up. Tesla’s Super Charger Stations (now 682) currently deliver 170 miles of range in 30 minutes. This problem exists Today and likely for the next 4 or 5 years, until a more robust Fast-Charger Network exists – all the more reason why TESLA and other EV Car makers, need to deliver 420-Mile Range Cars.
🔘 Two Battery Capacities for Tesla Model X and S, will be 60 kWh, 75 kWh, 90kWh and 100 kWh for now. However, 100 kWh LinON Battery Packs should not be the end of the kWh “Race” – I’d rather call increasing Miles of Range an important kWh Goal. It’s not really about kWh, it’s about Miles of Range, but the terms are directly linked. Once the Model S and X achieve a Real 400 Miles of Range, stability with Tesla kWh Battery Capacities will be achieved.
🔘 Model X and S Luxury Cars – Two Battery Capacities 75 kWh and 125 kWh, all other Capacities Software-enabled or switched, if these choices were up to me, which it is not. Huge Problem: assessing a $8500 Premium to increase the 60 kWh capacity to 75 kWh, which Adds 39 Mile Range seems “ludicrous,” sorry for the word choice. Perhaps ridiculous would be better.
🔘 Let’s add 39 Miles of Range for $8,500 – really, you’ve got to be kidding. Apparently the development costs for Tesla’s LiON Battery Pack is way “Out of Balance” with the Model X and Model S Cars’ Total Cost. Tesla’s Gigafactory is supposed to decrease the LiON battery pack cost by 35%.
🔘 Tesla’s Marketing strategy currently is to Lower the Entry-level Cost of the Model S to around $60,000 and Model X to $70,000 in attempt to “convert” some of the Model 3 Reservation folks to Get the Model S and X Now, rather than waiting 18 months for the Model 3. TESLA needs to step-up the engineering efforts to Lower the Cost of the LiON Battery Pack.
🔘 TESLA needs to accommodate their “X and S early adopters” with a 400 Mile Range Model X and S Cars, call these costs “an Investment for the Future of Tesla.” Many of the Model X and S cars are delivered on 36 month leases. When they come back at the lease maturity, the Next Tesla Owner may want a commuter Model X or S with modest Range, or the Next Owner may want Max Range. Tesla cannot “hammer” the next owners with a $20,000 up-charge for 150 Miles of Range increase…
🔘 Tesla’s Model X and Model S Cars Run on 7,104 individual LiON Cells. It’s hard to Believe that Tesla’s 5,200 pound Luxury Car runs on thousands of Flash-Light batteries, literally 7 thousand of them. The currently discussed increase in capacity of the “LiON Battery” to the 100 kWh Capacity, albeit involving thousands of LiOn cells, is accomplished by re-Engineering the individual Cell structure and composition of rare-earths (in Tesla’s new Gigafactory) rather than simply adding more Cells.
🔘 Tesla Cars – Recall most of the entire “floor-board” for the Model X and Model S Cars, is a Steel-Encased array of 7,104 individual LiON cells, arranged into 16-modules of LiON batteries, where each module contains 444 LiON cells, delivering 25vDC. Each module contains 6 Rows of 74 LiON batteries.
🔘 Battery LiON Cells Count and the LiON Power Math, both relatively simple: The LiON battery Cell count for 16 Modules, each containing 444 LiON Cells: {16x(6×74)=7,104}. The Electric Math is simple too: 16 Modules delivering 25vDC each, equates to 400vDC: {16x25vDC=400vDC}. As to Power which equates Amps [times] Volts: 230 Amps at 400vDC delivers 92 kWh of Power. The Power Math: {230×400=92,000} Converting Watts of Power to kWh: {92,000 Watts-Hrs = 92 kWh}
🔘 A 100 kWh Battery will earn the Model S an EPA Range of 335 Miles, up from 288 miles with the 90 kWh battery. Earlier in 2016, Tesla removed the 85 kWh battery option on new orders [as of mid-May] and streamlined its Model S battery options to 70 kWh and 90 kWh, similar to what’s available on the Model X.
🔘 Think about this – imagine Buying a $95,000 luxury car with a 12.9 Gallon Gas tank – that’s a comparison to Tesla’s current Max Battery options today – it’s just NOT Enough Juice. Combine a 12.9 Gallon Gas Tank comparison with the lack of a suitable network of FAST CHARGER Stations, a true 400 mile range must be Tesla’s Target, a 125 kWh battery in my opinion.
🔘 Tesla’s GigaFactory has created a new LiON Cell: 20mm in diameter by 70mm tall, their unique 20700 LiON Cell. This new technology is reported to deliver 33% greater power than its sister cell the 18650 LiON Cell (used in the 2015 Model S cars), at no additional material cost. Therefore, if TESLA substitutes the 7,104 LiON 18650 cells with 7,104 LiON 20700 cells, then the Model S and Model X would have a 125kWh battery delivering a 400 mile range…
🔘 Tesla Model S Commuter Car. Those Model S drivers that desire a 200 Mile Range Car, fine, a 60kWh Battery is perfect for these drivers. My suggestion, build all Model S cars with a 100kWh battery (or a 125kWh battery) and “software-limit” its capacity to 60 kWh. After all, in three years or so, if the Next Model S owner may want a longer range battery, the car already has a Longer-Range battery, which can be “software unlocked” from 60kWh.
🔘 Lets turn our attention to two other major components in the Tesla Drive Unit, the Tesla Model S and X Motor and DC Current Inverter. Tesla employs 3-phase 4-pole frequency controlled AC induction motors in the power-train of all its Model S and X cars, the original design by Nikola Tesla circa 1896. The speed and power controller operating the Tesla Power-Train, manages current flow and frequency of the AC power emitted from Tesla’s custome power-inverter.
🔘 The Tesla Model S motor rotates from 5000 rpm to 8000 rpm; however, the power emanating from the 3-phase 4 pole frequency controlled AC Induction Motor, (capable of drawing a 1600 to 2000 amp surge) is primarily controlled by the Frequency of the AC power delivered to the Motor. The complex circuitry relating to modifying the frequency of the AC sine-wave, that regulates the power-output of the 3-phase 4 pole frequency controlled AC induction motor, is managed by either (A) the Driver’s depression of the Accelerator Pedal, or (B) by the AutoPilot System. A relatively smooth frequency controlled sine-wave is emitted from the 3 Phase, 4 Poll Power-Inverter. Power emanating from the Motor is controlled by a high frequency pulse-trigger circuitry, that modifies the Sine-Wave Frequency of the AC current running into the MOTOR. The pulse-trigger electronics is capable of emitting electro-magnetic interference, EMI, as the pulse-trigger is a On-OFF pulse square wave. Tesla drivers have mentioned that when listening to traditional AM Radio, there is significant radio interference; AM Radio is known to be sensitive to static electricity and low frequency EMI. However, FM Ratio operation is not subject to low frequency spectrum EMI, that may emanate from Tesla’s Power Drive Unit.
🔘 Tesla Motors’ Power-Inverter, changing DC to AC power is similar in design, and used in Solar City’s residential Power-Wall units. Most, if not all household appliances, A/C compressor motors, motorized appliances, Washing Machines & Dryers, and household electronics are designed for a smooth AC sine-wave power source, similar to the 60cps AC sine-wave current supplied by municipal public Electricity Utilities; however, the household inverter does not require a variable frequency pulse-trigger, as the frequency must be 60 cycles per second AC power.
🔘 Tesla has a 100 kWh Battery “On the Bench” at their Nevada GigaFactory. A “technically inclined” member of the Tesla community, Jason Hughes, recently hacked into his [personally owned Model S] onboard [Car] computer software; Hughes uncovered a string of program-code referencing the “P100D” shield. Hughes asked [tweeted] @ElonMusk directly about the P100D reference, Musk did respond, however, without denying the P100D possibility.
🔘 400 Mile Range with a 125 kWh Battery, is where Tesla LiON Battery Capacity really needs to be, IMHO. 400 Mile Range should be the “Standard” Battery-pack, with any Lower Range being the “lower price” option. [(288÷90)x125=400].
🔘 Tesla Cars should have a 400 Mile rated Range, while the infrastructure of Tesla Chargers continues to expand. Plus it’s common knowledge that EPA ratings exclude operation of certain accessories like Air Conditioning. Turn on the A/C and Sound System, then the Model S Range drops by roughly 11%. Also Tesla recommends that users limit the filling of the battery routinely to “90%” to maximize battery-capacity-life. Therefor, even with an EPA rated 400 mile range, it’s effectively a 360 range, when using Accessories.
🔘 GigaFactory, Reason #1 – Magic for Tesla’s Lithium Battery production. Tesla is pressing Hard to deliver hundreds of thousands of Cars per year in the near future. Currently Tesla’s 90 kWh Battery contains literally 7,104 rechargeable LiON Battery Cells [pictured at left], all lined up within 16 modules of 444 cells each.
🔘 Tesla is Delivering 75,000 Cars per Year currently. This Year’s [2016] Production Level requires 533 Million LiON Battery Cells, capturing a significant portion of the entire World’s Supply-Line of Lithium Cells. As Tesla delivers more Cars, the demand for LiON Cells increases, if the Supply of LiON Cells remains stable, prices go Up. For Tesla to deliver their Cars at a reasonable Price, Tesla needs to Build both Cars and LiON Batteries.
🔘 When Tesla Delivers 250,000 Cars late next year [2017 for example] this production level would require 1.77 Billion LiON Battery Cells, more than the entire World’s Supply-Line of Lithium Cells. This is precisely why Tesla built its own Battery Factory in Nevada. Why Nevada?
🔘 Pure Energy Minerals Limited is under contract with Tesla Motors to mine the primary element continued in LiOn batteries, Lithium from local Nevada lithium mines, relatively close [200 mile circle] to the Factory. This is another reason for the location of their unique Battery Factory. Tesla has agreed to buy Lithium, actually 40,000 Tons of Lithium Hydroxide/Year, a byproduct of the mining process. Tesla chemists will then refine Lithium Hydroxide and purify the Lithium for use in LiON battery chemistry.
🔘 GigaFactory Reason #2 – Tesla will Customize the Industry Standard 18650 Lithium Cell. Tesla–Panasonic venture will “tweaked” the (A) 18650 LiON Cell, by making it 2mm larger in Diameter and 5mm taller, creating the new 20700 Cell and (B) tweaking the Anode, Cathode, and Chemistry of the Cell.
🔘 Lithium Battery Development is a very Big Deal as we’re talking about several BILLION batteries Annually. The resultant increase in the Cell size [10%] will deliver 133% More Power without increasing cost due to up-scaling production. This is how Tesla gets to a 125 kWh Battery with the similar cost as the 90 kWh battery. The other benefit Tesla can deliver a 220 mile range battery [60 kWh] for the Model 3, at a significantly lower cost, relatively speaking.
🔘 Tesla 120 kWh Battery is on the way, it’s a matter of when. This will Drive the Model S and X to a 400 mile range, the ideal comfort-range, particularly with everyone being “afraid of running out of juice.”
🔘 Around Town, not many folks have issues with the 90 kWh Battery or the new 100 kWh capacity Battery, assuming they have home-garage chargers. However, if you are traveling 200 miles out of town, Current Tesla Capacities are NOT sufficient for COMFORT. When one spends $100k for a very attractive Car, a beautiful package of engineering…
🔘 Worrying about your Model X Running out of Juice, is not where we want to be. We believe Elon Musk gets it, on this point.
🔘 EPA determined Tesla Model S 90D Electric Car earned a Milage Rating: 101eMPG City : 107eMPG Highway, 103 eMPG overall. These figures are amazing for a 5,000+ pound luxury electric Car. eMPG is the petroleum-fuel-equivalency, for rating Electric Powered Cars. The 3 TESLA’s Electric Propulsion Cars, the Model-S, Model-X, and the new Model-3, Cost Lower than 3½¢ per Mile Driven for all Tesla Electric Cars [EPA Chart below].
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page
https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
🔋 Fuel Cost for TESLA’s Electric Propulsion Cars. Today’s Cost of Electricity averages 9.338¢ per Kilowatt Hour, in Florida. The Cost to operate TESLA’s Electric Cars at the current electric Utility charge of 9.338¢/kWh is on average $725 for 15,000 miles driven (see EPA chart below)
🛢 Electricity Cost of 9.338¢/kWh equals 3½¢/mile driven for Tesla Model S, Model X and Model 3 Electric Cars (with No exhaust fumes containing CO₂ & CO, plus No Noxious Gasses, No Soot discharged into our atmosphere).
🛢 Fuel Cost for Gasoline Powered Cars with 300hp Engines consumes on average 22MPG, miles per gallon. Therefor, for each 15,000 miles driven, 625 Gallons of gasoline are consumed (with Exhaust Fumes containing CO₂ and CO, Noxious Gasses and Soot, that are discharged into the atmosphere).
🛢 Current Gas Prices are a Low of $2.25/Gallon, then the Cost to drive 15,000 miles is $1,406 or 9.35¢ per Mile Driven with Gasoline Engine Powered Cars.
🛢 Several Years ago Gasoline prices were over $4.25 per Gallon; We may likely experience similar increased Gasoline prices again in a few years. Therefor, for the same 15,000 miles driven, and the same 625 Gallons of Gas purchased (for 22mpg Cars) the Gasoline Cost would increase to $2,656 (at $4.25/Gallon of Gasoline).
🛢 $4.25/Gallon Gas equates to 17.75¢ per Mile Driven. Notice the examples for the Cost of Gasoline followed by the Cost of Electricity and their respective Driving Costs/Mile. Values for Gas cost/mile 10.40¢/mile for Electric Car cost/mile 3.34¢/mile [as of May, 2016].
Gasoline Powered Cars: 24mpg Engines: Cost for Mile Driven
🛢 $2.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 8.30¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 9.35¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 10.40¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 11.45¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 12.50¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 13.55¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 14.60¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 15.65¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 16.70¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 17.75¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 18.80¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 19.85¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 20.90¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 21.95¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 23.00¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 24.05¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $6.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 24.10¢ / Mile Driven
https://www.fpl.com/rates/pdf/residential-explanation.pdf
TESLA Electric Cars: 90 kWh LiON Battery: Cost / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 09¢ / kWh: 3.35¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 9.3¢ / kWh: 3.48¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 10¢ / kWh: 3.72¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 11¢ / kWh: 4.09¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 12¢ / kWh: 4.46¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 13¢ / kWh: 4.83¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 14¢ / kWh: 5.20¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 15¢ / kWh: 5.58¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 16¢ / kWh: 5.95¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 Gasoline price fluctuations, do not directly relate to the current 12¢/kWh Electrical Power Costs to the Public, according to the EPA. A significant portion of Nation’s Electrical Power Generation is fueled by four main sources other than the thousands of Petroleum (Oil or Diesel) Fueled Power Plants, plus a number of Geo Thermal, Wind and Solar Powered Plants, according to current EPA statistics:
(A) 99 Nuclear Power Reactors in 30 States
(B) 557 Coal Powered Electric Power Plants
(C) 7,304 Natural Gas Powered Electric Plants, plus
(D) 2,540 HydroElectric Powered Dams in the USA.
🔘 Tesla Model S History and Now – Tesla Model S was styled by Franz von Holzhausen, who previously worked for Mazda North American Operations. The car was codenamed WhiteStar during research and preliminary development. The Model S was announced in a press release on June 30, 2008. The prototype vehicle was displayed at a press conference on March 26, 2009, pictured above.
🔘 In February 2008 Tesla Motors was planning to offer a range-extended version of its Model S. This version would have included a gasoline engine to extend the driving range of the vehicle; but it was promptly removed in a later revision. At the GoingGreen conference in September 2008 Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk, announced that Tesla was developing only all-electric cars.
🔘 Tesla manufactures the Model S at its 5½ Million square foot Tesla Factory in Fremont, California. For the European market, Tesla assembles and distributes from its European Distribution Center in Tilburg, the Netherlands. Cars are built and tested in Fremont, California. The battery pack, the electric motor and parts are disassembled and shipped separately to Tilburg, where the cars are reassembled, a 203,000 sq ft industrial building that also serves as a workshop and spare parts warehouse. Tesla expects the Model S to “pay back” the energy that went into producing the car in fewer than 10,000 miles.
🔘 Tesla Model S is a full-sized all-electric five-door, luxury liftback, produced by Tesla Motors, and introduced in June 2012. Tesla’s Model S scored a perfect 5.0 NHTSA automobile safety rating. (http://goo.gl/TJ7jbV) The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) official range for the 2012 Model S Performance model equipped with an 85 kWh battery pack is 265 miles, higher than any other electric car at the time. EPA rates its energy consumption at 38 kWh/100 mi for a combined fuel economy of 104 miles per gallon gasoline equivalent.
🔘 The Model S became the first electric car to top the monthly new car sales ranking in any country, twice leading in Norway, in September and again in December 2013, and also in Denmark in December 2015. Global Model S sales passed the 100,000 Model S sales Milestone in December 2015.
🔘 Tesla Model S ranked as the world’s best selling plug-in electric vehicle in 2015, up from second best in 2014. The Model S also ranked as the top selling plug-in electric car in the U.S. in 2015. As of December 2015, the leading markets are the United States with a 60% share of global sales and Norway with 9.4%. Other leading country markets are China, the Netherlands, Canada, Denmark, Germany, and Switzerland. As of December 2015, the Model S ranks as the world’s second best selling plug-in car in history after the Nissan Leaf.
🔘 The Tesla Model S won awards including the 2013 World Green Car of the Year, 2013 Motor Trend Car of the Year, Automobile magazine’s 2013 Car of the Year, Time Magazine Best 25 Inventions of the Year 2012 award and Consumer Reports’ top-scoring car ever. In 2015, Car and Driver named the Model S the Car of the Century.
🔘 In 2016 Tesla has completely updated design of Model S. Model S nose now looks more like the Model 3. Also, 60 and 85 versions are now discontinued. Only 70, 70D and 90D versions are available. In May 2016, the 75 and 75D versions became available. Facelifted 70 and 70D Model S owners have the option to ‘unlock’ the 75 kWh capacity, adding up to 19 miles per charge.
🔘 🚘 AutoPilot Trained with 50 Million Miles of Driving Experience 🔘 Co-PILOT for Tesla DRIVERS 🔘 Autonomous Driving Soon 🚘 UPDATE 3 🚘 🚘 🚘
🔘 Tesla AutoPilot is NOW the Co-Pilot for all Tesla Drivers – AutoPilot having over 50 Million Miles of “Driving Experience under its Belt.” AutoPilot serves all Tesla Drivers as their Personal Driving Assistant, like a Co-Pilot. As excellent as it is, AutoPilot is still in its initial Beta form into 2017.
🔘 The Future of the Personal Driving Experience is True Autonomous Driving, which may come sooner than many expect. My guess, Tesla would like AutoPilot to be released from Beta concurrent with Model 3 emerging from the Production Line Q4.2017
🔘 Think of Tesla Model S and Model X AutoPilot feature, as being similar to the Autopilot in a Commercial Airliner. In world of Aviation, the Pilot manually Backs-out the Airplane from the Gate or Hanger, Taxies onto the Runway, performs the Take-Off [a High-Skills portion of the Flight], the Captain continues to “Pilot” the Airplane with Hands-on-the-Wheel at all times, until the flight is “stabilized” into the Flight-Plan’s route. Once the flight has completed the Take-Off routine and is on its flight-plan [the FAA’s “highway lane” in the sky] the Pilot engages the [aircraft version] of Autopilot to handle the “tedious” portion of the Flight, maintaining altitude, course, and tracking all the “vital signs” of the aircraft, it’s engines, fuel levels, temperatures, cabin pressure and temp… Tesla is apparently styling their AutoPilot System similarly.
🔘 Predictions: Elon Musk is totally “Driven to deliver true Autonomous Tesla Cars,” and to deliver attractive, affordable, high performance, electric Cars for the Mass Market. Tesla, having received over 400,000 Model 3 Reservations with $1,000 deposits, (represents $400 million in cash deposits) Tesla’s affordable $35,000 Car will begin emerging from its Fremont, California Production Line in late 2017; so it seems that Tesla’s desire for “mass market” appeal is a reality. Elon Musk says, when it begins to contact the first portion of the reservation-list, customers will be directed to Tesla’s Design Center. As the Model 3 is not ready yet, this is the Design Center link for the Model S: https://goo.gl/GKAIoa
🔘 Model 3 Buyer Options – Musk estimates that Buyers of the Model 3 will likely add several options, for roughly $8000. Here a few of the Options that may be available for the Model 3: Long Range Battery, All Wheel Drive, AutoPilot, Smart Air-Suspension, Ultra High-fidelity Sound package, to name a few. This is a link to the Design Center for the Model S, as the Model 3 Design and Options tool is will not be ready until mid-2017: https://goo.gl/GKAIoa
🔘 Model 3 Update – Recent reports from Tesla Motors indicate that by early July, 2016, all the remaining “Model 3 engineering decisions will be made,” finalizing the Model 3 production design. This Milestone sets into motion the fabrication of 8000 unique parts in the supply-line, to assemble the New Model 3.
🔘 Next, is Autonomous Driving, to accomplish [selectable] autonomous driving, Tesla is collecting massive levels of Driving-Data, for Two primary purposes
(1) Prove Safety Statistically, with Tesla’s AutoPiloting Systems engaged, incident-free, safe-driving is significantly improved, as compared to unassisted Human Driving
(2) Train the AutoPilot to further Improve its Prediction Accuracy
(••) With 50 million mile data-set has been Assimilated [a 6 month driving sample] the Frequency of Accidents is 50% Lower with AutoPilot engaged, as compared to Drivers not engaging AutoPilot, according to Elon Musk.
🔘 Decreasing Driving-Incidents by 50% using AutoPilot that’s still in Beta form is astounding. The Insurance industry is taking notice. Combine these factors with Tesla’s assembly of
(A) Best software engineers
(B) Best mechanical engineers
(C) Tesla’s 50% increase in the size of its Fleet of Cars on the Roads, delivering Driving-Data back to Tesla’s MainFrame Computers
(D) Tesla’s collection and assimilation of the Next 50 million mile Data-Set, will occur exponentially faster
(••) Accordingly, Tesla hopefully will release its Software Iterations more rapidly [current version is 7.1] incorporating exciting new features, improved reliability, performing more tasks semi-Autonomously.
🔘 So the Cycle of Teaching AutoPilot continues, as Tesla DRIVERS Teach their AutoPilots, how to Drive Better and Better. See, it’s Tesla Driver Intervention with AutoPilot’s errant predictions, that teaches the AutoPilot; Tesla engineers assimilate these occurrences, then the entire Fleet of Tesla Cars are updated with the “Lessons Learned.” This is the nature of Computer-Machine Learning.
🔘 Model S and Model X AutoPilot Software is designed to actually “Learn to Drive Better.” Over 100,000 Tesla Drivers are actually training the AutoPilot system every Day, so the Software becomes better over time. Next year there will be over 200,000 Tesla Drivers training the AutoPilot. The latest software update 7.1 allows Model S and Model X Cars to use its unique array of cameras, radar, ultrasonic sensors, GPS and an increasing Data-Base of Driving-Data, to automatically steer down the highway, change lanes, recognize cars around it, adjust speed, and maneuver in response to traffic conditions.
🔘 Tesla Drivers are Teaching their “Cars to Drive Better,” literally. Tesla’s 1Q/16 Car Software update 7.1, has increased the Driver’s confidence behind the wheel with features to help the Car avoid hazards and reduce the driver’s workload when driving on Tedious, Boring, Stop-and-Go portions of a Commute or Road-Trip. While Model S or X can’t make traffic disappear, AutoPilot can make Driving a whole lot easier, safer, less tedious, and more pleasant to endure. Once you’ve arrived at your destination, Model S & X scans for a parking space and parallel parks on your command. https://goo.gl/0EeVt1
🔘 AutoPilot features a Dynamic real-time Instrument cluster with a Driver-Focused design showing current information the Car is utilizing to “intelligently” determine the vehicle’s behavior in the moment relative to its surrounding traffic conditions. The instrument panel provides a real-time computer-drawn “moving visuals” of the road, bending left, straightening, bending right, etc., the driving Lanes detected by the Car’s 360º array of sensors. AutoPilot is delivering to the Driver the same information that the Car’s Computer is utilizing to execute center-of-the-Lane Stability, Lane Departure, Blind-Spot Detection, Speed Assist, Auto-Collision Maneuvering, Following distances, graphical Collision Warnings, Adaptive Cruise, and AutoSteer. https://goo.gl/UrMIQC
🔘 AutoSteer (presently in Beta form) maintains the Car Centered in the Current Lane, and engages Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain the Car’s Speed. Using a variety of measures including Steering Angle, Steering Rate, and Speed to determine the appropriate operation; AutoSteer assists the Driver, making the driving experience easier.
🔘 Tesla’s AutoPilot requires Drivers to remain Engaged and Aware when Autosteer is enabled. Drivers must keep their Hands on the Steering Wheel, as there are Tactile Sensors imbedded in the the Steering Wheel, verifying the Driver’s “Hands on the Wheel.”
🔘 AutoPilot issues an Alarm and Disengages if the System doesn’t recognize the Driver’s hands on the steering wheel, AutoPilot will Display a Warning message, deliver a Chime, and auto-disengage AutoPilot. Since AutoSteer software is in “beta form” Tesla does not want their Drivers to “overly rely” on the AutoPilot’s traffic and road Predictions. As AutoPilot becomes “smarter” [perhaps with another 100 million miles of machine training] the Full-Time Hands-On-The-Wheel requirement may be relaxed [my guess]. https://goo.gl/o7Zspe
🔘 Tesla Software release 7.1 expands AutoPilot functionality and introduces the 1st Iteration of the Summon feature. Using Summon… once you arrive home and you exit Model S or Model X, you may Stop your car at the Front Door, everyone exits the Car, and the Driver Prompts the Car to do the rest autonomously, namely
(A) The Car Opens Garage door
(B) The Car Drives into Garage
(C) The Car Parks itself
(D) The Car Closes Garage Door
(E) The Car Shuts itself down
(F) The Car Locks all 4 Doors
(••) Imagine the convenience of Summoning your Car to your precise location, when it’s Raining, as it drives itself to the Front Door of the Restaurant, under the Portico awaiting you and your guests entry into the Car. https://goo.gl/EL9Nqo
🔘 Using Summon again – In the morning, you wake up, get dressed, make coffee, Summon your Tesla with your iPhone App, Get your Cup of Coffee, Walk out the front door, and your car is at your Front Door waiting for you to Board the Car. The Car’s System will Open your Garage door, back-out of the Garage, Close the Garage Door, and Summon then drives itself to your location, ready for your Drive. More broadly, Summon eliminates the burden of having to squeeze in and out of tight parking spots. During the current 1st Beta stage of Summon, Tesla would prefer customers to become familiar with “Summon” only on private property.
🔘 “Autonomous Self-Valet-Parking” the Next Step for Summon feature. How nice, no more giving your keys to Strangers, as they celebrate “Joy-Riding in your very special car,” while you’re Dining. The Tesla Car will locate a viable Parking Spot and park itself, then lock itself, then turn itself OFF. When you are finished, Exit the Restaurant Summon your Car to your precise position. Tesla version 7.1 is in “beta” and cannot “Self Valet” yet…
🔘 According to Tesla, your Car will eventually be able to drive anywhere around the Corner, the City, the County, or perhaps further, to meet you, even self-charging along the way. Your Tesla Car will be able to Sync with your Calendar so your Car knows exactly where & when to arrive at your Home, Office, Country Club, or Hotel…
🔘 Tesla Computer Software v7.1 release is the Next Step towards Tesla’s Goal of developing fully Autonomous Driving capabilities with delivery through over-the-air software updates, keeping Tesla customers at the forefron of driving technology.
🔘 Tesla’s Auto-Steering is a strategically Important Component of AutoPilot’s capability, utilizing a 360º Array of Sensors, and WiFi and 3G connectivity at all times
(A) Forward Facing Radar
(B) twelve Long-Range 360º Ultra-Sonic Sonar Sensors
(C) High Definition Front-Facing Stereo Digital Camera
(D) High-Resolution GPS
(E) Tesla’s Ultra-High Definition Mapping, coupled
(F) Precision Electro-Mechanical Servo-Controled Steering, Breaking, Speed-Control Systems. https://goo.gl/Ob7PYe
🚘 Let’s take a Pause and have some FUN – Congratulations, as you’ve read our article to this point. Now it’s time to take a brief break before moving to the next chapter. Check out this YouTube Video of Tesla’s Model S “Test” Driving with “Insane” Mode engaged: https://youtu.be/vFwxlCp_wpU
🔘 AutoPilot Serves as the Driver’s Co-Pilot rendering Tesla Cars to Drive Safer. AutoPilot is Capable of
(1) Interpreting Stop Signs, Road Signs, and Speed Limit Signs using Optical and Object Character Recognition
(2) “Visualizing” Cars and Objects surrounding the Car
(3) Recognition and Compliance with Traffic Signals
(4) Identification of Road Lanes
(5) Auto-Lane Changing
(6) Auto-Steering, Centers the Car’s path within Lanes
(7) Maintains your SET Speed
(8) Maintains a Safe [selectable 1 to 7 Car lengths] Following Distance
(9) Car’s Sensor Array “Scans a full 360º Perimeter” around the Car in Real-Time for Collision Avoidance and Blind-Spot Maneuvering… The Frontiers for AutoPiloting of Tesla Cars. https://goo.gl/Ob7PYe
🔘 Tesla Cars with AutoPilot Software Installed and activated, AutoPilot’s features help to relieve Drivers from the most tedious and potentially dangerous aspects of road travel. Tesla combines a
(A) High-resolution Forward facing Camera
(B) RADAR
(C) Array of 12 Long-range Sonar Sensors
(D) GPS telemetry
(D) Ultra-high Definition Mapping [100-times more precise than typical GPS mapping], combined with electro-mechanical assists for braking and steering system to “automatically drive” your Model S on an Open Road and in dense Stop-and-Go Traffic.
🔘 AutoPilot hardware is now built into all Model S, X, and Model 3 Cars, whether or not you purchase the AutoPilot software Option. AutoPilot system is activated with the installation of the AutoPilot software tech-package into Tesla’s Car Computer system [ $2500 option] when configured at the time of Car Purchase, [$3000 if AutoPilot is installed after the purchase].
🔘 Tesla’s AutoPilot feature currently gives the Car partial-Autonomy, and when the AutoPilot Software is activated the “system” is 50% safer than Human Drivers, according to 50 million miles of Driving-Data assembled by Tesla’s Chief Executive Elon Musk’s software engineers. The probability of having an accident is 50% lower if you have Autopilot Engaged… said Musk, speaking at an energy conference in Oslo, Norway. Even with the current initial beta-versions, AutoPilot is about twice the Safety Record as compared to a Driver without AutoPilot assistance.
🔘 AutoPilot Warning: “Keep your Hands on the Wheel”. AutoPilot is currently in “beta form” and Tesla’s dashboard Warning Message states “Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, and be ready to take Control of the Car.” The AutoPilot system is continuously LEARNING. The “System Learns” when a Driver Corrects the Path of the Car, when necessary. All the corrective actions taken by the Driver are assembled with the digital data from Tesla’s onboard Computer, GPS, Radar, Sensors, and Camera, and Transmitted to Tesla’s Mother Ship for analysis and potential integration into the next AutoPilot update version.
🔘 50 Million Miles of Driving Data has been Collected in 6 Months. This Data is “Training the AutoPilot” as it formulates improved Driving Algorithms for the Software. Tesla’s entire Fleet of Cars with AutoPilot engaged, are collecting Driving-Data, the actions of the Driver, as compared to the actions the AutoPilot predicted. If differences occur, where the Driver took over control of the AutoPilot, this is a potential “Training Event” that is transmitted to “Tesla’s Mother Ship” for assessment and assimilation. As improved Driving Algorithms are developed, Software updates are delivered by the Cell System back to the entire Fleet of Tesla Cars. Tesla’s “Learning Machine” is a continuous Cycle of data Collection, Assimilation, Assessment, Integration, Update the Fleet, with a continuous streaming of Millions of Miles of Precision Driving.
🔘 Drawing on Early Data from Tesla’s cars, Musk said that the average number of Miles Driven by a Car Between Accidents was almost doubled when Autopilot was engaged. These results are from Tesla’s first generation of Autopilot, which owners have been using. Tesla drivers using AutoPilot, have driven over 50 Million Miles since AutoPilot was launched October, 2015.
🔘 Tesla AutoPilot software obtains data from HD Video Cameras, Radar, a 360º Array of 12 Long Range Ultrasonic Sensors to perform basic functions, including steering on a Highways, Lane Changing, adjusting Speed in response to varying traffic conditions, or simply parking the Car. AutoPilot technology (the hardware component of the AutoPilot) is pre-built into every recent Model of the company’s Cars, from July, 2015 and all 2016 Cars. The Software package is designed to “Continuously Learn how to Drive Better” and therefor AutoPilot will continue improve with time.
🔘 Musk expects the 2nd Version of AutoPilot, a Fully Autonomous AutoPilot version of its Driving Software will be Significantly Safer than the current AutoPilot technology. Less than 2 years away from being released, the 2nd Generation of Tesla’s Autopilot will require regulatory approval; Tesla must Demonstrate to the DOT that AutoPilot is (A) relatively Simple for average Drivers to implement, and (B) is “Definitively” Safer as compared to all Human Drivers, not having engaged AutoPilot.
🔘 The Insurance Industry is Extremely Interested in the continued Success of Tesla’s AutoPilot. AutoPilot improves the Driver’s experience
(1) Driving Safety, averts boredom and tedium
(2) Collision Avoidance, with 360º sensor Array
(3) Decrease the number of driving accidents
(4) Decreasing the Degree of personal injury
(5) Decrease property damages
(*) The day may come, when motor vehicles may be required to have a minimum level of hardware-sensors with AutoPiloting assistance for Drivers. It seems that Tesla is setting the Standards for AutoPiloting driver-assistance.
🔘 Tesla is Collecting a Huge DataBase of high-resolution Driving-Data to demonstrate “that the Safety Level is significantly Improved, by a meaningful margin, when AutoPilot Autonomous Mode is Engaged, versus AutoPilot with Autonomous mode turned off.”
🔘 AutoPilot enabled Tesla Cars are Safer than Human Drivers… or is this a high-tech Marketing Gimmick? A video surfaced in early April, 2016 that showed a Tesla Model S Autopilot prevented a Highway Collision with a Utility Truck (positioned in the Driver’s “Blind Spot”) that cut sharply in front of the Model S. The Model S was riding on a highway in the Right Lane; a White Utility Truck aggressively moved from the Center-Lane to Right-Lane (as the Tesla Car was positioned in the Truck’s “Blind Spot”); This Event, both vehicles becoming dangerously Close, was detected by AutoPilot’s perimeter Sensor Array, and caused the Model S to instantly “Auto-Steer” the Tesla Car enough distance to the Right, combined with “Auto-Speed” control, to avoid the Truck’s contact with the Tesla Car.
🔘 The iPhone Video of the above potential “Event” shows the Model S collision avoidance system “sensed” a vehicle moving to an unsafe distance, and triggered a corrective action by its Auto-Steering to the Right, to avoid the Utility Truck, as it pulled out in front of the Model S. Coincidentally, the Model S occupant was cell-phone video-recording their new Model S on the Highway having engaged the AutoPilot, and shortly thereafter, the Truck near-collision incident occurred. Video Clip: https://goo.gl/OLQAJI
🔘 How Does Tesla’s AutoPilot Work – Model S AutoPilot’s system is Continuously Learning and Improving, due to the procedure of (A) Machine Learning computer algorithms, (B) the car’s wireless [cellular] real-time, always-on connection, (C) ultra-high-resolution mapping (D) sensor-array data that each Tesla Car collects, (D) Driver Data and AutoPilot’s Predictions are Transmitted to “Tesla’s Mother Ship” for Processing and Assimilation into the next version of AutoPilot. Within the recent 6 months, more than 50 Million Miles of Driving Data has been processed by Tesla for improvements to its AutoPilot software system.
🔘 Machine Learning Algorithms, the latest in sophisticated computer technology, where computers Assimilate super-large Data-sets, Analysis of massive levels of Data, Elimination of Spurious Data, Create improved Precision Algorithms, then implement the Algorithms, making for Improved Precision high-confidence Predictions.
🔘 Computers delivering Precision high-confidence Predictions is the essence of Machine Learning, resulting in computer-speed “Micro-Second Reaction Time” form of highly specialized artificial intelligence. With Human intelligence, improved performance, is accomplished with Education, Training, Practice. With Computers, Learning occurs with Millions of Cycles of Assimilating massive Data Sets into Precision Algorithms, Elimination of the spurious Data, delivering super-high-confidence Predictions;then rewrite Precision Algorithms, Distribute back to the Fleet of Cars, in the case of AutoPilot. And these Cycles are repeated creating even more precision-high-Confidance Predictions.
🔘 AutoPilot Machine Learning is the method that Tesla Car Computers can become artificially intelligent, as the AutoPilot technology is a form of AI. “The entire Tesla fleet of Cars operates as a large network of “Tesla Car Computers” collecting very-high-resolution digital data. When one Tesla Car learns something, the entire Fleet learn it. “This is far beyond what other car companies are doing” says Elon Musk.
🔘 When it comes to the AutoPilot software, Musk explained that each driver using the AutoPilot System essentially becomes an “Expert Trainer” for how the AutoPilot should work. To create a self-driving car, Tesla’s AutoPilot, has logged and transmitted back to Tesla Mainframes, over 50 million miles of driving Videos and Data into Tesla’s Computer Data Model, which creates a Massive digital vocabulary about driving events. The resultant algorithms use “visual” techniques to Assimilate the video-data to understand traffic and driver events. The Goal for AutoPilot, when something unexpected happens — a ball rolls into the street — AutoPilot can recognize the specific pattern, and will react accordingly (because a child may also be running into the street after the ball, as an example).
🔘 The Data from Tesla Drivers is enabled by the hardware systems that Tesla has configured. All Tesla Cars built from mid-2015 through 2016, have (A) 12 ultrasonic sensors located on the lower circumference of the vehicle, (B) a front-facing digital camera mounted above the rear-view mirror, (C) a Radar System center-mounted below the front-nosecone. These three sensing systems are constantly collecting high-resolution Data to help the AutoPilot work on the roads, but this System also amasses Data that will make Tesla AutoPilot systems Learn, and operate with more precision in the future.
🔘 Because each of Tesla’s Cars have an always-on wireless Cellular connection to “Tesla’s Mother Ship,” data from driving and using AutoPilot is collected and uploaded into the Tesla Cloud, and analyzed with sophisticated software algorithms. With AutoPilot, Tesla assimilates the data from Tesla Cars using the its Automated Steering and Lane Change Systems, uses this Data to train its AutoPilot algorithms. Tesla then assembles these algorithms, tests them, and incorporates the new Driving Algorithms into upcoming software downloads to the entire fleet of Tesla Cars’ onboard Computers.
🔘 Currently Tesla has downloading Version 7.1 software. This download is multi-hour events that occurs between 2am and 4am, or as Drivers schedule. Elon Musk said that Tesla is collecting much more detailed high-precision mapping data for its automated steering and lane change applications as compared to what is available through the standard navigation technology. To meet its needs, Tesla has started to build its own Ultra-high-precision Mapping Data that is 100-Times the level of granularity, compared to standard commercially available navigation systems, using [mostly] data from Tesla Cars driving on roads and data from Tesla engineers driving research cars.
🔘 AUTOSTEER & AUTO LANE CHANGE – Autopilot displays a “Steering Wheel Icon located next to the speed display in the instrument cluster will appear Grey. Pull the Cruise Control lever towards you Once to engage the Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, and pull it Twice to activate AutoSteer. The steering wheel icon will now turn from Gray to Blue. AutoSteer keeps the vehicle in the current lane [the driving Lanes are illuminated with Blue Lines] and maintains the vehicle’s speed. However, you must still keep your hands on the steering wheel so you are prepared to take control of the vehicle at any moment during changing road and traffic conditions.
🔘 When AutoSteer is activated, you can change lanes by engaging the turn signal, and your Model S will move itself to the adjacent lane, only when it’s safe to do so. AutoPilot’s 360º perimeter sonar sensors detect when it’s clear for a Lane Change.
🔘 AUTOPARK – When traveling below 15mph, a Grey “P” will appear on the instrument cluster when your Model S detects a parking spot next to you. Put the vehicle into reverse and “AutoPark Ready” will appear on the touchscreen. Once activated, your Model S will begin to park itself by controlling steering and vehicle speed.
🔘 Tesla Model S Driver Joshua Brown said “It was a mistake on the Truck driver’s part. He did not look or know I was next to him, until I honked my horn” Joshua Brown, recently uploaded the video to YouTube: https://goo.gl/OLQAJI
Model S demonstration of Acceleration and AutoPilot: https://goo.gl/1J05X8. Elon Musk demonstrating Dual Motor Acceleration and AutoPilot: https://goo.gl/lyNmCU. Demonstration of AutoPilot software version 7: https://goo.gl/NvLFmk and https://goo.gl/uh95ry
🔘 Model S Equipped with Driver Assistance components and Autopilot Tech Package, the Forward looking Camera and the Radar sensor are designed to determine when there is a vehicle in front of you in the same lane. If the area in front of Model S is clear, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains a SET driving speed. When a vehicle is detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed to slow down Model S as needed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front, up to the set speed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control does not eliminate the need to watch the road in front of you and to apply the brakes when needed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is primarily intended for driving on dry, relatively straight roads, such as highways and freeways. It should not be used on city streets.
🔘 Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed for Driving Comfort and Convenience, and is not currently “promoting” AutoPilot as a Collision Warning or Avoidance System [although there are numerous YouTube examples of Collision Avoidance by AutoPilot]. Since Auto-Steering” is currently in “Beta form” It is the Driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never depend on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to adequately slow down Model S. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death. The instrument panel displays a gray speedometer icon on the left side of the driving speed to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is available but the cruising speed has not been set. Unless a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you must be driving at least 18 mph to use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at any speed, even when stationary. When driving at your desired speed, set the cruising speed by moving the cruise-control lever up or down (or pulling it briefly toward you), then releasing.
🔘 The speedometer icon on the instrument panel turns blue and displays the set speed to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is actively maintaining the set speed. The Driver may now release-pressure from the accelerator pedal and allow Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain your set speed. When no vehicle is detected ahead, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains the set speed. If a vehicle is detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains your chosen following distance, [user-selectable from 1 to 7 Car lengths] up to the set speed, accelerating and decelerating Model S as needed. When the vehicle you are following is no longer detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control accelerates to the set speed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts the speed as appropriate when entering and exiting curves.
🔘 Adjust your following distance – To adjust the distance you want to maintain between Model S and a vehicle traveling ahead of you, rotate the cruise control lever to choose a setting from 1 (the closest following distance) to 7 (the longest following distance). Each setting corresponds to a time-based distance that represents how long it takes for Model S, from its current location, to reach the location of the rear bumper of the vehicle ahead. Cruising at the Speed Limit – Traffic-Aware Cruise Control makes it easy to cruise at the speed limit. Once you’ve initially set a cruising speed, you can adjust the speed to cruise at the speed limit that is currently being determined by Speed Assist. To do so, pull the cruise control lever toward you and hold momentarily (about half a second). When you release, your cruising speed is set to the speed that is automatically or manually being determined by Speed Assist, taking into consideration any setting you have specified. If you are already driving faster than the speed limit when you pull and momentarily hold the lever, the set speed does not adjust to the speed limit, it adjusts to your current driving speed.
🔘 To increase/decrease speed by 1 mph, move the lever up or down to the first position and release. To increase/decrease speed to the closest 5 mph increment, move the lever up/down to the second position and release. For example, if you are traveling at 57 mph and you move the lever up to the second position and release, the speed increases to 60 mph. You can also increase/decrease speed by holding the lever in the full up/down position and releasing when the desired speed displays below the cruise control icon. To cruise at the speed limit that is currently being determined by Speed Assist (including any o sets that you have set), pull the cruise control lever toward you and hold momentarily (about half a second). It may take a few seconds for Model S to reach the new cruising speed. The Maximum Set Speed is 90 mph.
🔘 AutoSteer is a BETA feature in Release 7.1. Model S is equipped with Driver Assistance components and the optional Autopilot Tech Package; you can use Autosteer to manage steering and speed under certain circumstances. Autosteer builds upon Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, intelligently keeping Model S in its driving lane when cruising at a set speed. Using the forward looking camera, the radar sensor, and the ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer detects lane markings and the presence of vehicles and objects, steering Model S based on the lane markings and the vehicle directly in front of you.
🔘 AutoSteer is a hands-on feature. You must keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times. Autosteer is intended for use only on highways and limited-access roads with a fully attentive driver. When using Autosteer, hold the steering wheel and be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traiffc. Do not use Autosteer on city streets or in areas where bicyclists or pedestrians may be present. Never depend on Autosteer to determine an appropriate driving path. Always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause serious property damage, injury or death.
🔘 Enable AutoSteer – the Driver must enable it by touching Controls > Settings > Driver Assistance > Autosteer > Enable. To indicate that Autosteer is available (but not actively steering Model S), the instrument panel displays a gray Autosteer icon on the right side of the driving speed as shown here.
🔘 To initiate Autosteer, pull the cruise control lever toward you twice in quick succession. Autosteer briefly displays a message on the instrument panel reminding you to pay attention to the road and be ready to take over at any time. To indicate that Autosteer is now actively steering Model S, the instrument panel displays the Autosteer icon in blue. When Autosteer is able to detect lane markings, it also displays the driving lanes in BLUE:
🔘 To Initiate Autosteer, you must be driving at least 18 mph on a roadway with visible lane markings. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can initiate Autosteer at any speed, even when stationary. In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center Model S in the driving lane. However, if the sensors detect the presence an obstacle (such as a vehicle or guard rail), Autosteer may steer Model S in a driving path that is offset from the center of the lane. In situations where you attempt to engage Autosteer but you are not driving within the required driving speed for Autosteer to operate, or Autosteer is not receiving adequate data from the camera or sensors, a message displays on the instrument panel indicating that Autosteer is temporarily unavailable.
🔘 Hold Steering Wheel – AutoSteer uses data from the camera, sensors, and GPS system to determine where to drive. It also requires you to hold the steering wheel. When entering a curve or driving at a high speed, if Autosteer does not detect your hands on the steering wheel, it displays the following message on the instrument panel and eventually sounds a chime: When you see this message, you may need to tighten your grip on the steering wheel. When your hands are detected, Autosteer resumes normal operation. Be careful not to apply any steering. Doing so cancels Autosteer. If Autosteer does not detect your hands on the steering wheel, the Hold Steering Wheel request escalates by sounding two additional chimes. The chimes increase in frequency until Autosteer detects your hands. If no action is taken, Autosteer begins to decelerate Model S and displays the following message on the instrument panel.
🔘 Take Over Immediately – In situations where AutoSteer is unable to steer Model S, AutoSteer sounds a warning chime and displays the following message on the instrument panel.
🔘 Tesla Model S Owners Manual. The Link below directs you to Dropbox that houses a PDF file containing the Model S Operation Manual provided to new Car owners. The sections above are abstracts from “Driver Assistance” section that begins on page 65 of this manual. https://goo.gl/UeGJDI
🔘 Fuel Economy.Gov site to compare a wide variety of New Cars. https://goo.gl/hoNh52
https://goo.gl/09PL1R
🔘 TESLA’s Model S, first arrived on the market 4 years ago in June, 2012, when the first Model S rolled off the production line. Four years later on May 1, 2016 the New and Improved Model S Cars are rolling off the production line at a pace of 1000 Cars/Week. The most noticeable change is with the front “Nose Grill” area, the nose-cone.
🔘 Cosmetics was the primary reason Tesla used a “Front Grill-like” feature in its initial design of the Model S. The nose-grill is non-functional, and was chosen to retain the “look” of traditional Cars. Since there’s no gasoline-combustion engine, and therefor no heat created, and no radiator to dissipate the heat that doesn’t exist… a front Grill to admit air for a radiator is not the function; the front Grill is strictly cosmetic.
🔘 TESLA’s Mission is to Deliver an Electric Car that “looks like” what everyone expects a Car to look like; and to have their Electric Car perform, as everyone expects a “traditional car to perform”… even though it’s Electric.
🔘 The Model S concepts are driving forces since 2010, and presently remain a major focus for TESLA. Tesla’s ultimate goal is to deliver affordable Electric Cars for the Mainstream, the Model 3 being Tesla’s first entry into the affordable car for the masses category.
🔘 TESLA’s all Electric Roadster and Model S proved that an Electric Car can be aesthetically attractive with superior performance. The Model S nose-Grill does not pass ambient-air through, to an Air-Over-Radiator as with Gasoline Engine powered cars. TESLA’s nose-Grill design was strictly cosmetic, as folks expected to see a Grill.
🔘 Currently, 80,000 Model S Cars have been purchased in the US, for a total of 110,000 Model S deliveries globally. Tesla believes with over $10 Billion in Sales Deliveries of their electric Cars, the non-functional cosmetic grill, may now be replaced with an aerodynamically efficient nosecone. The new “nose” design is currently used in Model X cars, and is planned for Model 3 cars, starting production in late 2017.
🔘 The Nose-Grill displayed in the May, 2016 Model S is Aerodynamically Superior, to the 2012 Grill, due to its carefully engineering, wind-tunnel tested shape; The 2012 nose-grill was non-functional, with unfavorable aerodynamics; but it was “worth it” to have their electric Cars accepted by the Market, in the face of decades of “Traditional Cars.” Model S new nosecone is the same precision-design wind-tunnel tested nosecone, used for Model X and Model 3.
🔘 Model 3 Received 400,000 Reservation Deposit Checks, talk about Market Acceptance. The Model 3 is Tesla’s new, affordable $35,000 electric car, with over 400k reservations with $1000 deposits.
🔘 Imagine this, Tesla has received $400,000,000 in Cash deposits for Model 3, with customers hoping to receive the Model 3, ASAP; however no sooner than “Late, 2017” according to Tesla Motors.
🔘 The Model S facelift brings TESLA’s design “up to speed” aerodynamically, with the Model X and the upcoming Model 3 sedan. The revised front-fascia swaps-out the large faux-grille, in favor of a thin top-strip across the front with a centered bold T Logo. Changing the nose-cone on the Model S is aerodynamically-functional, having significantly reduced the “Wind Resistance” of the Car, thereby increased the overall Milage Range by more than 10%.
🔘 The Improved Model S has been fitted with New Head Lights that are powered with high-power LEDs, including 14 three-position dynamic turning lights to improve visibility with evening turns and winding roads.
🔘 Tesla Engineers have added a new HEPA air filtration system, removing 99.97% of all particulate exhaust pollution, allergens, bacteria, and other airborne contaminants. Like the Model X, this Air Filtration system features a “Bioweapon Defense Mode” that maintains positive pressure inside the cabin, to prevent toxic gasses from entering the Car’s cabin.
🔘 Tesla Designers have added several cosmetic improvements in the Cabin, adding a few new wood trim options. Buyers can also select an Option for heating or cooling Forced-Air ventilation of the front seats, a similar HVAC system employed in Tesla’s Model X. For example, on a Hot Afternoon in South Florida, the interior seating becomes very hot, upwards of 150ºF.
🔘 Tesla offers an AirConditioned Front Seats Option, that delivers Cool, Dry, Forced-Air Circulation inside the perforated seat-cushions, creating a cool, dry seat, rather than a scorching hot seat, particularly if you fit the Car with Black Leather. Seat-cushion air circulation is very comfortable at all times. However, particularly comfortable during long commutes and road-trips.
🔘 Tesla’s iPhone APP – when launched your iPhone becomes a Remote Control for your Model S Car. Using the App you can start the Car’s Air Conditioning System, while you are finishing getting dressed in the morning, or awaiting your arrival from your Meeting, Luncheon, or Shopping. From your iPhone or Apple Watch, you are able to see the internal temperature of the Car, verify that it’s properly Locked, check your Fuel Range, and Turn-On the Air Conditioning, preparing the Car for your arrival to it.
🔘 Model S will likely be paired with a 120 kWh High-Capacity LiON Battery delivering a Range of 400 Miles that will eventually replace the battery pack presently offered. We previously reported that Tesla and Panasonic have designed a slightly larger LiON battery cell [2mm bigger in diameter, 5mm taller] that delivers 33% greater Power with no increase in the cost to product the Lion cells. Implementation of this new LiON 20700 cell may be the effect of assembling a 120 kWh LiON battery pack. Presently Customers have the choice of TESLA’s 70 kWh LiOn battery pack, and the 90 kWh LiON Battery pack, paired with either a single-rear-motor, 2-Wheel Drive system, or paired with Front-Wheel motor plus Rear-Wheel motor, for their AWD package.
🔘 Folks require more than a 300 mile range in an Electric Car. Tesla need to deliver a 400 Mile Range Battery pack, principally because at current Charging Rates, a 5-Minute “electric” Fill-Up delivers 28 Miles Range added to the LiON Battery, at Best. We understand that Tesla SuperCharger Stations will increase to a Power of 150 kWh [from 120 kWh]. This 25% increase that may deliver 35 Miles per 5 Minute charge, or 100 Mile Range in 15 Minutes, or over 200 Mile Range in 30 minutes.
🔘 There are 168,000 Gas Stations, and 40,000 Electric Fueling Spots in the US. Electric Car drivers need and want greater Range per Full Charge, per Fill-up. Recall, When a Gasoline Engine powered Car pulls into a Gas Station, within 5-Minutes, they receive 15 Gallons of Gas, which provides 330 Miles of range, as established by the EPA standards of 22MPG, with a 15 gallon fuel-tank.
🔘 Tesla needs a 120 kWh 400 Mile Range LiON Battery for the Model S, X, and Model 3 Cars. A 120 kWh Battery’s 400 mile Range, in traditional Gas-Tank equivalency, of an 18.2 Gallon Gas Tank, in a car that achieves 22MPG. Hopefully the Chargers and Battery Chemistry, will permit more Power to enter the LiOn Battery in Less Time.
🔘 For Electric Car Fill-ups, a 5-Minute Electric Fill-up, an Electric Car receives only 28 Miles of Range, at any of the 630 Tesla SuperCharger Stations, the most powerful [120 kWh chargers] in the US. The 2nd best Electric Charger “in the wild” delivers 16 mile Range for a 5 minute charge, and there are not too many of these ChargePoint 200 RPH chargers. The Model S onboard charging system has been upgraded to accept 48 Amp Service, a 20% increase over the previous specs.
🔘 Space X Mission Successfully Lands CRS-8 First Stage Rocket on a Drone-Ship situated in the Atlantic Ocean, April, 2016. http://youtu.be/sYmQQn_ZSys
🔘 SPACE X Mission April 8, 2016, 30 minute narrated clip behind the line showing the Mission, an the background stories. Well worth your time. As you are watching this clip, as the 1st stage Rocket Lands on the Drone-Ship, floating out there, in the Atlantic Ocean, you’ll be standing and cheering with everyone else… http://youtu.be/7pUAydjne5M
🚘 Compare Tesla Model S and Model X all Electric Cars. From a Non-Car-Guy point of view, we discuss in reasonable detail [not-too-technical] a few of the commonly used electric-car terms; We need to think and understand this new “language.”
🚘 Tesla Cars Viewed from a Buyer Perspective, selecting the Options for the Model S or Model X makes significant changes to the Comfort and Safety of the Driver & Passengers, plus the Car’s Agility, Power, and Performance. In this article we Compare two highly rated Tesla electric Cars.
🚘 Permit me to bring you “up to speed” on some of the ingredients that make the Tesla Electric Cars “tick.” Remember, it’s All about the Cells, LiON Cells. Thousands of Cells in all Model X and Model S Cars.
🚘 Look at this Single Lithium-Ion Cell in hand. The LiON Cell is truly the Magical Ingredient that energizes Tesla Model S and Model X Cars. Thousands of these Cells [literally 7,104 Cells] all lined up in a special arrangement, with 444 cells housed in each Module, where all 16 modules are connected together to deliver 400v DC at 225 Amps, yielding a 90 kWh Battery weighing 1,200 pounds.
🚘 Tesla’s GigaFactory, 100 Electric Ave, Sparks, Nevada. Tesla’s Lithium-Ion Battery factory [over 3 million sq.ft, on 1.5 sq. miles land] will produce more Lithium Cells than the entire World’s 2015 production. The Gigafactory’s initial production capacity is targeted at 35 Million kWh per Year, enough Lithium Cells to power 400,000 Tesla Cars/yr, [that’s 2.75 Billion Cells, LiON Cells/year or 7.64 Million Cells/day].
🚘 Tesla’s new GigaFactory is an 80 Acre Building Under Roof. Tesla’s battery partner [Panasonic] will be manufacturing their new co-designed LiOn Cell [the 20700 Cell] rendering it +133% more powerful. When Tesla’s Production Line [for Model X, Model S, Model 3 Cars] delivers 12,000 Cars per month, Tesla’s Gigafactory will be Producing 2.8 Million LiON Cells every Day, for the Car’s Batteries; This is just the “startup” quantity before Tesla Ramps-Up production [add the Model 3 Car in 2018] in Tesla’s new 3.5 million sq.ft. facility, the first phase of 10 Million sq.ft.
🚘 It’s Really All about the LiON Cells. Look at the picture of the 18650 Lithium-Ion Cell standing upright next to a traditional Double-AA battery on my iPad Pro’s keyboard. The LiON Cell [39gm] is over twice the physical size and weight of the AA battery [16gm]. Notice 5000 mAh capacity, equals 5.0 Ah at 3.7v DC. [Watts = A x V] or 5×3.7 = 18.5 Watt/Hr. Let’s divide it by 1000, to convert 18.5 Watts into kiloWatts. 18.5/1000 = 0.0185 kWh.
🚘 We Converted 18.5 Watts of storage into kWh [0.0185 kWh] the same units as in the 90 kWh Battery Pack. We know there are 7,104 LiON Cells in TESLA’s battery pack. Each individual LiON Cell can store 0.0185 kWh of power… seems like an itty-bitty amount of Power.
🚘 Cells are TESLA’s MAGIC. All these LiOn Cells are like a Miniature “Army” of Cells. A single “Army-Man’s” power, may not be impressive, with only 0.0184 kWh of muscle; BUT, let’s multiply our Army-Man, and bring in 7104 Army-Men; Now we have several Brigades, a “Powerful Force” of 7104 Men… 7104 Cells… Therefor, let’s take the single Cell’s modest Power of 0.0185 kWh, times 7,104. [0.0185 x 7104 = 131.4 kWh]
🚘 This is a Storage Pack with 131.4 kWh Power. OMG, that’s Huge. If these LiON Cells were all lined up in Tesla’s special arrangement for their TESLA Battery Pack, they’d have an amazing 130 kWh Battery, that’s 144% greater capacity than their present 90 kWh Battery, which would likely be an EPA rating of 400 Miles Range, rather than 275 EPA miles, for the present day 90 kWh Battery. See how much fun we’re having…
🚘 After All, it’s really all about the Cells, currently the 18650 LiOn Cell, is 18mm in diameter by 65mm tall. Battery Engineers say by increasing the Cell’s Diameter marginally by 2mm to 20mm, and increasing the cell’s Height from 65mm to 70mm, the new Cell, the LiON 20700 Cell will actually deliver 133% of the Power than its smaller brother, at the Same Cost per Cell.
🚘 Delivery of the 20700 LiON Cell may be the “Birth” of Tesla’s new 120 kWh Battery, with a Range over 400 Miles. This is a Huge development. Personally, having over 350 EPA certified miles is the Range folks need to see. Anything significantly less in Range [in my opinion] would be considered a “Commuter Car.”
🚘 Today is Racing in Fast Forward to the Future, as Electric Cars Charge on to the Mainstream However, too many folks remain pulled back with decades of prejudices and familiarity: “Pistons, Tanks, Gas, Rods, Gallons, Liters, Fumes, Plugs, V8’s, Octane, Unleaded…” Today, Electric Cars are becoming more popular partly because of the “GREEN” effect, plus some folks see Fuel Cost savings beneficial in the longer view.
🚘 Gas Prices at $2.75/Gallon currently, Equals 12¢/Mile, [assume the EPA 22 MPG] the cost the average Gas Guzzler is about 12¢/Mile. This fuel cost/mile is Three Times the cost of the Tesla Models S or X, electric utility charge of 4¢/Mile. [electricity cost 12¢/kW]
🚘 It takes Courage to be GREEN with Cars. One must have lots of Courage to be an “Electric Car Pioneer” knowing that: (A) Electric Car manufacturers do not have decades of experiences or durability stats, (B) Electric Charger-Stations are “few and far between” literally, (C) the Time required for an electric Fill-Up.
🚘 Gas Staton Fill-Ups: For an EPA standard 15 gallon Fill-Up, traditional Gas Stations [currently there are 168,000 US Gas Stations] that require about 5-Minutes in Fueling Time, giving your car 330 miles of Range, with an EPA standard of 22MPG, renders a cost of 12¢/Mile, at $2.65/Gallon. With Electric-Car charging at most of the 40,000 charging-stations that currently exist in the US, the same 5-Minutes Fueling Time, gives your Electric Car 2.5 miles of Range. At DC FAST Express Commercial and Public Charging (19.2 kWr) Stations, a 5 minute charge gives your electric Car about 5 miles of Range. Fortunately, many EV Car Drivers have a Charger Connection at their residence garage, for every night fill-ups.
🚘 Your Garage becomes your Fuel Service Station, as you can Plug-In your Tesla using a 19.2 kWh Super Charger Kit, for an Over Night Fill Up, every Night. Although, the charging rate is roughly 60 RPH, [60 miles of Range per Hour of Charging], If you have a 360 Mile Battery, plugging in overnight, in 6 hours you are FULL of electric power. Although, the Public Charging Stations are time consuming for even a modest fill-up, your Garage Charger is very convenient for an every-Night topping-off your “Electric Fuel Tank.”
🚘 For Electric Cars to become truly Mainstream, These Issues Must be resolved
(A) Battery Range of 350 Miles – Affordable Battery Technology, to render energy storage at a reasonable cost, giving 350+ Miles Range. With a bazillion Gas Stations in the US, [actually 168,000] gas driven cars receive a 330 mile range with a 5-minute Fill-Up time
(B) Range per 5 Minute Fill-Up. Charging Stations will have to Deliver significantly more Range than 5 Miles with a 5 Minute Charge
(C) DC-FAST chargers by ChargePoint are currently the fastest commercial chargers giving a Rate of 200 RPH which equals 15 Miles Range for a 5 Minute charge using the CHAdeMO plug.
🚘 TESLA is getting FASTER with Charging Speed, as their Super-Charger Stations Deliver a 30 mile Range in 5-minutes, 115 Miles of Range in 20 Minutes, or 170 Miles in 30 Minutes, Electric Charging gives 5 Miles of Range per Minute … This charging-rate although FAST for electric charging points, is still relatively slow, compared to the Time folks are used to at Gas Stations, giving 60 miles of Range per Minute. Tesla’s Super-Charger Stations are proprietary for Tesla Cars Only, as Tesla is providing its Power at No Cost to Tesla Drivers.
🔴 Below are YouTube Video-Clips Links that you may be interested in viewing. Having reviewed dozens of videos, these have been picked, showing (A) A Video, narrated, takes you into the assembly-line of the Model S at their factory in Fremont, California (B) Tesla associate Delivering a Tesla Model S to a customer; taking a new Tesla owner through the setup of the features for the Model S. TESLA’s delivery-training is worth your time (C) the next 2 video-clips demonstrate the Tesla AutoPilot in action on freeways, first with the Model X, the second is with the Model S car.
🔵 These Clips have been placed between two distinctive images, so you can return here, at a later time, after you’ve read the article.
🔴 Tesla Factory is Automated with Robotics; this interesting, narrated YouTube video-clip gives a closeup view of the assembly of some key components such as the unique Tesla Motor, Gear Box, and Dashboard electronics: https://goo.gl/5wu3sW
🔴 Tesla Factory Delivery of Your New Model S All Tesla Cars are build-to-order. In a few weeks you car will be ready for delivery to you. This YouTube narrated video-clip shows a Tesla Delivery to a Customer: https://goo.gl/cpHnYt
🔴 Tesla Drivers demonstrate the Model X and the Model S AutoPilot with Software version 7.0 These narrated demonstrations of the Autopilot shows the hands-free operation of the Tesla Autopilot controlling the car on Expressways at 70+mph, quite amazing:
https://goo.gl/Tj3wGr
https://goo.gl/YxQyNa
🔴 A Tesla Driver demonstrates the Apple Watch monitoring the status of the Model S and some of the Controlling capability of the Model-S Car. https://goo.gl/72smx0
🚘 Tesla provides a Free APP for iPhones and Apple Watch where Drivers may Plug-In at the Charging station, Start the Charge cycle, Lock the Car, then go into a Coffee shop or Retail Center. Then Remotely, Drivers can Open the Tesla APP on your iPhone and on your Apple Watch, which Logs-In to your Tesla Car’s Computer, to do lots of tasks
(A) Look at the Status of your Car: Locked, Unlocked, Interior Temperature, Range in Miles
(B) You can Honk your Horn, Flash the Car’s Lights to help you find the car in a large parking lot, or a dark street, Start the A/C system to Cool-Down your Car, so it’s ready for you at a Comfortable temperature, or heat the car in the Winter season
(C) Look at the Charging-progress of your Car, see the Miles Range as your Battery is charging, you’d then know when it’s time to return to your Tesla Car
(D) All of these actions can be performed from your iPhone and your Apple Watch.
🚘 Tesla Promises Free Super-Charges Forever. Free charging as assured by Elon Musk helps to mitigate the limited Network of Stations, and the relatively slow Charge-time [compared to Gas-Fill-Ups]. Tesla’s SuperCharger Stations are Super-Fast [compared to all other Commercial and Public charger stations] but are relatively slow compared to Gasoline Car fill-ups. Hopefully new Battery technologies will permit significantly Faster Charge Times. It is believed that LiON Battery technology is one of the major factors limiting Charge-Time.
🚘 Tesla SuperCharger stations require 20-30 Minutes to obtain a reasonable 100-175 Mile Range added to their Battery “Fuel Tanks.” To mitigate this “time issue” Tesla locates their Stations near Destinations where the Driver may be encouraged to visit, like Coffee Shops, Malls, Retail Shopping Centers.
🚘 Good News: The Public, Federal & State Governments, and Technology Enterprises are Focusing on GREEN Personal Transportation Solutions. For Traditional Cars: We need to arrest (an increasing portion of) the Toxic-Fumes spewing into the atmosphere, Electric Vehicles (EVs) are an answer; The EV Revolution has many of us digesting a new vocabulary: Lithium Ion batteries, Cells, 90 kWh, 70 kWh, LiON Cells, is Bigger Better, How Big is enough, Charger-Stations, Amps, Watts, Volts, Bolts, AC, DC not CD, RPH not MPH… EV’s have NO sign of Toxic Fumes, there’s no Gas-burning, nor tail-pipe Exhaust…
🚘 Compare Model X & Model S: Reviewing Tesla’s web site is a good experience; the web-site is well designed and full of attractive, informative dialogs and graphics. Our effort, is to provide the back-story, analysis, and related information on the topic of Electric Cars, from the point of view of a “Non-CAR-Guy.” After all, we want to know more about electric cars; we need to know What’s Watt.
🚘 Model S – Performance and Safety Refined – Model S is designed from the ground up to be the safest, most exhilarating sedan on the road; Having driven the Model S recently, Exhilarating is an Understatement. With unparalleled performance delivered through Tesla’s unique, all-electric powertrain, Model S accelerates from 0 to 60 mph in as little as 2.8 seconds with its optional “Ludicrous Performance Mode.” Model S comes with true Autopilot capabilities designed to assist the highway driving experience, making it safer and stress free.
🚘 Adaptive Headlight Lighting – Model S features full LED adaptive headlights. Besides enhancing the already great styling, adaptive headlights also boost safety. With 14 three-position LED dynamic turning-lights improve visibility at night, especially on winding roads.
🚘 HEPA Medical Grade Air Filter – Model S now features a Medical grade HEPA air filtration system, which removes 99.97% of particulate exhaust pollution and effectively all allergens, bacteria, and other contaminants from the Cabin Atmosphere. Tesla has a “Bioweapon Defense” mode that creates a Positive Pressure inside the Cabin to protect occupants from any poisonous gasses from entering the Car. Not that we are expecting an attack, but, every day we can be following a Tractor Trailer that is spewing Clouds of Black Soot and Toxic Fumes… this screen activated mode, protects everyone in the Car from being “gassed” by every-day driving hazards.
🚘 Autopilot – Tesla’s Autopilot performs the following comprehensive tasks (A) assists Model S with steering, by keeping the Car within your Lane, (B) Change lanes with the simple tap of a turn signal (C) Manages Speed by using active, traffic-aware cruise control assuring safe following distance from the Car ahead (D) Digitally controls the motors, brakes, and steering mechanisms, to help avoid collisions from either Frontally and Sides (E) Prevents the car from wandering off the road, as often occurs when a sleepy driver dozes.
🚘 Tesla AutoPilot also enables your car to Scan for an adequate Parking Space, and will Parallel Park on the Driver’s command. Tesla’s Summon, is a new feature that permits the Driver to “Call your Car” using your iPhone. When the Driver Summon’s their Car, the AutoPilot controls the car where it self-drives your empty Car, to meet you at your Front Door, all systems on GO. Tesla’s Autopilot features are progressively enabled over time with periodic software updates. The latest software update 7.0 added the “Summon” feature mentioned above.
🚘 Automatic Steering with Traffic Aware Cruise Control – Active sensors combined with GPS and high resolution digital maps comprise a mutually reinforcing system that pilots Model S along the highway, staying within your lane, even in stop and go traffic.
🚘 AutoPilot with Real-Time Learning – RealTime automated feedback from Tesla’s fleet of over 100,000 of Model S and X Cars. Think about it. All Tesla Car’s onboard Computers are periodically reporting to the “Mother Ship” information about the accuracy of its AutoPilot functions and Driver Assist features.
🚘 AutoPilot – If the Tesla Computer is driving “off course” where the Driver intercedes with a “course correction” the Car’s onBoard Computer makes note of these “autonomous driving errors” and transmits each occurrence to Tesla’s home office. All these course corrections and adjustments from all over the world, from Tesla’s Fleet of over 100,000 cars are assimilated. Software engineers will augment the navigation program accordingly, to ensure these systems are continually Learning and Improving upon itself. Tesla transmits a “Smarter, Trained, AutoPilot” into your Model S, Model X, Model 3 Computer system, periodically.
🚘 Dual Motor Model S is a categorical improvement on conventional all-wheel drive systems. With two motors, one in the front and one in the rear, Model S digitally and independently controls torque to the front and rear wheels. The result is unparalleled traction control in all road and climate conditions.
🚘 Model S, it’s two Motors are lighter, smaller, and more efficient than the Gasoline Car counterparts, providing both improved Range and faster Acceleration. In contrast, conventional all-wheel drive cars employ complex mechanical linkages and transaxles to distribute power from a single engine to all four wheels. This sacrifices energy efficiency in favor of all-weather traction.
🚘 Model S Performance comes standard with All-Wheel Drive Dual Motors, pairing the high performance rear motor with a high efficiency front motor to achieve “SuperCar” acceleration, from zero to 60 miles per hour in 2.8 seconds.
🚘 Model S is Built around the Driver – Model S is a Car-Driver’s car. The cabin combines meticulous noise-abatement engineering with Tesla’s uniquely quiet powertrain to obtain the Sound Dynamics of a Recording Studio. Having recently driven the Model S, one of the most stunning observations Driving the Model S is the “Total Silence” one experiences when putting on a Pair of BOSE noise-cancelling Headphones.
🚘 Touchscreen – The Model S is controlled an impressive 17″ touchscreen, is the interior centerpiece, high-resolution Display. The LCD display is angled toward the Driver and includes both day and night modes for better visibility without distraction. The Display puts rich and important content at the Driver’s fingertips providing mobile [cellular] connectivity. The Driver can easily find a destination, favorite song, or a new restaurant, PLUS the display controls most of the car’s functions. Opening the all glass panoramic roof, customizing the automatic climate control, setting the AutoPilot parameters, changing the radio station, all happen with a swipe or a touch. The touchscreen, digital instrument cluster, and steering wheel controls seamlessly integrate media, navigation, communications, cabin controls and vehicle data.
🚘 Model S is designed from the ground up to be the safest car on the road, according to Tesla. Much of its safety is owed to the unique electric drivetrain and the 1200 pound Battery pack that sits beneath the car’s aluminum occupant cell in its own subframe. This unique positioning substantially lowers the car’s center of gravity, which improves handling and minimizes rollover risk, and replaces the heavy engine block with impact absorbing boron steel rails.
🚘 Side impacts are met by aluminum pillars reinforced with steel rails to reduce intrusion, protecting occupants and the battery pack while improving roof stiffness. In the event of an accident, eight airbags protect front and rear occupants, and the 90 kWh Battery [a high-voltage 400v DC, 225 Amp array of LiOn Cells] is automatically disconnected.
🚘 Tesla Launch Event of for the Model X – Sept 29, 2015 by Tesla Motors – https://vimeo.com/140889963
🚘 According to Tesla Motors, the Model X is the safest, fastest and most capable sport utility vehicle in history. With all-wheel drive and a 90 kWh battery providing 257 miles of range [an EPA stat], Model X has ample seating for up to seven adults [with 3 seating options] and all of their gear. The Model X it’s ludicrously fast, accelerating from zero to 60 MPH in as quick as 3.2 seconds [with High Performance Option]. Model X is the no-compromise SUV.
🚘 Tesla states that it’s Model X is designed with safety as the first priority. The floor-mounted 1200 pound battery lowers the center of gravity so that the risk of rollover is “half the risk” any other SUV in its class. The battery structure strengthens Model X against side impact intrusions. Without a gasoline engine, the Model X’s large front trunk acts as a giant impact-absorbing crumple zone. Tesla’s own internally conducted crash testing indicates that Model X has the expectation, to be the first SUV to receive the highest safety rating in every category; although as of this writing, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has not yet conducted crash testing on the Model X.
🚘 Active Safety: Model X continually scans the surrounding roadway with cameras, radar and sonar systems, providing the driver with real-time feedback to help avoid collisions. Even at highway speeds, Model X is designed to automatically apply brakes in an emergency.
🚘 Falcon Wing doors allow easy access to second and third row seats from even a tight parking space, while traditional SUV doors or Minivan sliding doors would not grant any access.
🚘 With only a foot of clearance on either side, Falcon Wing doors articulate smoothly up and out of the way, allowing passengers to enter from both front and rear directions. The side and overhead opening is so large that parents can buckle children in without ducking or straining and without bumping their child’s head on the roof.
🚘 Aerodynamic, Model X is able to achieve 257 miles of range in part because it is the most aerodynamic SUV in production. With a Drag Coefficient of 0.24, Model X’s Wind Resistance is 20% lower than the next best SUV, better than most all other Cars period. In addition, an active spoiler deploys from the rear lift-gate optimizes highway efficiency and stability.
🚘 Big Sky Effect – Model X has the largest all glass panoramic windshield in production, providing an unparalleled view of the road, scenery, stars, and sky above. Optimized solar-tinting and obstruction-free view, creates unlimited visibility for the driver and all passengers.
🚘 Autopilot – Tesla’s Autopilot performs the following comprehensive tasks (A) assists Model S with steering, by keeping the Car within your Lane, (B) Change lanes with the simple tap of a turn signal (C) Manages Speed by using active, traffic-aware cruise control assuring safe following distance from the Car ahead (D) Digitally controls the motors, brakes, and steering mechanisms, to help avoid collisions from either Frontally and Sides (E) Prevents the car from wandering off the road, as often occurs when a sleepy driver dozes.
🚘 Tesla AutoPilot also enables your car to Scan for an adequate Parking Space, and will Parallel Park on the Driver’s command. Tesla’s Summon, is a new feature that permits the Driver to “Call your Car” using your iPhone. When the Driver Summon’s their Car, the AutoPilot controls the car where it self-drives your empty Car, to meet you at your Front Door, all systems on GO. Tesla’s Autopilot features are progressively enabled over time with periodic software updates. The latest software update 7.0 added the “Summon” feature mentioned above.
🚘 Automatic Steering with Traffic Aware Cruise Control – Active sensors combined with GPS and high resolution digital maps comprise a mutually reinforcing system that pilots Model S along the highway, staying within your lane, even in stop and go traffic.
🚘 AutoPilot with Real-Time Learning – RealTime automated feedback from Tesla’s fleet of over 100,000 of Model S and X Cars. Think about it. All Tesla Car’s onboard Computers are periodically reporting to the “Mother Ship” information about the accuracy of its AutoPilot functions and Driver Assist features.
🚘 AutoPilot – If the Tesla Computer is driving “off course” where the Driver intercedes with a “course correction” the Car’s onBoard Computer makes note of these “autonomous driving errors” and transmits each to Tesla’s home office. All these course corrections and adjustments from all over the world, from Tesla’s Fleet of over 100,000 cars are assimilated, to ensure these systems are continually Learning and Improving upon itself. Tesla transmits a “Smarter, Trained, AutoPilot” into your Model S, Model X, Model 3 Computer system, periodically.
🚘 Seating for Seven – Model X comfortably seats seven people in three rows: 2F, 3M, 2R. Every seat is the best seat in the house; however, the Middle Row of 3 seats are a work of art. Mounted on a single post and independently reclining, each second row seat is designed to maximize passenger comfort, legroom, under seat storage and access to the third row. The third row seats fold flat when not in use and the second row seats lean forward and out of the way for even more cargo area
🚘 Technology and Specifications
• Regular over-the-air updates add safety and navigation features, enhance performance and improve the driver experience
• Free Charge-ups at Tesla’s Supercharger network
• Maps and navigation with real-time traffic information
• Center console with a quick connect iPhone dock
• GPS enabled Homelink
• Electric All-Wheel Drive for max efficiency/traction
• Active safety technologies: side collision avoidance, automatic emergency braking
• Parking sensors and blind spot warning
• Full LED headlamps
• Power-folding, heated side mirrors
• Up to four LATCH child seat attachments
• Largest glass panoramic windshield in production, providing unparalleled views
• Falcon Wing doors allow access to 2nd, 3rd row seats
• Automatic keyless entry
• Automatic rear lift-gate opening
• Large interior storage capacity of 77 cubic feet
• Front trunk with room for luggage, strollers or golf bags
• Warranty is 8 years, infinite mile Battery and Drive Unit
• Warranty is 4 years, 50,000 mile limit for entire Car
🚘 Admittedly, before engaging with our Tesla Comparisons, it was believed that the Model S was the Larger Car, yes, the “S” is likely lower to the Ground, and it is. Having seen both cars “up close and personal” the Model S visually gives the appearance of being a Heavier, Longer and Wider machine.
🚘 Comparison-List of Specs for Model X and Model S for 9⃣ key measures; the results were quite surprising. Here are a few of the biggest surprises: the Model X is 624 Pounds Heavier, The Model X is Wider by 4″, it’s also Longer by 2″, and more Shoulder Room by 3″ Wider, Head Room is almost 3″ Taller for those big guys, and Hip Room is over 4″ Wider too.
🚘 Truthfully, I’m already “Sold on the entire Tesla concept” however, Comparing both Models. But after a fairly extensive research effort, to render this article worthwhile, my 1st choice Model changed, back and forth, both ways, this way and that way… I thought this would be an easy pick. Selecting a Car is a personal matter. The Style, Look, Power, AWD, RWD, Utility, Speed, Range, Software, Suspension, Colors and Materials… Which Model is best for you, the “X” or the “S” ? Read on, it may help with your selection.
🚘 The Challenge as Electric Vehicles become “Mainstream” particularly in light of Tesla’s new Model 3 Reveal, midnight (March 31st-April 1st) just three weeks ago, Tesla received over 325,000 Reservation Deposits of $1000 in One Week. This is an unheard of huge global “Reservation-List” for a new Car that no one at the time had actually seen yet, albeit an affordable $35,000 beauty. (We’ve collected some stunning pictures and video clips below).
🚘 Whether it’s TESLA Cars or the other 25-flavors of electric cars sold in the US last year, for example, the Top Three: 92,700 Chevy Volts, 92,500 Nissan Leafs, 63,100 Tesla Model S Cars, are among the 410,000 electric vehicles sold last year, plus 12,200 charging stations and 30,700 Public Charging points in the US. Where are all those Charging locations that have the “Type of Juice” a Tesla requires? How much will it Take? How many Miles can be driven with an Electric Fill-Up? In a Reasonable amount of Time… how much Time?
🚘 The Buzz Words, AC, DC, kWh, SAE-J1772, CHAdeMO, RPH not MPH, DC not CD, Current-Flow, no more High-Test or Low-Test… So What’s with the Watts, Range, Amps, Volts, Bolts and Leafs. Fear Not, scroll-down to this “––Previously Reported––” marker, where we’ve explained many of these terms, which serves as a guide for your New Tesla, to keep you energized and literally Charged. Globally, there are over 1.2 Billion Gas and Electric cars driving on the roads today, with over 600,000 electric cars last year.
🚘 Model X Proposed Order formulated on Tesla’s Design Center showing options selected.
🚘 Model S Range Per Charge chart shows four Model S configurations showing the (Milage) Range for a fully charged Model S, that you’d anticipate depending on the Battery Size of 70 kWh or the 90 kWh, and Motor D configuration (2-wheel drive or 4-wheel drive) selections. Notice, Ambient Temperature was turned up to 90ºF, Average driving speed was set at 45mph, and the A/C On, using 19″ wheels.
🚘 Tesla Model S 90D Achieves over 400 Mile Range on One Charge, is very impressive, as no other Electric Car has even half this Range. [443 Mile Range with A/C off, 392 Mile Range with A/C on, average driving speed 45mph]. Tesla says, each year, their engineers expect its LiON Battery Technologies will improve kWh Capacity and Range by around 5%-to-10% per Year, due to engineering efficiencies and improvements of the LiON cell structure and chemistry. These individual LiON-Cells are quite important; The 90 kWh LiON battery contains 7104 cells housed within 16 modules, containing 444 cells in each module. [Each Module delivers 25v DC at 225 Amps. The Math: 16 Modules at 25v DC equals 400 vDC at 225Amps, which equals 90kWh of Power.] Tesla’s Lithium Battery pack containing a “bazillion small cells” [well 7104 cells] was probably my biggest surprise.
🔋 TESLA has been thinking about these topics that only great automotive engineers consider regarding Fuel (electric or gas) Efficiency, the $Cost/Mile driven; however, lets keep it simple for now, by excluding these important items: Tire replacement, Drivers’ aggressive driving habits (hard acceleration, braking, hard turns), the engine, drivetrain, fuel-grade, etc. Let’s exclude all the items above, and read on.
🚘 The following items, are very important “external factors” engineers are very interested in, that effect (Milage) $Cost/Mile efficiency: (1) Wind Resistance on the Car’s external surfaces (Coefficient of Aerodynamic Drag), overall-shape, front-grill, door-handles, antennas, windshield-wipers (2) Tire Friction, the interaction of the tires on the paved streets, camber, caster, alignment and (3) the Wheel-Bearings. All these factors require [more] energy to overcome their effect on Car’s performance.
🚘 Considering all these Internal and External Engineering Factors, TESLA has designed a precision 4-door sedan using electric propulsion… winning awards from the entire automotive industry globally, combined with over 80,000 pleased Tesla Model S owners. Elon Musk while on-stage said, the gross margins on the Model S sales, helped to finance the development their new Model 3 Car unveiled April 1 at midnight. While on stage, Musk thanked the audience for buying the Model S… or else the “Model 3 would not be here this evening…” The Model 3 being Tesla’s answer for a truly “affordable electric car” priced at $35,000 for the mainstream.
🚘 Currently, Tesla Motors builds their Model S and Model X to the specifications defined by each Buyer as they order their Custom TESLAs. Currently the Tesla production-line is delivering over 4,100 Tesla cars per month, a bit over 50,000 cars/year during 2015. Next year Model S production is planned to ramp-up to 100,000 cars/year. In 2018 Tesla will begin ramping-up their new Model 3 affordable, $35,000 car for the masses, in effort to satisfy some portion of the 325,000 reservations it received within a week of the Model-3 REVEAL on 4/1/16.
🚘 That said, let’s build our Model S Car with a good selection of features, as Tesla decided that they are building each Car for each Buyer, “Build-to-Order” plan, not the reverse. Many other car manufacturers produce cars with company designed options, filling Car Lots with large inventories of Cars they Hope the folks will desire.
🚘 First Step is to decide about the 70 kWh Battery or the 90 kWh Battery. The larger 90 kWh battery pack will provide more power and greater Range (miles) per Full Charge. In gasoline terms, do we want a Larger “Fuel Tank” or a smaller one. Since Electric Vehicles are charged in one’s residential garage, and when on the highways, the number of Tesla SuperChargers, it’s charger infrastructures of 615 current Stations, is not fully developed; therefore we’d recommend the Longest-Range battery available, to mitigate the issue of fewer Fast-Fueling (Charger) locations.
🚘 Several years from now, having the Largest Battery [largest fuel tank] may be not as important a consideration, as it is today. Therefore, lets select the 90 kWh Battery. Next, do we recommend 2-wheel drive or 4-wheel drive. With the Model S there are several combinations of choices, for battery size and 2-Wheel or All-Wheel drive. The 90D gives an excellent balance of Range, Power, and 4-Wheel drive.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S 90D All-Wheel drive is Recommended as displayed above. If one desired greater performance, then the P90D could have been selected for a $20,000 premium. The Model S 90D selection is provides an excellent balance of power and range with a base price of $89,000. Let’s recommend this model.
🚘 Next, let’s select the exterior Paint Color, Interior treatments, Panoramic Roof and Wheels. Let’s pick fire engine RED for the Car’s exterior color, a $1500 extra, the panoramic all glass roof for $1500, Next Gen Leather for $2500, standard wheels, Dark Ash wood interior treatment, and the Black Headliner. This brings the Model S price to $98,000 which includes the $3000 Premium interior package shown below.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: An Important Option to consider is their High Amp Charger package, also known as the Dual-Charger package for $1500. This electronics package is [simply] a more powerful AC-to-DC [internal, under the hood] Converter. If you do not have this High Amp package, you will be trapped at an annoyingly “Very Slow Fill Rate” particularly, when you’re in a hurry during the day. [My guess Tesla will eventually include this as “Standard” equipment.]
🚘 Think about the number of times you’re Driving around town on ¼Tank. This High Amp Kit permits the Car to be Charged at TWICE the RPH rate (range per hour) with a Public Charger, or your Garage. (in Technical terms for your electrician, the Power requirements: a 100Amp, 240v AC dedicated circuit.) When you Plug into this high power circuit, it permits a FAST-Charge Rate of 60 miles of Range Per Hour, or 60 minutes of Charging, this is RPH. Therefore, plugging-in over night, with 3 hours of charging we’d add 180 miles of driving Range. With the 90 kWh battery, in 3-5 hours we’d get a complete Fill-Up of power for the next days’ driving. This is important, BUT more importantly, is “Filling” your TESLA at a Curb-side Public Charger for 20 miles of Range with only 20 minutes of charging. [We are now at $99,500 for this Car, but we’re not quite done. There are several other Options to consider.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S AutoPilot Convenience Feature. This package is an on-board Software package installed onto the Car’s Computer System. The Hardware is already included with all Tesla cars. AutoPilot operates by assisting the Driver to stay in-Lane on highways, assists in changing lanes by using its 360º array of sensors to guide the Car when you want to change lanes, it also checks for any cars in front or you, plus left & right sides, making sure there is ample and safe distance from the car in front, and adjusting speed up-or-down, to maintain a safe margins. This system also provides for automated Parallel Parking. Tesla as been improving the Tesla onboard computer, presently up to software upgrade 7.1. Tesla will improve and upgrade the Car’s software from time to time [at 3am] when your sleeping… adding new and improved capabilities.
🚘 Tesla is committed to new innovations for its “AutoPilot” program, adding features, to enhance the Driver experience, for Public safety, plus Driver safety and convenience. Elon Musk says Tesla’s GOAL is to have their Tesla AutoPilot function as a true Autonomous-Driving experience, once fully tested and obtains Government DOT approval, said to be “achieved in several years, less than 5.” My thoughts, if we’re buying a $100k+ car, let’s spend another 2.5% and get this amazing driver-assist. Let’s include this $2500 option. [Our next article may be only about Tesla’s AutoPilot, it’s that exciting.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S Ultra High Fidelity Sound System. Yes, let’s recommend incredible Sound for a very special Ultra-Quite Car. This system redefines the automotive audio experience, but is more than a bigger amplifier and more speakers. This is a $2500 option likely worth the added expense; having driven the Model S several months ago, the sound system gives the impression that you’ve entered a “Recording Studio Sound Stage.” Pure, Clean, Detailed, Undistorted, Sound, surrounding You and your Passengers, which otherwise is totally quite with No engine noise nor noticeable road-roar, even when driving at expressway speeds. [We are now up to a $104,500 Model S package. Almost done with Options to consider.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: Air Suspension is Very Smart. This package permits the Car to be intelligently elevated [further] above street grade, to handle steep driveways or undulating roads, where having greater ground-clearance is safe and beneficial. The onboard Computer system remembers where the driver made this onScreen manual elevation-adjustment; When you drive to this same GPS position, the Car will elevate automatically. When you arrive at your driveway or a restaurant, or where Passengers are unloading, the Driver can manually increase the elevation of the Car, making for an improved exit-experience for yourself, your passengers, and their baggage. We have now completed the Option-package recommendations; the Model S is priced at $108,200 including Tesla’s $1200 delivery charge and documentation costs.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S final configuration including all the chosen options are displayed in the graphic below. Recall, Tesla has chosen the Customize your Car, “Build-to-Order” business model. Our Car with the options we desire are ordered with a $2500 refundable deposit; Once your Build-to-Order Custom Car enters the Production Line your $2500 deposit, becomes non-refundable. [Buyers are notified (warned) prior to their deposit going “hard”.] Your car should be ready for delivery in about 6 weeks based on Tesla’s current back-log of orders to be filled, or thereafter if we chose a later delivery date, giving consideration for Tesla’s then Production delay.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: Final Configuration with Recommended Options, earns an EPA rating of 103 eMPG, the “electric” equivalency of MPG. When charging the Model S with an electric-utility cost of 12¢/kWh, our Fuel-Cost in miles driven is 3.95¢/mile, therefore for 15,000 miles driven, the EPA has determined the Annual Cost is $600. According to the EPA in five years the total cost savings is $9,600 as compared to an equivalent Gasoline Powered car. [There is extensive testing performed by the EPA with factory interaction to establish fair EPA Disclosure stickers.]
🚘 In Sum, assuming the Federal Government continues its $7,500 Tax Incentive, combined with the $9,600 five year savings in fuel cost, we’d experience an Overall Savings of $17,100 in Five Years and if she retained the Car for 8 years, we’d save another $5,760 for 3 more years, reaching the 8-year warranty expiration. Our new Tesla Model S car’s cost is $108,200 delivered, (less $17,100 and $5,760) Savings Total of $22,860 for a Model S net cost $85,340 which had an 8 Year [unlimited milage] Battery warranty, and 8 years on the Motor and Drive unit.
Tesla Model X Purchase Summary with Options is consistent with the Model S choices outlined above. Apparently, the four items below, are Options at an extra [$6500] cost for the Model S, however, for Model X these same items are “Standard” and “included” in the base price of the Car: (A) All Glass Panoramic Roof [$1500] (B) 20″ Premium Wheels [$2500] (C) Black Alcantara Headliner (D) Smart Suspension [$2500]. If visiting http://www.Tesla.com in their Design Studio for the Model X, there are selections for added Seating for up to 7 passengers, otherwise the Model X seats 5 comfortably.
Compare Tesla Model S with Model X Physical Specifications. When examining the specifications of these two Cars, the Model X external Car Body is longer in length and wider in width; Either Car Body is attached to the exact same Wheel Base Frame. Without getting into the weeds, both Cars have the exact same wheel-base, front wheel tracking, and rear wheel tracking. However, there are nine important differences worth mentioning listed below
1⃣ Model X Curb Weight is 5,271 Pounds, Heavier by 624 pounds, surprisingly
2⃣ Model X Length, overall is 16’6″, Longer by about 2.3″
3⃣ Model X Width, overall, Mirrors folded is 7’5″, Wider by about 4.2″
4⃣ Model X Ground Clearance is 7.55″, Higher Above-Ground by 1.9″
5⃣ Model X Shoulder Room is 60.7″, Wider by 3.0″, noticeable by Big folks
6⃣ Model X Leg Room Average is 39.8″, Longer by 0.4″, no one will notice
7⃣ Model X Head Room is 41.7″, Higher by 2.9″, noticeable by Tall folks
8⃣ Model X Hip Room Rear Seats is 59.0″, Wider by 4.3″, noticeable by Big folks
9⃣ Model X Cargo Room is 77 cu.ft., Larger by 46 cu.ft. due to Hatchback design
🔋 High-Power DC Charger Stations are the future of Electric Vehicles adoption by the masses. This is the Main reason Tesla is building a huge infrastructure of SuperCharger Stations. The drive-in charger lanes deliver 120 kWh of DC directly into Tesla Cars, where you can add 170 miles of Range in 30 minutes, or 100 miles of Range in 20 minutes, etc. Cost and over-heating issues, limit the power levels an EV Car’s internal rectifier-circuit can handle in the vehicle. Therefore, for power requirements over 240vAC at 80 Amps (19.2 kWh), external charging station are more efficient delivering DC power directly into the vehicle’s LiON battery. Combine these factors with the EV industry’s desire to “Refill EV Cars quickly…”
Visit Tesla’s Charging Calculator, to change Energy cost or another parameter. (All samples displayed are set for $0.12/kWh the US average for Electricity) This Link contains the Charging Calculator, then scroll-Down to the Calculator. https://www.teslamotors.com/models-charging#/calculator.
Charging Examples displayed below Demonstrate a Residential Garage setup, using a 100A, 240v AC dedicated circuit, for charging all Tesla Models that contain the $1500 optional High Amperage Charger. This setup in the Car and in the Garage, delivers 19.2 kWh of Power into the Car’s High Amperage Charger which converts the high power AC to DC to energize the massive 1200 pound Tesla Battery pack.
Pleased you’re reading, with over 100,000 readers world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
When I do what I do… I usually do it here.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
🔘 Tesla Motors recently released a 100 kWh LiON battery-pack; TESLA did not replace the 90 kWh battery as many expected. Tesla has also changed the 70 kWh battery capacity to 75 kWh. A recent dissection of the P100D battery shows that Tesla leveraged the same design concept by distributing a total of 8,256 battery cells (up from 7,102 cells in Tesla’s Model S 85D) across the 16 modules, making up the new 100kWh battery pack. Tesla added 72 LiON cells into each of the 16 modules, an additional 1,152 Lion cells. This brings the total capacity of the Battery Pack to the advertised 100 kWh. However, Tesla is actually providing 102.4 kWh of capacity for the 100D pack, marginally higher than what’s labeled.
🔘 Tesla’s release of the 75 kWh Battery includes a “Software Switch” reducing the 75 kWh capacity to 60 kWh in effort to create “entry level” pricing for the Model X and S cars, to $60,000. This marketing plan is in place to convince some Model 3 Reservationists to Jump Now into one of these two Cars, rather than wait 12 to 24 months for the Model 3. Last year Tesla updated the 85 kWh battery, and replaced it with the 90 kWh battery; the 100 kWh Power Pack has been released in January, 2017, rendering an impressive EPA Range of 335 Miles for the Model S 100D, the non-performance configuration.
🔘 There is something Magical about 100 kWh and 335 mile EPA Rated Range, particularly when it comes to RANGE and Zero Emissions Automotive Power.
🔘 But there is something even More Magical about a Real 400 Mile Range. Some say that a 400 mile range may not be necessary. Baloney! With an additional 25% increase in power capacity from the 100kWh to 125kWh; this will deliver some 400 miles in Range.
🔘 Think about this, converting 400 miles driven, with your Luxury Gasoline Car requires a 21¾ Gallon Fuel Tank, assuming your Luxury 4,200 pound Gasoline-Car can actually deliver 19MPG miles per gallon assuming City•60%:Highway•40% driving. EPA milage ratings for “gasoline engine powers cars” have been a “Quasi-Hoax” promulgated by the Government and Domestic Auto Makers. Remember, when ratings are “calculated” generally with all Accessories and Air Conditioning not running. Turn on the A/C and some accessories, the Range Rating may be 8% to 10% overstated.
🔘 Imagine a BMW or Mercedes Dealer saying to you “…a 13¾ Gallon Fuel Tank is all you Need, equating to a 260 mile range assuming 19mpg…” Baloney! Similarly for the Model X and S Cars, this new 100kWh battery delivering 335 Mile Range may not be really be sufficient considering the “currently” inadequate number of Tesla Charger Stations available, less than 1000 locations in the USA and of Jan, 2017 (that can “pump” 170 Miles of Range per 30 minute charge).
🔘 Know this, there are 160,000 Gasoline Stations nationally (that literally Pump gasoline, delivering over 300 Miles of Range into the fuel-tank in less than 5 minutes). In all fairness there are roughly 30,000 non-Tesla Charger Stations such as CHARGE-POINT stations; however, the charging current is significantly low, delivering only 10 to 14 miles of range with 30 minutes of being plugged-in, striking argument for Longer Range Tesla Batteries.
🔘 335 Miles of Range – Let’s Examine what the Real Range may be – Turn on the Air Conditioning, Running lighting, Sound System, Navigation System, AutoPilot, and a few other Accessories, add your high performance 21″ rims… you may loose -5% or more of your Range (say -20 miles), then we’re down to 315 Mile Range, (335-20=315). Tesla is also recommending, “please do not charge your LiON Battery routinely above 90%” for your Battery’s Health & Longevity; this is another -10% loss in range, bringing your Tesla Rated Battery, to a Range of 335 Miles to 280 Miles(335-20-35=280).
🔘 Tesla’s Real Range – One More Point: Lets not forget we’re not likely to drive into our Garage, Office, Shopping Center or a local Fueling Station with near-Zero Miles on the Energy-Gauge, particularly with limited number of TESLA Chargers available. Therefore take away another 30 miles of Range, the functional-equivalent of our Gas-Gauge turning Red or Yellow, signaling “fuel-tank reserve.” This brings the 335 Rated Range of the 100kWh battery to 250 Miles Real Range (Math: 335-20-35-30 = 250 Range in Miles). Therefor, with all the fanfare of a 335 rated mile range is really only 250 miles of driving range.
🔘 Let’s Create a TESLA 400 Mile Range Battery (not available yet) – How many Miles of Range do you really get. When we drive our Luxury Tesla Model X, we surely are going to use all those exciting Accessories, the amazing Sound System, Lighting, and the Air Conditioner, AutoPilot & Navigation Systems, the 21″ high performance Wheels for example… These accessories consume 5% of the Power, which equates to -20 Miles of Range. Again, Tesla recommends “for the Health & Longevity of your Tesla Car Battery Pack do not routinely charge the Battery Over 90% daily” – this represents 40 miles of Range off the Top. We’re not done yet. You cant take the risk of driving into your garage, office or shopping center, with ZERO miles in the fuel-tank, we need a “Fuel Reserve” – Lets set the electric fuel reserve to 10%, equals 40 Miles of Range, as there are Too Few Charging Stations currently. Most Gasoline Cars company set their “Emergency Fuel Light” to illuminate at 35 to 40 Mile Reserve, remaining in the Tank. This brings our fictional 400 mile Rated Range of our new fictional 125kWh battery to 300 Miles Real Range (Math: 400-20-40-40 = 300 Range in Miles).
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars 335 miles in Rated Range equates to 250 Miles in Real Range.
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars 400 miles in Rated Range equates to 300 Miles in Real Range.
🔘 Tesla Model S and X Cars the Real Range equates to 75% of the EPA Rated Mile Range.
🔘 With 160,000 Gas Stations in the USA that are currently pumping Gasoline and Diesel Fuel, literally Pumping 350 to 400 Miles of Range into passenger car Fuel Tanks, requiring less than a 5 minute for the Fill-Up. There are Far Fewer Fast Charging Stations Lets say 1000 stations exist across the US to Fast Charge Tesla Electric Cars. No wonder there is significant Range Anxiety with potential Electric Car Owners, self included.
🔘 Presently there are NO “Public EV Car Chargers” that can “Pump DC Juice” for 400 Miles of Range in 5 Minutes. Can Not be done in 10 Minutes, Not in 20 Minutes, Not in 30, not in 40, 50, or 60 Minutes for a Fill-Up. Tesla’s Super Charger Stations (now 682) currently deliver 170 miles of range in 30 minutes. This problem exists Today and likely for the next 4 or 5 years, until a more robust Fast-Charger Network exists – all the more reason why TESLA and other EV Car makers, need to deliver 400-Mile Range Cars.
🔘 Two Battery Capacities for Tesla Model X and S, will be 60 kWh, 75 kWh, 90kWh and 100 kWh for now. However, 100 kWh LinON Battery Packs should not be the end of the kWh “Race” – I’d rather call increasing Miles of Range an important kWh Goal. It’s not really about kWh, it’s about Miles of Range, but the terms are directly linked. Once the Model S and X achieve a Real 400 Miles of Range, stability with Tesla kWh Battery Capacities will be achieved.
🔘 Model X and S Luxury Cars – Two Battery Capacities 75 kWh and 125 kWh, all other Capacities Software-enabled or switched, if these choices were up to me, which it is not. Huge Problem: assessing a $8500 Premium to increase the 60 kWh capacity to 75 kWh, which Adds 39 Mile Range seems “ludicrous,” sorry for the word choice. Perhaps ridiculous would be better.
🔘 Let’s add 39 Miles of Range for $8,500 – really, you’ve got to be kidding. Apparently the development costs for Tesla’s LiON Battery Pack is way “Out of Balance” with the Model X and Model S Cars’ Total Cost. Tesla’s Gigafactory is supposed to decrease the LiON battery pack cost by 35%.
🔘 Tesla’s Marketing strategy currently is to Lower the Entry-level Cost of the Model S to around $60,000 and Model X to $70,000 in attempt to “convert” some of the Model 3 Reservation folks to Get the Model S and X Now, rather than waiting 18 months for the Model 3. TESLA needs to step-up the engineering efforts to Lower the Cost of the LiON Battery Pack.
🔘 TESLA needs to accommodate their “X and S early adopters” with a 400 Mile Range Model X and S Cars, call these costs “an Investment for the Future of Tesla.” Many of the Model X and S cars are delivered on 36 month leases. When they come back at the lease maturity, the Next Tesla Owner may want a commuter Model X or S with modest Range, or the Next Owner may want Max Range. Tesla cannot “hammer” the next owners with a $20,000 up-charge for 150 Miles of Range increase…
🔘 Tesla’s Model X and Model S Cars Run on 7,104 individual LiON Cells. It’s hard to Believe that Tesla’s 5,200 pound Luxury Car runs on thousands of Flash-Light batteries, literally 7 thousand of them. The currently discussed increase in capacity of the “LiON Battery” to the 100 kWh Capacity, albeit involving thousands of LiOn cells, is accomplished by re-Engineering the individual Cell structure and composition of rare-earths (in Tesla’s new Gigafactory) rather than simply adding more Cells.
🔘 Tesla Cars – Recall most of the entire “floor-board” for the Model X and Model S Cars, is a Steel-Encased array of 7,104 individual LiON cells, arranged into 16-modules of LiON batteries, where each module contains 444 LiON cells, delivering 25vDC. Each module contains 6 Rows of 74 LiON batteries.
🔘 Battery LiON Cells Count and the LiON Power Math, both relatively simple: The LiON battery Cell count for 16 Modules, each containing 444 LiON Cells: {16x(6×74)=7,104}. The Electric Math is simple too: 16 Modules delivering 25vDC each, equates to 400vDC: {16x25vDC=400vDC}. As to Power which equates Amps [times] Volts: 230 Amps at 400vDC delivers 92 kWh of Power. The Power Math: {230×400=92,000} Converting Watts of Power to kWh: {92,000 Watts-Hrs = 92 kWh}
🔘 A 100 kWh Battery will earn the Model S an EPA Range of 335 Miles, up from 288 miles with the 90 kWh battery. Earlier in 2016, Tesla removed the 85 kWh battery option on new orders [as of mid-May] and streamlined its Model S battery options to 70 kWh and 90 kWh, similar to what’s available on the Model X.
🔘 Think about this – imagine Buying a $95,000 luxury car with a 12.9 Gallon Gas tank – that’s a comparison to Tesla’s current Max Battery options today – it’s just NOT Enough Juice. Combine a 12.9 Gallon Gas Tank comparison with the lack of a suitable network of FAST CHARGER Stations, a true 400 mile range must be Tesla’s Target, a 125 kWh battery in my opinion.
🔘 Tesla’s GigaFactory has created a new LiON Cell: 20mm in diameter by 70mm tall, their unique 20700 LiON Cell. This new technology is reported to deliver 33% greater power than its sister cell the 18650 LiON Cell (used in the 2015 Model S cars), at no additional material cost. Therefore, if TESLA substitutes the 7,104 LiON 18650 cells with 7,104 LiON 20700 cells, then the Model S and Model X would have a 125kWh battery delivering a 400 mile range…
🔘 Tesla Model S Commuter Car. Those Model S drivers that desire a 200 Mile Range Car, fine, a 60kWh Battery is perfect for these drivers. My suggestion, build all Model S cars with a 100kWh battery (or a 125kWh battery) and “software-limit” its capacity to 60 kWh. After all, in three years or so, if the Next Model S owner may want a longer range battery, the car already has a Longer-Range battery, which can be “software unlocked” from 60kWh.
🔘 Lets turn our attention to two other major components in the Tesla Drive Unit, the Tesla Model S and X Motor and DC Current Inverter. Tesla employs 3-phase 4-pole frequency controlled AC induction motors in the power-train of all its Model S and X cars, the original design by Nikola Tesla circa 1896. The speed and power controller operating the Tesla Power-Train, manages current flow and frequency of the AC power emitted from Tesla’s custome power-inverter.
🔘 The Tesla Model S motor rotates from 5000 rpm to 8000 rpm; however, the power emanating from the 3-phase 4 pole frequency controlled AC Induction Motor, (capable of drawing a 1600 to 2000 amp surge) is primarily controlled by the Frequency of the AC power delivered to the Motor. The complex circuitry relating to modifying the frequency of the AC sine-wave, that regulates the power-output of the 3-phase 4 pole frequency controlled AC induction motor, is managed by either (A) the Driver’s depression of the Accelerator Pedal, or (B) by the AutoPilot System. A relatively smooth frequency controlled sine-wave is emitted from the 3 Phase, 4 Poll Power-Inverter. Power emanating from the Motor is controlled by a high frequency pulse-trigger circuitry, that modifies the Sine-Wave Frequency of the AC current running into the MOTOR. The pulse-trigger electronics is capable of emitting electro-magnetic interference, EMI, as the pulse-trigger is a On-OFF pulse square wave. Tesla drivers have mentioned that when listening to traditional AM Radio, there is significant radio interference; AM Radio is known to be sensitive to static electricity and low frequency EMI. However, FM Ratio operation is not subject to low frequency spectrum EMI, that may emanate from Tesla’s Power Drive Unit.
🔘 Tesla Motors’ Power-Inverter, changing DC to AC power is similar in design, and used in Solar City’s residential Power-Wall units. Most, if not all household appliances, A/C compressor motors, motorized appliances, Washing Machines & Dryers, and household electronics are designed for a smooth AC sine-wave power source, similar to the 60cps AC sine-wave current supplied by municipal public Electricity Utilities; however, the household inverter does not require a variable frequency pulse-trigger, as the frequency must be 60 cycles per second AC power.
🔘 Tesla has a 100 kWh Battery “On the Bench” at their Nevada GigaFactory. A “technically inclined” member of the Tesla community, Jason Hughes, recently hacked into his [personally owned Model S] onboard [Car] computer software; Hughes uncovered a string of program-code referencing the “P100D” shield. Hughes asked [tweeted] @ElonMusk directly about the P100D reference, Musk did respond, however, without denying the P100D possibility.
🔘 400 Mile Range with a 125 kWh Battery, is where Tesla LiON Battery Capacity really needs to be, IMHO. 400 Mile Range should be the “Standard” Battery-pack, with any Lower Range being the “lower price” option. [(288÷90)x125=400].
🔘 Tesla Cars should have a 400 Mile rated Range, while the infrastructure of Tesla Chargers continues to expand. Plus it’s common knowledge that EPA ratings exclude operation of certain accessories like Air Conditioning. Turn on the A/C and Sound System, then the Model S Range drops by roughly 11%. Also Tesla recommends that users limit the filling of the battery routinely to “90%” to maximize battery-capacity-life. Therefor, even with an EPA rated 400 mile range, it’s effectively a 360 range, when using Accessories.
🔘 GigaFactory, Reason #1 – Magic for Tesla’s Lithium Battery production. Tesla is pressing Hard to deliver hundreds of thousands of Cars per year in the near future. Currently Tesla’s 90 kWh Battery contains literally 7,104 rechargeable LiON Battery Cells [pictured at left], all lined up within 16 modules of 444 cells each.
🔘 Tesla is Delivering 75,000 Cars per Year currently. This Year’s [2016] Production Level requires 533 Million LiON Battery Cells, capturing a significant portion of the entire World’s Supply-Line of Lithium Cells. As Tesla delivers more Cars, the demand for LiON Cells increases, if the Supply of LiON Cells remains stable, prices go Up. For Tesla to deliver their Cars at a reasonable Price, Tesla needs to Build both Cars and LiON Batteries.
🔘 When Tesla Delivers 250,000 Cars late next year [2017 for example] this production level would require 1.77 Billion LiON Battery Cells, more than the entire World’s Supply-Line of Lithium Cells. This is precisely why Tesla built its own Battery Factory in Nevada. Why Nevada?
🔘 Pure Energy Minerals Limited is under contract with Tesla Motors to mine the primary element continued in LiOn batteries, Lithium from local Nevada lithium mines, relatively close [200 mile circle] to the Factory. This is another reason for the location of their unique Battery Factory. Tesla has agreed to buy Lithium, actually 40,000 Tons of Lithium Hydroxide/Year, a byproduct of the mining process. Tesla chemists will then refine Lithium Hydroxide and purify the Lithium for use in LiON battery chemistry.
🔘 GigaFactory Reason #2 – Tesla will Customize the Industry Standard 18650 Lithium Cell. Tesla–Panasonic venture will “tweaked” the (A) 18650 LiON Cell, by making it 2mm larger in Diameter and 5mm taller, creating the new 20700 Cell and (B) tweaking the Anode, Cathode, and Chemistry of the Cell.
🔘 Lithium Battery Development is a very Big Deal as we’re talking about several BILLION batteries Annually. The resultant increase in the Cell size [10%] will deliver 133% More Power without increasing cost due to up-scaling production. This is how Tesla gets to a 125 kWh Battery with the similar cost as the 90 kWh battery. The other benefit Tesla can deliver a 220 mile range battery [60 kWh] for the Model 3, at a significantly lower cost, relatively speaking.
🔘 Tesla 120 kWh Battery is on the way, it’s a matter of when. This will Drive the Model S and X to a 400 mile range, the ideal comfort-range, particularly with everyone being “afraid of running out of juice.”
🔘 Around Town, not many folks have issues with the 90 kWh Battery or the new 100 kWh capacity Battery, assuming they have home-garage chargers. However, if you are traveling 200 miles out of town, Current Tesla Capacities are NOT sufficient for COMFORT. When one spends $100k for a very attractive Car, a beautiful package of engineering…
🔘 Worrying about your Model X Running out of Juice, is not where we want to be. We believe Elon Musk gets it, on this point.
🔘 EPA determined Tesla Model S 90D Electric Car earned a Milage Rating: 101eMPG City : 107eMPG Highway, 103 eMPG overall. These figures are amazing for a 5,000+ pound luxury electric Car. eMPG is the petroleum-fuel-equivalency, for rating Electric Powered Cars. The 3 TESLA’s Electric Propulsion Cars, the Model-S, Model-X, and the new Model-3, Cost Lower than 3½¢ per Mile Driven for all Tesla Electric Cars [EPA Chart below].
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page
https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
🔋 Fuel Cost for TESLA’s Electric Propulsion Cars. Today’s Cost of Electricity averages 9.338¢ per Kilowatt Hour, in Florida. The Cost to operate TESLA’s Electric Cars at the current electric Utility charge of 9.338¢/kWh is on average $725 for 15,000 miles driven (see EPA chart below)
🛢 Electricity Cost of 9.338¢/kWh equals 3½¢/mile driven for Tesla Model S, Model X and Model 3 Electric Cars (with No exhaust fumes containing CO₂ & CO, plus No Noxious Gasses, No Soot discharged into our atmosphere).
🛢 Fuel Cost for Gasoline Powered Cars with 300hp Engines consumes on average 22MPG, miles per gallon. Therefor, for each 15,000 miles driven, 625 Gallons of gasoline are consumed (with Exhaust Fumes containing CO₂ and CO, Noxious Gasses and Soot, that are discharged into the atmosphere).
🛢 Current Gas Prices are a Low of $2.25/Gallon, then the Cost to drive 15,000 miles is $1,406 or 9.35¢ per Mile Driven with Gasoline Engine Powered Cars.
🛢 Several Years ago Gasoline prices were over $4.25 per Gallon; We may likely experience similar increased Gasoline prices again in a few years. Therefor, for the same 15,000 miles driven, and the same 625 Gallons of Gas purchased (for 22mpg Cars) the Gasoline Cost would increase to $2,656 (at $4.25/Gallon of Gasoline).
🛢 $4.25/Gallon Gas equates to 17.75¢ per Mile Driven. Notice the examples for the Cost of Gasoline followed by the Cost of Electricity and their respective Driving Costs/Mile. Values for Gas cost/mile 10.40¢/mile for Electric Car cost/mile 3.34¢/mile [as of May, 2016].
Gasoline Powered Cars: 24mpg Engines: Cost for Mile Driven
🛢 $2.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 8.30¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 9.35¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 10.40¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $2.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 11.45¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 12.50¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 13.55¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 14.60¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $3.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 15.65¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 16.70¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 17.75¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 18.80¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $4.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 19.85¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 20.90¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.25 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 21.95¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.50 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 23.00¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $5.75 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 24.05¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 $6.00 / Gallon: Cost to Drive equals: 24.10¢ / Mile Driven
https://www.fpl.com/rates/pdf/residential-explanation.pdf
TESLA Electric Cars: 90 kWh LiON Battery: Cost / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 09¢ / kWh: 3.35¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 9.3¢ / kWh: 3.48¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 10¢ / kWh: 3.72¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 11¢ / kWh: 4.09¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 12¢ / kWh: 4.46¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 13¢ / kWh: 4.83¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 14¢ / kWh: 5.20¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 15¢ / kWh: 5.58¢ / Mile Driven
🔋 TESLA Electric Cars: Electricity Cost 16¢ / kWh: 5.95¢ / Mile Driven
🛢 Gasoline price fluctuations, do not directly relate to the current 12¢/kWh Electrical Power Costs to the Public, according to the EPA. A significant portion of Nation’s Electrical Power Generation is fueled by four main sources other than the thousands of Petroleum (Oil or Diesel) Fueled Power Plants, plus a number of Geo Thermal, Wind and Solar Powered Plants, according to current EPA statistics:
(A) 99 Nuclear Power Reactors in 30 States
(B) 557 Coal Powered Electric Power Plants
(C) 7,304 Natural Gas Powered Electric Plants, plus
(D) 2,540 HydroElectric Powered Dams in the USA.
🔘 Tesla Model S History and Now – Tesla Model S was styled by Franz von Holzhausen, who previously worked for Mazda North American Operations. The car was codenamed WhiteStar during research and preliminary development. The Model S was announced in a press release on June 30, 2008. The prototype vehicle was displayed at a press conference on March 26, 2009, pictured above.
🔘 In February 2008 Tesla Motors was planning to offer a range-extended version of its Model S. This version would have included a gasoline engine to extend the driving range of the vehicle; but it was promptly removed in a later revision. At the GoingGreen conference in September 2008 Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk, announced that Tesla was developing only all-electric cars.
🔘 Tesla manufactures the Model S at its 5½ Million square foot Tesla Factory in Fremont, California. For the European market, Tesla assembles and distributes from its European Distribution Center in Tilburg, the Netherlands. Cars are built and tested in Fremont, California. The battery pack, the electric motor and parts are disassembled and shipped separately to Tilburg, where the cars are reassembled, a 203,000 sq ft industrial building that also serves as a workshop and spare parts warehouse. Tesla expects the Model S to “pay back” the energy that went into producing the car in fewer than 10,000 miles.
🔘 Tesla Model S is a full-sized all-electric five-door, luxury liftback, produced by Tesla Motors, and introduced in June 2012. Tesla’s Model S scored a perfect 5.0 NHTSA automobile safety rating. (http://goo.gl/TJ7jbV) The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) official range for the 2012 Model S Performance model equipped with an 85 kWh battery pack is 265 miles, higher than any other electric car at the time. EPA rates its energy consumption at 38 kWh/100 mi for a combined fuel economy of 104 miles per gallon gasoline equivalent.
🔘 The Model S became the first electric car to top the monthly new car sales ranking in any country, twice leading in Norway, in September and again in December 2013, and also in Denmark in December 2015. Global Model S sales passed the 100,000 Model S sales Milestone in December 2015.
🔘 Tesla Model S ranked as the world’s best selling plug-in electric vehicle in 2015, up from second best in 2014. The Model S also ranked as the top selling plug-in electric car in the U.S. in 2015. As of December 2015, the leading markets are the United States with a 60% share of global sales and Norway with 9.4%. Other leading country markets are China, the Netherlands, Canada, Denmark, Germany, and Switzerland. As of December 2015, the Model S ranks as the world’s second best selling plug-in car in history after the Nissan Leaf.
🔘 The Tesla Model S won awards including the 2013 World Green Car of the Year, 2013 Motor Trend Car of the Year, Automobile magazine’s 2013 Car of the Year, Time Magazine Best 25 Inventions of the Year 2012 award and Consumer Reports’ top-scoring car ever. In 2015, Car and Driver named the Model S the Car of the Century.
🔘 In 2016 Tesla has completely updated design of Model S. Model S nose now looks more like the Model 3. Also, 60 and 85 versions are now discontinued. Only 70, 70D and 90D versions are available. In May 2016, the 75 and 75D versions became available. Facelifted 70 and 70D Model S owners have the option to ‘unlock’ the 75 kWh capacity, adding up to 19 miles per charge.
🔘 🚘 AutoPilot Trained with 50 Million Miles of Driving Experience 🔘 Co-PILOT for Tesla DRIVERS 🔘 Autonomous Driving Soon 🚘 UPDATE 3 🚘 🚘 🚘
🔘 Tesla AutoPilot is NOW the Co-Pilot for all Tesla Drivers – AutoPilot having over 50 Million Miles of “Driving Experience under its Belt.” AutoPilot serves all Tesla Drivers as their Personal Driving Assistant, like a Co-Pilot. As excellent as it is, AutoPilot is still in its initial Beta form into 2017.
🔘 The Future of the Personal Driving Experience is True Autonomous Driving, which may come sooner than many expect. My guess, Tesla would like AutoPilot to be released from Beta concurrent with Model 3 emerging from the Production Line Q4.2017
🔘 Think of Tesla Model S and Model X AutoPilot feature, as being similar to the Autopilot in a Commercial Airliner. In world of Aviation, the Pilot manually Backs-out the Airplane from the Gate or Hanger, Taxies onto the Runway, performs the Take-Off [a High-Skills portion of the Flight], the Captain continues to “Pilot” the Airplane with Hands-on-the-Wheel at all times, until the flight is “stabilized” into the Flight-Plan’s route. Once the flight has completed the Take-Off routine and is on its flight-plan [the FAA’s “highway lane” in the sky] the Pilot engages the [aircraft version] of Autopilot to handle the “tedious” portion of the Flight, maintaining altitude, course, and tracking all the “vital signs” of the aircraft, it’s engines, fuel levels, temperatures, cabin pressure and temp… Tesla is apparently styling their AutoPilot System similarly.
🔘 Predictions: Elon Musk is totally “Driven to deliver true Autonomous Tesla Cars,” and to deliver attractive, affordable, high performance, electric Cars for the Mass Market. Tesla, having received over 400,000 Model 3 Reservations with $1,000 deposits, (represents $400 million in cash deposits) Tesla’s affordable $35,000 Car will begin emerging from its Fremont, California Production Line in late 2017; so it seems that Tesla’s desire for “mass market” appeal is a reality. Elon Musk says, when it begins to contact the first portion of the reservation-list, customers will be directed to Tesla’s Design Center. As the Model 3 is not ready yet, this is the Design Center link for the Model S: https://goo.gl/GKAIoa
🔘 Model 3 Buyer Options – Musk estimates that Buyers of the Model 3 will likely add several options, for roughly $8000. Here a few of the Options that may be available for the Model 3: Long Range Battery, All Wheel Drive, AutoPilot, Smart Air-Suspension, Ultra High-fidelity Sound package, to name a few. This is a link to the Design Center for the Model S, as the Model 3 Design and Options tool is will not be ready until mid-2017: https://goo.gl/GKAIoa
🔘 Model 3 Update – Recent reports from Tesla Motors indicate that by early July, 2016, all the remaining “Model 3 engineering decisions will be made,” finalizing the Model 3 production design. This Milestone sets into motion the fabrication of 8000 unique parts in the supply-line, to assemble the New Model 3.
🔘 Next, is Autonomous Driving, to accomplish [selectable] autonomous driving, Tesla is collecting massive levels of Driving-Data, for Two primary purposes
(1) Prove Safety Statistically, with Tesla’s AutoPiloting Systems engaged, incident-free, safe-driving is significantly improved, as compared to unassisted Human Driving
(2) Train the AutoPilot to further Improve its Prediction Accuracy
(••) With 50 million mile data-set has been Assimilated [a 6 month driving sample] the Frequency of Accidents is 50% Lower with AutoPilot engaged, as compared to Drivers not engaging AutoPilot, according to Elon Musk.
🔘 Decreasing Driving-Incidents by 50% using AutoPilot that’s still in Beta form is astounding. The Insurance industry is taking notice. Combine these factors with Tesla’s assembly of
(A) Best software engineers
(B) Best mechanical engineers
(C) Tesla’s 50% increase in the size of its Fleet of Cars on the Roads, delivering Driving-Data back to Tesla’s MainFrame Computers
(D) Tesla’s collection and assimilation of the Next 50 million mile Data-Set, will occur exponentially faster
(••) Accordingly, Tesla hopefully will release its Software Iterations more rapidly [current version is 7.1] incorporating exciting new features, improved reliability, performing more tasks semi-Autonomously.
🔘 So the Cycle of Teaching AutoPilot continues, as Tesla DRIVERS Teach their AutoPilots, how to Drive Better and Better. See, it’s Tesla Driver Intervention with AutoPilot’s errant predictions, that teaches the AutoPilot; Tesla engineers assimilate these occurrences, then the entire Fleet of Tesla Cars are updated with the “Lessons Learned.” This is the nature of Computer-Machine Learning.
🔘 Model S and Model X AutoPilot Software is designed to actually “Learn to Drive Better.” Over 100,000 Tesla Drivers are actually training the AutoPilot system every Day, so the Software becomes better over time. Next year there will be over 200,000 Tesla Drivers training the AutoPilot. The latest software update 7.1 allows Model S and Model X Cars to use its unique array of cameras, radar, ultrasonic sensors, GPS and an increasing Data-Base of Driving-Data, to automatically steer down the highway, change lanes, recognize cars around it, adjust speed, and maneuver in response to traffic conditions.
🔘 Tesla Drivers are Teaching their “Cars to Drive Better,” literally. Tesla’s 1Q/16 Car Software update 7.1, has increased the Driver’s confidence behind the wheel with features to help the Car avoid hazards and reduce the driver’s workload when driving on Tedious, Boring, Stop-and-Go portions of a Commute or Road-Trip. While Model S or X can’t make traffic disappear, AutoPilot can make Driving a whole lot easier, safer, less tedious, and more pleasant to endure. Once you’ve arrived at your destination, Model S & X scans for a parking space and parallel parks on your command. https://goo.gl/0EeVt1
🔘 AutoPilot features a Dynamic real-time Instrument cluster with a Driver-Focused design showing current information the Car is utilizing to “intelligently” determine the vehicle’s behavior in the moment relative to its surrounding traffic conditions. The instrument panel provides a real-time computer-drawn “moving visuals” of the road, bending left, straightening, bending right, etc., the driving Lanes detected by the Car’s 360º array of sensors. AutoPilot is delivering to the Driver the same information that the Car’s Computer is utilizing to execute center-of-the-Lane Stability, Lane Departure, Blind-Spot Detection, Speed Assist, Auto-Collision Maneuvering, Following distances, graphical Collision Warnings, Adaptive Cruise, and AutoSteer. https://goo.gl/UrMIQC
🔘 AutoSteer (presently in Beta form) maintains the Car Centered in the Current Lane, and engages Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain the Car’s Speed. Using a variety of measures including Steering Angle, Steering Rate, and Speed to determine the appropriate operation; AutoSteer assists the Driver, making the driving experience easier.
🔘 Tesla’s AutoPilot requires Drivers to remain Engaged and Aware when Autosteer is enabled. Drivers must keep their Hands on the Steering Wheel, as there are Tactile Sensors imbedded in the the Steering Wheel, verifying the Driver’s “Hands on the Wheel.”
🔘 AutoPilot issues an Alarm and Disengages if the System doesn’t recognize the Driver’s hands on the steering wheel, AutoPilot will Display a Warning message, deliver a Chime, and auto-disengage AutoPilot. Since AutoSteer software is in “beta form” Tesla does not want their Drivers to “overly rely” on the AutoPilot’s traffic and road Predictions. As AutoPilot becomes “smarter” [perhaps with another 100 million miles of machine training] the Full-Time Hands-On-The-Wheel requirement may be relaxed [my guess]. https://goo.gl/o7Zspe
🔘 Tesla Software release 7.1 expands AutoPilot functionality and introduces the 1st Iteration of the Summon feature. Using Summon… once you arrive home and you exit Model S or Model X, you may Stop your car at the Front Door, everyone exits the Car, and the Driver Prompts the Car to do the rest autonomously, namely
(A) The Car Opens Garage door
(B) The Car Drives into Garage
(C) The Car Parks itself
(D) The Car Closes Garage Door
(E) The Car Shuts itself down
(F) The Car Locks all 4 Doors
(••) Imagine the convenience of Summoning your Car to your precise location, when it’s Raining, as it drives itself to the Front Door of the Restaurant, under the Portico awaiting you and your guests entry into the Car. https://goo.gl/EL9Nqo
🔘 Using Summon again – In the morning, you wake up, get dressed, make coffee, Summon your Tesla with your iPhone App, Get your Cup of Coffee, Walk out the front door, and your car is at your Front Door waiting for you to Board the Car. The Car’s System will Open your Garage door, back-out of the Garage, Close the Garage Door, and Summon then drives itself to your location, ready for your Drive. More broadly, Summon eliminates the burden of having to squeeze in and out of tight parking spots. During the current 1st Beta stage of Summon, Tesla would prefer customers to become familiar with “Summon” only on private property.
🔘 “Autonomous Self-Valet-Parking” the Next Step for Summon feature. How nice, no more giving your keys to Strangers, as they celebrate “Joy-Riding in your very special car,” while you’re Dining. The Tesla Car will locate a viable Parking Spot and park itself, then lock itself, then turn itself OFF. When you are finished, Exit the Restaurant Summon your Car to your precise position. Tesla version 7.1 is in “beta” and cannot “Self Valet” yet…
🔘 According to Tesla, your Car will eventually be able to drive anywhere around the Corner, the City, the County, or perhaps further, to meet you, even self-charging along the way. Your Tesla Car will be able to Sync with your Calendar so your Car knows exactly where & when to arrive at your Home, Office, Country Club, or Hotel…
🔘 Tesla Computer Software v7.1 release is the Next Step towards Tesla’s Goal of developing fully Autonomous Driving capabilities with delivery through over-the-air software updates, keeping Tesla customers at the forefron of driving technology.
🔘 Tesla’s Auto-Steering is a strategically Important Component of AutoPilot’s capability, utilizing a 360º Array of Sensors, and WiFi and 3G connectivity at all times
(A) Forward Facing Radar
(B) twelve Long-Range 360º Ultra-Sonic Sonar Sensors
(C) High Definition Front-Facing Stereo Digital Camera
(D) High-Resolution GPS
(E) Tesla’s Ultra-High Definition Mapping, coupled
(F) Precision Electro-Mechanical Servo-Controled Steering, Breaking, Speed-Control Systems. https://goo.gl/Ob7PYe
🚘 Let’s take a Pause and have some FUN – Congratulations, as you’ve read our article to this point. Now it’s time to take a brief break before moving to the next chapter. Check out this YouTube Video of Tesla’s Model S “Test” Driving with “Insane” Mode engaged: https://youtu.be/vFwxlCp_wpU
🔘 AutoPilot Serves as the Driver’s Co-Pilot rendering Tesla Cars to Drive Safer. AutoPilot is Capable of
(1) Interpreting Stop Signs, Road Signs, and Speed Limit Signs using Optical and Object Character Recognition
(2) “Visualizing” Cars and Objects surrounding the Car
(3) Recognition and Compliance with Traffic Signals
(4) Identification of Road Lanes
(5) Auto-Lane Changing
(6) Auto-Steering, Centers the Car’s path within Lanes
(7) Maintains your SET Speed
(8) Maintains a Safe [selectable 1 to 7 Car lengths] Following Distance
(9) Car’s Sensor Array “Scans a full 360º Perimeter” around the Car in Real-Time for Collision Avoidance and Blind-Spot Maneuvering… The Frontiers for AutoPiloting of Tesla Cars. https://goo.gl/Ob7PYe
🔘 Tesla Cars with AutoPilot Software Installed and activated, AutoPilot’s features help to relieve Drivers from the most tedious and potentially dangerous aspects of road travel. Tesla combines a
(A) High-resolution Forward facing Camera
(B) RADAR
(C) Array of 12 Long-range Sonar Sensors
(D) GPS telemetry
(D) Ultra-high Definition Mapping [100-times more precise than typical GPS mapping], combined with electro-mechanical assists for braking and steering system to “automatically drive” your Model S on an Open Road and in dense Stop-and-Go Traffic.
🔘 AutoPilot hardware is now built into all Model S, X, and Model 3 Cars, whether or not you purchase the AutoPilot software Option. AutoPilot system is activated with the installation of the AutoPilot software tech-package into Tesla’s Car Computer system [ $2500 option] when configured at the time of Car Purchase, [$3000 if AutoPilot is installed after the purchase].
🔘 Tesla’s AutoPilot feature currently gives the Car partial-Autonomy, and when the AutoPilot Software is activated the “system” is 50% safer than Human Drivers, according to 50 million miles of Driving-Data assembled by Tesla’s Chief Executive Elon Musk’s software engineers. The probability of having an accident is 50% lower if you have Autopilot Engaged… said Musk, speaking at an energy conference in Oslo, Norway. Even with the current initial beta-versions, AutoPilot is about twice the Safety Record as compared to a Driver without AutoPilot assistance.
🔘 AutoPilot Warning: “Keep your Hands on the Wheel”. AutoPilot is currently in “beta form” and Tesla’s dashboard Warning Message states “Keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times, and be ready to take Control of the Car.” The AutoPilot system is continuously LEARNING. The “System Learns” when a Driver Corrects the Path of the Car, when necessary. All the corrective actions taken by the Driver are assembled with the digital data from Tesla’s onboard Computer, GPS, Radar, Sensors, and Camera, and Transmitted to Tesla’s Mother Ship for analysis and potential integration into the next AutoPilot update version.
🔘 50 Million Miles of Driving Data has been Collected in 6 Months. This Data is “Training the AutoPilot” as it formulates improved Driving Algorithms for the Software. Tesla’s entire Fleet of Cars with AutoPilot engaged, are collecting Driving-Data, the actions of the Driver, as compared to the actions the AutoPilot predicted. If differences occur, where the Driver took over control of the AutoPilot, this is a potential “Training Event” that is transmitted to “Tesla’s Mother Ship” for assessment and assimilation. As improved Driving Algorithms are developed, Software updates are delivered by the Cell System back to the entire Fleet of Tesla Cars. Tesla’s “Learning Machine” is a continuous Cycle of data Collection, Assimilation, Assessment, Integration, Update the Fleet, with a continuous streaming of Millions of Miles of Precision Driving.
🔘 Drawing on Early Data from Tesla’s cars, Musk said that the average number of Miles Driven by a Car Between Accidents was almost doubled when Autopilot was engaged. These results are from Tesla’s first generation of Autopilot, which owners have been using. Tesla drivers using AutoPilot, have driven over 50 Million Miles since AutoPilot was launched October, 2015.
🔘 Tesla AutoPilot software obtains data from HD Video Cameras, Radar, a 360º Array of 12 Long Range Ultrasonic Sensors to perform basic functions, including steering on a Highways, Lane Changing, adjusting Speed in response to varying traffic conditions, or simply parking the Car. AutoPilot technology (the hardware component of the AutoPilot) is pre-built into every recent Model of the company’s Cars, from July, 2015 and all 2016 Cars. The Software package is designed to “Continuously Learn how to Drive Better” and therefor AutoPilot will continue improve with time.
🔘 Musk expects the 2nd Version of AutoPilot, a Fully Autonomous AutoPilot version of its Driving Software will be Significantly Safer than the current AutoPilot technology. Less than 2 years away from being released, the 2nd Generation of Tesla’s Autopilot will require regulatory approval; Tesla must Demonstrate to the DOT that AutoPilot is (A) relatively Simple for average Drivers to implement, and (B) is “Definitively” Safer as compared to all Human Drivers, not having engaged AutoPilot.
🔘 The Insurance Industry is Extremely Interested in the continued Success of Tesla’s AutoPilot. AutoPilot improves the Driver’s experience
(1) Driving Safety, averts boredom and tedium
(2) Collision Avoidance, with 360º sensor Array
(3) Decrease the number of driving accidents
(4) Decreasing the Degree of personal injury
(5) Decrease property damages
(*) The day may come, when motor vehicles may be required to have a minimum level of hardware-sensors with AutoPiloting assistance for Drivers. It seems that Tesla is setting the Standards for AutoPiloting driver-assistance.
🔘 Tesla is Collecting a Huge DataBase of high-resolution Driving-Data to demonstrate “that the Safety Level is significantly Improved, by a meaningful margin, when AutoPilot Autonomous Mode is Engaged, versus AutoPilot with Autonomous mode turned off.”
🔘 AutoPilot enabled Tesla Cars are Safer than Human Drivers… or is this a high-tech Marketing Gimmick? A video surfaced in early April, 2016 that showed a Tesla Model S Autopilot prevented a Highway Collision with a Utility Truck (positioned in the Driver’s “Blind Spot”) that cut sharply in front of the Model S. The Model S was riding on a highway in the Right Lane; a White Utility Truck aggressively moved from the Center-Lane to Right-Lane (as the Tesla Car was positioned in the Truck’s “Blind Spot”); This Event, both vehicles becoming dangerously Close, was detected by AutoPilot’s perimeter Sensor Array, and caused the Model S to instantly “Auto-Steer” the Tesla Car enough distance to the Right, combined with “Auto-Speed” control, to avoid the Truck’s contact with the Tesla Car.
🔘 The iPhone Video of the above potential “Event” shows the Model S collision avoidance system “sensed” a vehicle moving to an unsafe distance, and triggered a corrective action by its Auto-Steering to the Right, to avoid the Utility Truck, as it pulled out in front of the Model S. Coincidentally, the Model S occupant was cell-phone video-recording their new Model S on the Highway having engaged the AutoPilot, and shortly thereafter, the Truck near-collision incident occurred. Video Clip: https://goo.gl/OLQAJI
🔘 How Does Tesla’s AutoPilot Work – Model S AutoPilot’s system is Continuously Learning and Improving, due to the procedure of (A) Machine Learning computer algorithms, (B) the car’s wireless [cellular] real-time, always-on connection, (C) ultra-high-resolution mapping (D) sensor-array data that each Tesla Car collects, (D) Driver Data and AutoPilot’s Predictions are Transmitted to “Tesla’s Mother Ship” for Processing and Assimilation into the next version of AutoPilot. Within the recent 6 months, more than 50 Million Miles of Driving Data has been processed by Tesla for improvements to its AutoPilot software system.
🔘 Machine Learning Algorithms, the latest in sophisticated computer technology, where computers Assimilate super-large Data-sets, Analysis of massive levels of Data, Elimination of Spurious Data, Create improved Precision Algorithms, then implement the Algorithms, making for Improved Precision high-confidence Predictions.
🔘 Computers delivering Precision high-confidence Predictions is the essence of Machine Learning, resulting in computer-speed “Micro-Second Reaction Time” form of highly specialized artificial intelligence. With Human intelligence, improved performance, is accomplished with Education, Training, Practice. With Computers, Learning occurs with Millions of Cycles of Assimilating massive Data Sets into Precision Algorithms, Elimination of the spurious Data, delivering super-high-confidence Predictions;then rewrite Precision Algorithms, Distribute back to the Fleet of Cars, in the case of AutoPilot. And these Cycles are repeated creating even more precision-high-Confidance Predictions.
🔘 AutoPilot Machine Learning is the method that Tesla Car Computers can become artificially intelligent, as the AutoPilot technology is a form of AI. “The entire Tesla fleet of Cars operates as a large network of “Tesla Car Computers” collecting very-high-resolution digital data. When one Tesla Car learns something, the entire Fleet learn it. “This is far beyond what other car companies are doing” says Elon Musk.
🔘 When it comes to the AutoPilot software, Musk explained that each driver using the AutoPilot System essentially becomes an “Expert Trainer” for how the AutoPilot should work. To create a self-driving car, Tesla’s AutoPilot, has logged and transmitted back to Tesla Mainframes, over 50 million miles of driving Videos and Data into Tesla’s Computer Data Model, which creates a Massive digital vocabulary about driving events. The resultant algorithms use “visual” techniques to Assimilate the video-data to understand traffic and driver events. The Goal for AutoPilot, when something unexpected happens — a ball rolls into the street — AutoPilot can recognize the specific pattern, and will react accordingly (because a child may also be running into the street after the ball, as an example).
🔘 The Data from Tesla Drivers is enabled by the hardware systems that Tesla has configured. All Tesla Cars built from mid-2015 through 2016, have (A) 12 ultrasonic sensors located on the lower circumference of the vehicle, (B) a front-facing digital camera mounted above the rear-view mirror, (C) a Radar System center-mounted below the front-nosecone. These three sensing systems are constantly collecting high-resolution Data to help the AutoPilot work on the roads, but this System also amasses Data that will make Tesla AutoPilot systems Learn, and operate with more precision in the future.
🔘 Because each of Tesla’s Cars have an always-on wireless Cellular connection to “Tesla’s Mother Ship,” data from driving and using AutoPilot is collected and uploaded into the Tesla Cloud, and analyzed with sophisticated software algorithms. With AutoPilot, Tesla assimilates the data from Tesla Cars using the its Automated Steering and Lane Change Systems, uses this Data to train its AutoPilot algorithms. Tesla then assembles these algorithms, tests them, and incorporates the new Driving Algorithms into upcoming software downloads to the entire fleet of Tesla Cars’ onboard Computers.
🔘 Currently Tesla has downloading Version 7.1 software. This download is multi-hour events that occurs between 2am and 4am, or as Drivers schedule. Elon Musk said that Tesla is collecting much more detailed high-precision mapping data for its automated steering and lane change applications as compared to what is available through the standard navigation technology. To meet its needs, Tesla has started to build its own Ultra-high-precision Mapping Data that is 100-Times the level of granularity, compared to standard commercially available navigation systems, using [mostly] data from Tesla Cars driving on roads and data from Tesla engineers driving research cars.
🔘 AUTOSTEER & AUTO LANE CHANGE – Autopilot displays a “Steering Wheel Icon located next to the speed display in the instrument cluster will appear Grey. Pull the Cruise Control lever towards you Once to engage the Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, and pull it Twice to activate AutoSteer. The steering wheel icon will now turn from Gray to Blue. AutoSteer keeps the vehicle in the current lane [the driving Lanes are illuminated with Blue Lines] and maintains the vehicle’s speed. However, you must still keep your hands on the steering wheel so you are prepared to take control of the vehicle at any moment during changing road and traffic conditions.
🔘 When AutoSteer is activated, you can change lanes by engaging the turn signal, and your Model S will move itself to the adjacent lane, only when it’s safe to do so. AutoPilot’s 360º perimeter sonar sensors detect when it’s clear for a Lane Change.
🔘 AUTOPARK – When traveling below 15mph, a Grey “P” will appear on the instrument cluster when your Model S detects a parking spot next to you. Put the vehicle into reverse and “AutoPark Ready” will appear on the touchscreen. Once activated, your Model S will begin to park itself by controlling steering and vehicle speed.
🔘 Tesla Model S Driver Joshua Brown said “It was a mistake on the Truck driver’s part. He did not look or know I was next to him, until I honked my horn” Joshua Brown, recently uploaded the video to YouTube: https://goo.gl/OLQAJI
Model S demonstration of Acceleration and AutoPilot: https://goo.gl/1J05X8. Elon Musk demonstrating Dual Motor Acceleration and AutoPilot: https://goo.gl/lyNmCU. Demonstration of AutoPilot software version 7: https://goo.gl/NvLFmk and https://goo.gl/uh95ry
🔘 Model S Equipped with Driver Assistance components and Autopilot Tech Package, the Forward looking Camera and the Radar sensor are designed to determine when there is a vehicle in front of you in the same lane. If the area in front of Model S is clear, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains a SET driving speed. When a vehicle is detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed to slow down Model S as needed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front, up to the set speed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control does not eliminate the need to watch the road in front of you and to apply the brakes when needed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is primarily intended for driving on dry, relatively straight roads, such as highways and freeways. It should not be used on city streets.
🔘 Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is designed for Driving Comfort and Convenience, and is not currently “promoting” AutoPilot as a Collision Warning or Avoidance System [although there are numerous YouTube examples of Collision Avoidance by AutoPilot]. Since Auto-Steering” is currently in “Beta form” It is the Driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never depend on Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to adequately slow down Model S. Always watch the road in front of you and be prepared to take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death. The instrument panel displays a gray speedometer icon on the left side of the driving speed to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is available but the cruising speed has not been set. Unless a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you must be driving at least 18 mph to use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at any speed, even when stationary. When driving at your desired speed, set the cruising speed by moving the cruise-control lever up or down (or pulling it briefly toward you), then releasing.
🔘 The speedometer icon on the instrument panel turns blue and displays the set speed to indicate that Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is actively maintaining the set speed. The Driver may now release-pressure from the accelerator pedal and allow Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain your set speed. When no vehicle is detected ahead, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains the set speed. If a vehicle is detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains your chosen following distance, [user-selectable from 1 to 7 Car lengths] up to the set speed, accelerating and decelerating Model S as needed. When the vehicle you are following is no longer detected, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control accelerates to the set speed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts the speed as appropriate when entering and exiting curves.
🔘 Adjust your following distance – To adjust the distance you want to maintain between Model S and a vehicle traveling ahead of you, rotate the cruise control lever to choose a setting from 1 (the closest following distance) to 7 (the longest following distance). Each setting corresponds to a time-based distance that represents how long it takes for Model S, from its current location, to reach the location of the rear bumper of the vehicle ahead. Cruising at the Speed Limit – Traffic-Aware Cruise Control makes it easy to cruise at the speed limit. Once you’ve initially set a cruising speed, you can adjust the speed to cruise at the speed limit that is currently being determined by Speed Assist. To do so, pull the cruise control lever toward you and hold momentarily (about half a second). When you release, your cruising speed is set to the speed that is automatically or manually being determined by Speed Assist, taking into consideration any setting you have specified. If you are already driving faster than the speed limit when you pull and momentarily hold the lever, the set speed does not adjust to the speed limit, it adjusts to your current driving speed.
🔘 To increase/decrease speed by 1 mph, move the lever up or down to the first position and release. To increase/decrease speed to the closest 5 mph increment, move the lever up/down to the second position and release. For example, if you are traveling at 57 mph and you move the lever up to the second position and release, the speed increases to 60 mph. You can also increase/decrease speed by holding the lever in the full up/down position and releasing when the desired speed displays below the cruise control icon. To cruise at the speed limit that is currently being determined by Speed Assist (including any o sets that you have set), pull the cruise control lever toward you and hold momentarily (about half a second). It may take a few seconds for Model S to reach the new cruising speed. The Maximum Set Speed is 90 mph.
🔘 AutoSteer is a BETA feature in Release 7.1. Model S is equipped with Driver Assistance components and the optional Autopilot Tech Package; you can use Autosteer to manage steering and speed under certain circumstances. Autosteer builds upon Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, intelligently keeping Model S in its driving lane when cruising at a set speed. Using the forward looking camera, the radar sensor, and the ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer detects lane markings and the presence of vehicles and objects, steering Model S based on the lane markings and the vehicle directly in front of you.
🔘 AutoSteer is a hands-on feature. You must keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times. Autosteer is intended for use only on highways and limited-access roads with a fully attentive driver. When using Autosteer, hold the steering wheel and be mindful of road conditions and surrounding traiffc. Do not use Autosteer on city streets or in areas where bicyclists or pedestrians may be present. Never depend on Autosteer to determine an appropriate driving path. Always be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to follow these instructions could cause serious property damage, injury or death.
🔘 Enable AutoSteer – the Driver must enable it by touching Controls > Settings > Driver Assistance > Autosteer > Enable. To indicate that Autosteer is available (but not actively steering Model S), the instrument panel displays a gray Autosteer icon on the right side of the driving speed as shown here.
🔘 To initiate Autosteer, pull the cruise control lever toward you twice in quick succession. Autosteer briefly displays a message on the instrument panel reminding you to pay attention to the road and be ready to take over at any time. To indicate that Autosteer is now actively steering Model S, the instrument panel displays the Autosteer icon in blue. When Autosteer is able to detect lane markings, it also displays the driving lanes in BLUE:
🔘 To Initiate Autosteer, you must be driving at least 18 mph on a roadway with visible lane markings. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can initiate Autosteer at any speed, even when stationary. In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center Model S in the driving lane. However, if the sensors detect the presence an obstacle (such as a vehicle or guard rail), Autosteer may steer Model S in a driving path that is offset from the center of the lane. In situations where you attempt to engage Autosteer but you are not driving within the required driving speed for Autosteer to operate, or Autosteer is not receiving adequate data from the camera or sensors, a message displays on the instrument panel indicating that Autosteer is temporarily unavailable.
🔘 Hold Steering Wheel – AutoSteer uses data from the camera, sensors, and GPS system to determine where to drive. It also requires you to hold the steering wheel. When entering a curve or driving at a high speed, if Autosteer does not detect your hands on the steering wheel, it displays the following message on the instrument panel and eventually sounds a chime: When you see this message, you may need to tighten your grip on the steering wheel. When your hands are detected, Autosteer resumes normal operation. Be careful not to apply any steering. Doing so cancels Autosteer. If Autosteer does not detect your hands on the steering wheel, the Hold Steering Wheel request escalates by sounding two additional chimes. The chimes increase in frequency until Autosteer detects your hands. If no action is taken, Autosteer begins to decelerate Model S and displays the following message on the instrument panel.
🔘 Take Over Immediately – In situations where AutoSteer is unable to steer Model S, AutoSteer sounds a warning chime and displays the following message on the instrument panel.
🔘 Tesla Model S Owners Manual. The Link below directs you to Dropbox that houses a PDF file containing the Model S Operation Manual provided to new Car owners. The sections above are abstracts from “Driver Assistance” section that begins on page 65 of this manual. https://goo.gl/UeGJDI
🔘 Fuel Economy.Gov site to compare a wide variety of New Cars. https://goo.gl/hoNh52
https://goo.gl/09PL1R
🔘 TESLA’s Model S, first arrived on the market 4 years ago in June, 2012, when the first Model S rolled off the production line. Four years later on May 1, 2016 the New and Improved Model S Cars are rolling off the production line at a pace of 1000 Cars/Week. The most noticeable change is with the front “Nose Grill” area, the nose-cone.
🔘 Cosmetics was the primary reason Tesla used a “Front Grill-like” feature in its initial design of the Model S. The nose-grill is non-functional, and was chosen to retain the “look” of traditional Cars. Since there’s no gasoline-combustion engine, and therefor no heat created, and no radiator to dissipate the heat that doesn’t exist… a front Grill to admit air for a radiator is not the function; the front Grill is strictly cosmetic.
🔘 TESLA’s Mission is to Deliver an Electric Car that “looks like” what everyone expects a Car to look like; and to have their Electric Car perform, as everyone expects a “traditional car to perform”… even though it’s Electric.
🔘 The Model S concepts are driving forces since 2010, and presently remain a major focus for TESLA. Tesla’s ultimate goal is to deliver affordable Electric Cars for the Mainstream, the Model 3 being Tesla’s first entry into the affordable car for the masses category.
🔘 TESLA’s all Electric Roadster and Model S proved that an Electric Car can be aesthetically attractive with superior performance. The Model S nose-Grill does not pass ambient-air through, to an Air-Over-Radiator as with Gasoline Engine powered cars. TESLA’s nose-Grill design was strictly cosmetic, as folks expected to see a Grill.
🔘 Currently, 80,000 Model S Cars have been purchased in the US, for a total of 110,000 Model S deliveries globally. Tesla believes with over $10 Billion in Sales Deliveries of their electric Cars, the non-functional cosmetic grill, may now be replaced with an aerodynamically efficient nosecone. The new “nose” design is currently used in Model X cars, and is planned for Model 3 cars, starting production in late 2017.
🔘 The Nose-Grill displayed in the May, 2016 Model S is Aerodynamically Superior, to the 2012 Grill, due to its carefully engineering, wind-tunnel tested shape; The 2012 nose-grill was non-functional, with unfavorable aerodynamics; but it was “worth it” to have their electric Cars accepted by the Market, in the face of decades of “Traditional Cars.” Model S new nosecone is the same precision-design wind-tunnel tested nosecone, used for Model X and Model 3.
🔘 Model 3 Received 400,000 Reservation Deposit Checks, talk about Market Acceptance. The Model 3 is Tesla’s new, affordable $35,000 electric car, with over 400k reservations with $1000 deposits.
🔘 Imagine this, Tesla has received $400,000,000 in Cash deposits for Model 3, with customers hoping to receive the Model 3, ASAP; however no sooner than “Late, 2017” according to Tesla Motors.
🔘 The Model S facelift brings TESLA’s design “up to speed” aerodynamically, with the Model X and the upcoming Model 3 sedan. The revised front-fascia swaps-out the large faux-grille, in favor of a thin top-strip across the front with a centered bold T Logo. Changing the nose-cone on the Model S is aerodynamically-functional, having significantly reduced the “Wind Resistance” of the Car, thereby increased the overall Milage Range by more than 10%.
🔘 The Improved Model S has been fitted with New Head Lights that are powered with high-power LEDs, including 14 three-position dynamic turning lights to improve visibility with evening turns and winding roads.
🔘 Tesla Engineers have added a new HEPA air filtration system, removing 99.97% of all particulate exhaust pollution, allergens, bacteria, and other airborne contaminants. Like the Model X, this Air Filtration system features a “Bioweapon Defense Mode” that maintains positive pressure inside the cabin, to prevent toxic gasses from entering the Car’s cabin.
🔘 Tesla Designers have added several cosmetic improvements in the Cabin, adding a few new wood trim options. Buyers can also select an Option for heating or cooling Forced-Air ventilation of the front seats, a similar HVAC system employed in Tesla’s Model X. For example, on a Hot Afternoon in South Florida, the interior seating becomes very hot, upwards of 150ºF.
🔘 Tesla offers an AirConditioned Front Seats Option, that delivers Cool, Dry, Forced-Air Circulation inside the perforated seat-cushions, creating a cool, dry seat, rather than a scorching hot seat, particularly if you fit the Car with Black Leather. Seat-cushion air circulation is very comfortable at all times. However, particularly comfortable during long commutes and road-trips.
🔘 Tesla’s iPhone APP – when launched your iPhone becomes a Remote Control for your Model S Car. Using the App you can start the Car’s Air Conditioning System, while you are finishing getting dressed in the morning, or awaiting your arrival from your Meeting, Luncheon, or Shopping. From your iPhone or Apple Watch, you are able to see the internal temperature of the Car, verify that it’s properly Locked, check your Fuel Range, and Turn-On the Air Conditioning, preparing the Car for your arrival to it.
🔘 Model S will likely be paired with a 120 kWh High-Capacity LiON Battery delivering a Range of 400 Miles that will eventually replace the battery pack presently offered. We previously reported that Tesla and Panasonic have designed a slightly larger LiON battery cell [2mm bigger in diameter, 5mm taller] that delivers 33% greater Power with no increase in the cost to product the Lion cells. Implementation of this new LiON 20700 cell may be the effect of assembling a 120 kWh LiON battery pack. Presently Customers have the choice of TESLA’s 70 kWh LiOn battery pack, and the 90 kWh LiON Battery pack, paired with either a single-rear-motor, 2-Wheel Drive system, or paired with Front-Wheel motor plus Rear-Wheel motor, for their AWD package.
🔘 Folks require more than a 300 mile range in an Electric Car. Tesla need to deliver a 400 Mile Range Battery pack, principally because at current Charging Rates, a 5-Minute “electric” Fill-Up delivers 28 Miles Range added to the LiON Battery, at Best. We understand that Tesla SuperCharger Stations will increase to a Power of 150 kWh [from 120 kWh]. This 25% increase that may deliver 35 Miles per 5 Minute charge, or 100 Mile Range in 15 Minutes, or over 200 Mile Range in 30 minutes.
🔘 There are 168,000 Gas Stations, and 40,000 Electric Fueling Spots in the US. Electric Car drivers need and want greater Range per Full Charge, per Fill-up. Recall, When a Gasoline Engine powered Car pulls into a Gas Station, within 5-Minutes, they receive 15 Gallons of Gas, which provides 330 Miles of range, as established by the EPA standards of 22MPG, with a 15 gallon fuel-tank.
🔘 Tesla needs a 120 kWh 400 Mile Range LiON Battery for the Model S, X, and Model 3 Cars. A 120 kWh Battery’s 400 mile Range, in traditional Gas-Tank equivalency, of an 18.2 Gallon Gas Tank, in a car that achieves 22MPG. Hopefully the Chargers and Battery Chemistry, will permit more Power to enter the LiOn Battery in Less Time.
🔘 For Electric Car Fill-ups, a 5-Minute Electric Fill-up, an Electric Car receives only 28 Miles of Range, at any of the 630 Tesla SuperCharger Stations, the most powerful [120 kWh chargers] in the US. The 2nd best Electric Charger “in the wild” delivers 16 mile Range for a 5 minute charge, and there are not too many of these ChargePoint 200 RPH chargers. The Model S onboard charging system has been upgraded to accept 48 Amp Service, a 20% increase over the previous specs.
🔘 Space X Mission Successfully Lands CRS-8 First Stage Rocket on a Drone-Ship situated in the Atlantic Ocean, April, 2016. http://youtu.be/sYmQQn_ZSys
🔘 SPACE X Mission April 8, 2016, 30 minute narrated clip behind the line showing the Mission, an the background stories. Well worth your time. As you are watching this clip, as the 1st stage Rocket Lands on the Drone-Ship, floating out there, in the Atlantic Ocean, you’ll be standing and cheering with everyone else… http://youtu.be/7pUAydjne5M
🚘 Compare Tesla Model S and Model X all Electric Cars. From a Non-Car-Guy point of view, we discuss in reasonable detail [not-too-technical] a few of the commonly used electric-car terms; We need to think and understand this new “language.”
🚘 Tesla Cars Viewed from a Buyer Perspective, selecting the Options for the Model S or Model X makes significant changes to the Comfort and Safety of the Driver & Passengers, plus the Car’s Agility, Power, and Performance. In this article we Compare two highly rated Tesla electric Cars.
🚘 Permit me to bring you “up to speed” on some of the ingredients that make the Tesla Electric Cars “tick.” Remember, it’s All about the Cells, LiON Cells. Thousands of Cells in all Model X and Model S Cars.
🚘 Look at this Single Lithium-Ion Cell in hand. The LiON Cell is truly the Magical Ingredient that energizes Tesla Model S and Model X Cars. Thousands of these Cells [literally 7,104 Cells] all lined up in a special arrangement, with 444 cells housed in each Module, where all 16 modules are connected together to deliver 400v DC at 225 Amps, yielding a 90 kWh Battery weighing 1,200 pounds.
🚘 Tesla’s GigaFactory, 100 Electric Ave, Sparks, Nevada. Tesla’s Lithium-Ion Battery factory [over 3 million sq.ft, on 1.5 sq. miles land] will produce more Lithium Cells than the entire World’s 2015 production. The Gigafactory’s initial production capacity is targeted at 35 Million kWh per Year, enough Lithium Cells to power 400,000 Tesla Cars/yr, [that’s 2.75 Billion Cells, LiON Cells/year or 7.64 Million Cells/day].
🚘 Tesla’s new GigaFactory is an 80 Acre Building Under Roof. Tesla’s battery partner [Panasonic] will be manufacturing their new co-designed LiOn Cell [the 20700 Cell] rendering it +133% more powerful. When Tesla’s Production Line [for Model X, Model S, Model 3 Cars] delivers 12,000 Cars per month, Tesla’s Gigafactory will be Producing 2.8 Million LiON Cells every Day, for the Car’s Batteries; This is just the “startup” quantity before Tesla Ramps-Up production [add the Model 3 Car in 2018] in Tesla’s new 3.5 million sq.ft. facility, the first phase of 10 Million sq.ft.
🚘 It’s Really All about the LiON Cells. Look at the picture of the 18650 Lithium-Ion Cell standing upright next to a traditional Double-AA battery on my iPad Pro’s keyboard. The LiON Cell [39gm] is over twice the physical size and weight of the AA battery [16gm]. Notice 5000 mAh capacity, equals 5.0 Ah at 3.7v DC. [Watts = A x V] or 5×3.7 = 18.5 Watt/Hr. Let’s divide it by 1000, to convert 18.5 Watts into kiloWatts. 18.5/1000 = 0.0185 kWh.
🚘 We Converted 18.5 Watts of storage into kWh [0.0185 kWh] the same units as in the 90 kWh Battery Pack. We know there are 7,104 LiON Cells in TESLA’s battery pack. Each individual LiON Cell can store 0.0185 kWh of power… seems like an itty-bitty amount of Power.
🚘 Cells are TESLA’s MAGIC. All these LiOn Cells are like a Miniature “Army” of Cells. A single “Army-Man’s” power, may not be impressive, with only 0.0184 kWh of muscle; BUT, let’s multiply our Army-Man, and bring in 7104 Army-Men; Now we have several Brigades, a “Powerful Force” of 7104 Men… 7104 Cells… Therefor, let’s take the single Cell’s modest Power of 0.0185 kWh, times 7,104. [0.0185 x 7104 = 131.4 kWh]
🚘 This is a Storage Pack with 131.4 kWh Power. OMG, that’s Huge. If these LiON Cells were all lined up in Tesla’s special arrangement for their TESLA Battery Pack, they’d have an amazing 130 kWh Battery, that’s 144% greater capacity than their present 90 kWh Battery, which would likely be an EPA rating of 400 Miles Range, rather than 275 EPA miles, for the present day 90 kWh Battery. See how much fun we’re having…
🚘 After All, it’s really all about the Cells, currently the 18650 LiOn Cell, is 18mm in diameter by 65mm tall. Battery Engineers say by increasing the Cell’s Diameter marginally by 2mm to 20mm, and increasing the cell’s Height from 65mm to 70mm, the new Cell, the LiON 20700 Cell will actually deliver 133% of the Power than its smaller brother, at the Same Cost per Cell.
🚘 Delivery of the 20700 LiON Cell may be the “Birth” of Tesla’s new 120 kWh Battery, with a Range over 400 Miles. This is a Huge development. Personally, having over 350 EPA certified miles is the Range folks need to see. Anything significantly less in Range [in my opinion] would be considered a “Commuter Car.”
🚘 Today is Racing in Fast Forward to the Future, as Electric Cars Charge on to the Mainstream However, too many folks remain pulled back with decades of prejudices and familiarity: “Pistons, Tanks, Gas, Rods, Gallons, Liters, Fumes, Plugs, V8’s, Octane, Unleaded…” Today, Electric Cars are becoming more popular partly because of the “GREEN” effect, plus some folks see Fuel Cost savings beneficial in the longer view.
🚘 Gas Prices at $2.75/Gallon currently, Equals 12¢/Mile, [assume the EPA 22 MPG] the cost the average Gas Guzzler is about 12¢/Mile. This fuel cost/mile is Three Times the cost of the Tesla Models S or X, electric utility charge of 4¢/Mile. [electricity cost 12¢/kW]
🚘 It takes Courage to be GREEN with Cars. One must have lots of Courage to be an “Electric Car Pioneer” knowing that: (A) Electric Car manufacturers do not have decades of experiences or durability stats, (B) Electric Charger-Stations are “few and far between” literally, (C) the Time required for an electric Fill-Up.
🚘 Gas Staton Fill-Ups: For an EPA standard 15 gallon Fill-Up, traditional Gas Stations [currently there are 168,000 US Gas Stations] that require about 5-Minutes in Fueling Time, giving your car 330 miles of Range, with an EPA standard of 22MPG, renders a cost of 12¢/Mile, at $2.65/Gallon. With Electric-Car charging at most of the 40,000 charging-stations that currently exist in the US, the same 5-Minutes Fueling Time, gives your Electric Car 2.5 miles of Range. At DC FAST Express Commercial and Public Charging (19.2 kWr) Stations, a 5 minute charge gives your electric Car about 5 miles of Range. Fortunately, many EV Car Drivers have a Charger Connection at their residence garage, for every night fill-ups.
🚘 Your Garage becomes your Fuel Service Station, as you can Plug-In your Tesla using a 19.2 kWh Super Charger Kit, for an Over Night Fill Up, every Night. Although, the charging rate is roughly 60 RPH, [60 miles of Range per Hour of Charging], If you have a 360 Mile Battery, plugging in overnight, in 6 hours you are FULL of electric power. Although, the Public Charging Stations are time consuming for even a modest fill-up, your Garage Charger is very convenient for an every-Night topping-off your “Electric Fuel Tank.”
🚘 For Electric Cars to become truly Mainstream, These Issues Must be resolved
(A) Battery Range of 350 Miles – Affordable Battery Technology, to render energy storage at a reasonable cost, giving 350+ Miles Range. With a bazillion Gas Stations in the US, [actually 168,000] gas driven cars receive a 330 mile range with a 5-minute Fill-Up time
(B) Range per 5 Minute Fill-Up. Charging Stations will have to Deliver significantly more Range than 5 Miles with a 5 Minute Charge
(C) DC-FAST chargers by ChargePoint are currently the fastest commercial chargers giving a Rate of 200 RPH which equals 15 Miles Range for a 5 Minute charge using the CHAdeMO plug.
🚘 TESLA is getting FASTER with Charging Speed, as their Super-Charger Stations Deliver a 30 mile Range in 5-minutes, 115 Miles of Range in 20 Minutes, or 170 Miles in 30 Minutes, Electric Charging gives 5 Miles of Range per Minute … This charging-rate although FAST for electric charging points, is still relatively slow, compared to the Time folks are used to at Gas Stations, giving 60 miles of Range per Minute. Tesla’s Super-Charger Stations are proprietary for Tesla Cars Only, as Tesla is providing its Power at No Cost to Tesla Drivers.
🔴 Below are YouTube Video-Clips Links that you may be interested in viewing. Having reviewed dozens of videos, these have been picked, showing (A) A Video, narrated, takes you into the assembly-line of the Model S at their factory in Fremont, California (B) Tesla associate Delivering a Tesla Model S to a customer; taking a new Tesla owner through the setup of the features for the Model S. TESLA’s delivery-training is worth your time (C) the next 2 video-clips demonstrate the Tesla AutoPilot in action on freeways, first with the Model X, the second is with the Model S car.
🔵 These Clips have been placed between two distinctive images, so you can return here, at a later time, after you’ve read the article.
🔴 Tesla Factory is Automated with Robotics; this interesting, narrated YouTube video-clip gives a closeup view of the assembly of some key components such as the unique Tesla Motor, Gear Box, and Dashboard electronics: https://goo.gl/5wu3sW
🔴 Tesla Factory Delivery of Your New Model S All Tesla Cars are build-to-order. In a few weeks you car will be ready for delivery to you. This YouTube narrated video-clip shows a Tesla Delivery to a Customer: https://goo.gl/cpHnYt
🔴 Tesla Drivers demonstrate the Model X and the Model S AutoPilot with Software version 7.0 These narrated demonstrations of the Autopilot shows the hands-free operation of the Tesla Autopilot controlling the car on Expressways at 70+mph, quite amazing:
https://goo.gl/Tj3wGr
https://goo.gl/YxQyNa
🔴 A Tesla Driver demonstrates the Apple Watch monitoring the status of the Model S and some of the Controlling capability of the Model-S Car. https://goo.gl/72smx0
🚘 Tesla provides a Free APP for iPhones and Apple Watch where Drivers may Plug-In at the Charging station, Start the Charge cycle, Lock the Car, then go into a Coffee shop or Retail Center. Then Remotely, Drivers can Open the Tesla APP on your iPhone and on your Apple Watch, which Logs-In to your Tesla Car’s Computer, to do lots of tasks
(A) Look at the Status of your Car: Locked, Unlocked, Interior Temperature, Range in Miles
(B) You can Honk your Horn, Flash the Car’s Lights to help you find the car in a large parking lot, or a dark street, Start the A/C system to Cool-Down your Car, so it’s ready for you at a Comfortable temperature, or heat the car in the Winter season
(C) Look at the Charging-progress of your Car, see the Miles Range as your Battery is charging, you’d then know when it’s time to return to your Tesla Car
(D) All of these actions can be performed from your iPhone and your Apple Watch.
🚘 Tesla Promises Free Super-Charges Forever. Free charging as assured by Elon Musk helps to mitigate the limited Network of Stations, and the relatively slow Charge-time [compared to Gas-Fill-Ups]. Tesla’s SuperCharger Stations are Super-Fast [compared to all other Commercial and Public charger stations] but are relatively slow compared to Gasoline Car fill-ups. Hopefully new Battery technologies will permit significantly Faster Charge Times. It is believed that LiON Battery technology is one of the major factors limiting Charge-Time.
🚘 Tesla SuperCharger stations require 20-30 Minutes to obtain a reasonable 100-175 Mile Range added to their Battery “Fuel Tanks.” To mitigate this “time issue” Tesla locates their Stations near Destinations where the Driver may be encouraged to visit, like Coffee Shops, Malls, Retail Shopping Centers.
🚘 Good News: The Public, Federal & State Governments, and Technology Enterprises are Focusing on GREEN Personal Transportation Solutions. For Traditional Cars: We need to arrest (an increasing portion of) the Toxic-Fumes spewing into the atmosphere, Electric Vehicles (EVs) are an answer; The EV Revolution has many of us digesting a new vocabulary: Lithium Ion batteries, Cells, 90 kWh, 70 kWh, LiON Cells, is Bigger Better, How Big is enough, Charger-Stations, Amps, Watts, Volts, Bolts, AC, DC not CD, RPH not MPH… EV’s have NO sign of Toxic Fumes, there’s no Gas-burning, nor tail-pipe Exhaust…
🚘 Compare Model X & Model S: Reviewing Tesla’s web site is a good experience; the web-site is well designed and full of attractive, informative dialogs and graphics. Our effort, is to provide the back-story, analysis, and related information on the topic of Electric Cars, from the point of view of a “Non-CAR-Guy.” After all, we want to know more about electric cars; we need to know What’s Watt.
🚘 Model S – Performance and Safety Refined – Model S is designed from the ground up to be the safest, most exhilarating sedan on the road; Having driven the Model S recently, Exhilarating is an Understatement. With unparalleled performance delivered through Tesla’s unique, all-electric powertrain, Model S accelerates from 0 to 60 mph in as little as 2.8 seconds with its optional “Ludicrous Performance Mode.” Model S comes with true Autopilot capabilities designed to assist the highway driving experience, making it safer and stress free.
🚘 Adaptive Headlight Lighting – Model S features full LED adaptive headlights. Besides enhancing the already great styling, adaptive headlights also boost safety. With 14 three-position LED dynamic turning-lights improve visibility at night, especially on winding roads.
🚘 HEPA Medical Grade Air Filter – Model S now features a Medical grade HEPA air filtration system, which removes 99.97% of particulate exhaust pollution and effectively all allergens, bacteria, and other contaminants from the Cabin Atmosphere. Tesla has a “Bioweapon Defense” mode that creates a Positive Pressure inside the Cabin to protect occupants from any poisonous gasses from entering the Car. Not that we are expecting an attack, but, every day we can be following a Tractor Trailer that is spewing Clouds of Black Soot and Toxic Fumes… this screen activated mode, protects everyone in the Car from being “gassed” by every-day driving hazards.
🚘 Autopilot – Tesla’s Autopilot performs the following comprehensive tasks (A) assists Model S with steering, by keeping the Car within your Lane, (B) Change lanes with the simple tap of a turn signal (C) Manages Speed by using active, traffic-aware cruise control assuring safe following distance from the Car ahead (D) Digitally controls the motors, brakes, and steering mechanisms, to help avoid collisions from either Frontally and Sides (E) Prevents the car from wandering off the road, as often occurs when a sleepy driver dozes.
🚘 Tesla AutoPilot also enables your car to Scan for an adequate Parking Space, and will Parallel Park on the Driver’s command. Tesla’s Summon, is a new feature that permits the Driver to “Call your Car” using your iPhone. When the Driver Summon’s their Car, the AutoPilot controls the car where it self-drives your empty Car, to meet you at your Front Door, all systems on GO. Tesla’s Autopilot features are progressively enabled over time with periodic software updates. The latest software update 7.0 added the “Summon” feature mentioned above.
🚘 Automatic Steering with Traffic Aware Cruise Control – Active sensors combined with GPS and high resolution digital maps comprise a mutually reinforcing system that pilots Model S along the highway, staying within your lane, even in stop and go traffic.
🚘 AutoPilot with Real-Time Learning – RealTime automated feedback from Tesla’s fleet of over 100,000 of Model S and X Cars. Think about it. All Tesla Car’s onboard Computers are periodically reporting to the “Mother Ship” information about the accuracy of its AutoPilot functions and Driver Assist features.
🚘 AutoPilot – If the Tesla Computer is driving “off course” where the Driver intercedes with a “course correction” the Car’s onBoard Computer makes note of these “autonomous driving errors” and transmits each occurrence to Tesla’s home office. All these course corrections and adjustments from all over the world, from Tesla’s Fleet of over 100,000 cars are assimilated. Software engineers will augment the navigation program accordingly, to ensure these systems are continually Learning and Improving upon itself. Tesla transmits a “Smarter, Trained, AutoPilot” into your Model S, Model X, Model 3 Computer system, periodically.
🚘 Dual Motor Model S is a categorical improvement on conventional all-wheel drive systems. With two motors, one in the front and one in the rear, Model S digitally and independently controls torque to the front and rear wheels. The result is unparalleled traction control in all road and climate conditions.
🚘 Model S, it’s two Motors are lighter, smaller, and more efficient than the Gasoline Car counterparts, providing both improved Range and faster Acceleration. In contrast, conventional all-wheel drive cars employ complex mechanical linkages and transaxles to distribute power from a single engine to all four wheels. This sacrifices energy efficiency in favor of all-weather traction.
🚘 Model S Performance comes standard with All-Wheel Drive Dual Motors, pairing the high performance rear motor with a high efficiency front motor to achieve “SuperCar” acceleration, from zero to 60 miles per hour in 2.8 seconds.
🚘 Model S is Built around the Driver – Model S is a Car-Driver’s car. The cabin combines meticulous noise-abatement engineering with Tesla’s uniquely quiet powertrain to obtain the Sound Dynamics of a Recording Studio. Having recently driven the Model S, one of the most stunning observations Driving the Model S is the “Total Silence” one experiences when putting on a Pair of BOSE noise-cancelling Headphones.
🚘 Touchscreen – The Model S is controlled an impressive 17″ touchscreen, is the interior centerpiece, high-resolution Display. The LCD display is angled toward the Driver and includes both day and night modes for better visibility without distraction. The Display puts rich and important content at the Driver’s fingertips providing mobile [cellular] connectivity. The Driver can easily find a destination, favorite song, or a new restaurant, PLUS the display controls most of the car’s functions. Opening the all glass panoramic roof, customizing the automatic climate control, setting the AutoPilot parameters, changing the radio station, all happen with a swipe or a touch. The touchscreen, digital instrument cluster, and steering wheel controls seamlessly integrate media, navigation, communications, cabin controls and vehicle data.
🚘 Model S is designed from the ground up to be the safest car on the road, according to Tesla. Much of its safety is owed to the unique electric drivetrain and the 1200 pound Battery pack that sits beneath the car’s aluminum occupant cell in its own subframe. This unique positioning substantially lowers the car’s center of gravity, which improves handling and minimizes rollover risk, and replaces the heavy engine block with impact absorbing boron steel rails.
🚘 Side impacts are met by aluminum pillars reinforced with steel rails to reduce intrusion, protecting occupants and the battery pack while improving roof stiffness. In the event of an accident, eight airbags protect front and rear occupants, and the 90 kWh Battery [a high-voltage 400v DC, 225 Amp array of LiOn Cells] is automatically disconnected.
🚘 Tesla Launch Event of for the Model X – Sept 29, 2015 by Tesla Motors – https://vimeo.com/140889963
🚘 According to Tesla Motors, the Model X is the safest, fastest and most capable sport utility vehicle in history. With all-wheel drive and a 90 kWh battery providing 257 miles of range [an EPA stat], Model X has ample seating for up to seven adults [with 3 seating options] and all of their gear. The Model X it’s ludicrously fast, accelerating from zero to 60 MPH in as quick as 3.2 seconds [with High Performance Option]. Model X is the no-compromise SUV.
🚘 Tesla states that it’s Model X is designed with safety as the first priority. The floor-mounted 1200 pound battery lowers the center of gravity so that the risk of rollover is “half the risk” any other SUV in its class. The battery structure strengthens Model X against side impact intrusions. Without a gasoline engine, the Model X’s large front trunk acts as a giant impact-absorbing crumple zone. Tesla’s own internally conducted crash testing indicates that Model X has the expectation, to be the first SUV to receive the highest safety rating in every category; although as of this writing, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has not yet conducted crash testing on the Model X.
🚘 Active Safety: Model X continually scans the surrounding roadway with cameras, radar and sonar systems, providing the driver with real-time feedback to help avoid collisions. Even at highway speeds, Model X is designed to automatically apply brakes in an emergency.
🚘 Falcon Wing doors allow easy access to second and third row seats from even a tight parking space, while traditional SUV doors or Minivan sliding doors would not grant any access.
🚘 With only a foot of clearance on either side, Falcon Wing doors articulate smoothly up and out of the way, allowing passengers to enter from both front and rear directions. The side and overhead opening is so large that parents can buckle children in without ducking or straining and without bumping their child’s head on the roof.
🚘 Aerodynamic, Model X is able to achieve 257 miles of range in part because it is the most aerodynamic SUV in production. With a Drag Coefficient of 0.24, Model X’s Wind Resistance is 20% lower than the next best SUV, better than most all other Cars period. In addition, an active spoiler deploys from the rear lift-gate optimizes highway efficiency and stability.
🚘 Big Sky Effect – Model X has the largest all glass panoramic windshield in production, providing an unparalleled view of the road, scenery, stars, and sky above. Optimized solar-tinting and obstruction-free view, creates unlimited visibility for the driver and all passengers.
🚘 Autopilot – Tesla’s Autopilot performs the following comprehensive tasks (A) assists Model S with steering, by keeping the Car within your Lane, (B) Change lanes with the simple tap of a turn signal (C) Manages Speed by using active, traffic-aware cruise control assuring safe following distance from the Car ahead (D) Digitally controls the motors, brakes, and steering mechanisms, to help avoid collisions from either Frontally and Sides (E) Prevents the car from wandering off the road, as often occurs when a sleepy driver dozes.
🚘 Tesla AutoPilot also enables your car to Scan for an adequate Parking Space, and will Parallel Park on the Driver’s command. Tesla’s Summon, is a new feature that permits the Driver to “Call your Car” using your iPhone. When the Driver Summon’s their Car, the AutoPilot controls the car where it self-drives your empty Car, to meet you at your Front Door, all systems on GO. Tesla’s Autopilot features are progressively enabled over time with periodic software updates. The latest software update 7.0 added the “Summon” feature mentioned above.
🚘 Automatic Steering with Traffic Aware Cruise Control – Active sensors combined with GPS and high resolution digital maps comprise a mutually reinforcing system that pilots Model S along the highway, staying within your lane, even in stop and go traffic.
🚘 AutoPilot with Real-Time Learning – RealTime automated feedback from Tesla’s fleet of over 100,000 of Model S and X Cars. Think about it. All Tesla Car’s onboard Computers are periodically reporting to the “Mother Ship” information about the accuracy of its AutoPilot functions and Driver Assist features.
🚘 AutoPilot – If the Tesla Computer is driving “off course” where the Driver intercedes with a “course correction” the Car’s onBoard Computer makes note of these “autonomous driving errors” and transmits each to Tesla’s home office. All these course corrections and adjustments from all over the world, from Tesla’s Fleet of over 100,000 cars are assimilated, to ensure these systems are continually Learning and Improving upon itself. Tesla transmits a “Smarter, Trained, AutoPilot” into your Model S, Model X, Model 3 Computer system, periodically.
🚘 Seating for Seven – Model X comfortably seats seven people in three rows: 2F, 3M, 2R. Every seat is the best seat in the house; however, the Middle Row of 3 seats are a work of art. Mounted on a single post and independently reclining, each second row seat is designed to maximize passenger comfort, legroom, under seat storage and access to the third row. The third row seats fold flat when not in use and the second row seats lean forward and out of the way for even more cargo area
🚘 Technology and Specifications
• Regular over-the-air updates add safety and navigation features, enhance performance and improve the driver experience
• Free Charge-ups at Tesla’s Supercharger network
• Maps and navigation with real-time traffic information
• Center console with a quick connect iPhone dock
• GPS enabled Homelink
• Electric All-Wheel Drive for max efficiency/traction
• Active safety technologies: side collision avoidance, automatic emergency braking
• Parking sensors and blind spot warning
• Full LED headlamps
• Power-folding, heated side mirrors
• Up to four LATCH child seat attachments
• Largest glass panoramic windshield in production, providing unparalleled views
• Falcon Wing doors allow access to 2nd, 3rd row seats
• Automatic keyless entry
• Automatic rear lift-gate opening
• Large interior storage capacity of 77 cubic feet
• Front trunk with room for luggage, strollers or golf bags
• Warranty is 8 years, infinite mile Battery and Drive Unit
• Warranty is 4 years, 50,000 mile limit for entire Car
🚘 Admittedly, before engaging with our Tesla Comparisons, it was believed that the Model S was the Larger Car, yes, the “S” is likely lower to the Ground, and it is. Having seen both cars “up close and personal” the Model S visually gives the appearance of being a Heavier, Longer and Wider machine.
🚘 Comparison-List of Specs for Model X and Model S for 9⃣ key measures; the results were quite surprising. Here are a few of the biggest surprises: the Model X is 624 Pounds Heavier, The Model X is Wider by 4″, it’s also Longer by 2″, and more Shoulder Room by 3″ Wider, Head Room is almost 3″ Taller for those big guys, and Hip Room is over 4″ Wider too.
🚘 Truthfully, I’m already “Sold on the entire Tesla concept” however, Comparing both Models. But after a fairly extensive research effort, to render this article worthwhile, my 1st choice Model changed, back and forth, both ways, this way and that way… I thought this would be an easy pick. Selecting a Car is a personal matter. The Style, Look, Power, AWD, RWD, Utility, Speed, Range, Software, Suspension, Colors and Materials… Which Model is best for you, the “X” or the “S” ? Read on, it may help with your selection.
🚘 The Challenge as Electric Vehicles become “Mainstream” particularly in light of Tesla’s new Model 3 Reveal, midnight (March 31st-April 1st) just three weeks ago, Tesla received over 325,000 Reservation Deposits of $1000 in One Week. This is an unheard of huge global “Reservation-List” for a new Car that no one at the time had actually seen yet, albeit an affordable $35,000 beauty. (We’ve collected some stunning pictures and video clips below).
🚘 Whether it’s TESLA Cars or the other 25-flavors of electric cars sold in the US last year, for example, the Top Three: 92,700 Chevy Volts, 92,500 Nissan Leafs, 63,100 Tesla Model S Cars, are among the 410,000 electric vehicles sold last year, plus 12,200 charging stations and 30,700 Public Charging points in the US. Where are all those Charging locations that have the “Type of Juice” a Tesla requires? How much will it Take? How many Miles can be driven with an Electric Fill-Up? In a Reasonable amount of Time… how much Time?
🚘 The Buzz Words, AC, DC, kWh, SAE-J1772, CHAdeMO, RPH not MPH, DC not CD, Current-Flow, no more High-Test or Low-Test… So What’s with the Watts, Range, Amps, Volts, Bolts and Leafs. Fear Not, scroll-down to this “––Previously Reported––” marker, where we’ve explained many of these terms, which serves as a guide for your New Tesla, to keep you energized and literally Charged. Globally, there are over 1.2 Billion Gas and Electric cars driving on the roads today, with over 600,000 electric cars last year.
🚘 Model X Proposed Order formulated on Tesla’s Design Center showing options selected.
🚘 Model S Range Per Charge chart shows four Model S configurations showing the (Milage) Range for a fully charged Model S, that you’d anticipate depending on the Battery Size of 70 kWh or the 90 kWh, and Motor D configuration (2-wheel drive or 4-wheel drive) selections. Notice, Ambient Temperature was turned up to 90ºF, Average driving speed was set at 45mph, and the A/C On, using 19″ wheels.
🚘 Tesla Model S 90D Achieves over 400 Mile Range on One Charge, is very impressive, as no other Electric Car has even half this Range. [443 Mile Range with A/C off, 392 Mile Range with A/C on, average driving speed 45mph]. Tesla says, each year, their engineers expect its LiON Battery Technologies will improve kWh Capacity and Range by around 5%-to-10% per Year, due to engineering efficiencies and improvements of the LiON cell structure and chemistry. These individual LiON-Cells are quite important; The 90 kWh LiON battery contains 7104 cells housed within 16 modules, containing 444 cells in each module. [Each Module delivers 25v DC at 225 Amps. The Math: 16 Modules at 25v DC equals 400 vDC at 225Amps, which equals 90kWh of Power.] Tesla’s Lithium Battery pack containing a “bazillion small cells” [well 7104 cells] was probably my biggest surprise.
🔋 TESLA has been thinking about these topics that only great automotive engineers consider regarding Fuel (electric or gas) Efficiency, the $Cost/Mile driven; however, lets keep it simple for now, by excluding these important items: Tire replacement, Drivers’ aggressive driving habits (hard acceleration, braking, hard turns), the engine, drivetrain, fuel-grade, etc. Let’s exclude all the items above, and read on.
🚘 The following items, are very important “external factors” engineers are very interested in, that effect (Milage) $Cost/Mile efficiency: (1) Wind Resistance on the Car’s external surfaces (Coefficient of Aerodynamic Drag), overall-shape, front-grill, door-handles, antennas, windshield-wipers (2) Tire Friction, the interaction of the tires on the paved streets, camber, caster, alignment and (3) the Wheel-Bearings. All these factors require [more] energy to overcome their effect on Car’s performance.
🚘 Considering all these Internal and External Engineering Factors, TESLA has designed a precision 4-door sedan using electric propulsion… winning awards from the entire automotive industry globally, combined with over 80,000 pleased Tesla Model S owners. Elon Musk while on-stage said, the gross margins on the Model S sales, helped to finance the development their new Model 3 Car unveiled April 1 at midnight. While on stage, Musk thanked the audience for buying the Model S… or else the “Model 3 would not be here this evening…” The Model 3 being Tesla’s answer for a truly “affordable electric car” priced at $35,000 for the mainstream.
🚘 Currently, Tesla Motors builds their Model S and Model X to the specifications defined by each Buyer as they order their Custom TESLAs. Currently the Tesla production-line is delivering over 4,100 Tesla cars per month, a bit over 50,000 cars/year during 2015. Next year Model S production is planned to ramp-up to 100,000 cars/year. In 2018 Tesla will begin ramping-up their new Model 3 affordable, $35,000 car for the masses, in effort to satisfy some portion of the 325,000 reservations it received within a week of the Model-3 REVEAL on 4/1/16.
🚘 That said, let’s build our Model S Car with a good selection of features, as Tesla decided that they are building each Car for each Buyer, “Build-to-Order” plan, not the reverse. Many other car manufacturers produce cars with company designed options, filling Car Lots with large inventories of Cars they Hope the folks will desire.
🚘 First Step is to decide about the 70 kWh Battery or the 90 kWh Battery. The larger 90 kWh battery pack will provide more power and greater Range (miles) per Full Charge. In gasoline terms, do we want a Larger “Fuel Tank” or a smaller one. Since Electric Vehicles are charged in one’s residential garage, and when on the highways, the number of Tesla SuperChargers, it’s charger infrastructures of 615 current Stations, is not fully developed; therefore we’d recommend the Longest-Range battery available, to mitigate the issue of fewer Fast-Fueling (Charger) locations.
🚘 Several years from now, having the Largest Battery [largest fuel tank] may be not as important a consideration, as it is today. Therefore, lets select the 90 kWh Battery. Next, do we recommend 2-wheel drive or 4-wheel drive. With the Model S there are several combinations of choices, for battery size and 2-Wheel or All-Wheel drive. The 90D gives an excellent balance of Range, Power, and 4-Wheel drive.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S 90D All-Wheel drive is Recommended as displayed above. If one desired greater performance, then the P90D could have been selected for a $20,000 premium. The Model S 90D selection is provides an excellent balance of power and range with a base price of $89,000. Let’s recommend this model.
🚘 Next, let’s select the exterior Paint Color, Interior treatments, Panoramic Roof and Wheels. Let’s pick fire engine RED for the Car’s exterior color, a $1500 extra, the panoramic all glass roof for $1500, Next Gen Leather for $2500, standard wheels, Dark Ash wood interior treatment, and the Black Headliner. This brings the Model S price to $98,000 which includes the $3000 Premium interior package shown below.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: An Important Option to consider is their High Amp Charger package, also known as the Dual-Charger package for $1500. This electronics package is [simply] a more powerful AC-to-DC [internal, under the hood] Converter. If you do not have this High Amp package, you will be trapped at an annoyingly “Very Slow Fill Rate” particularly, when you’re in a hurry during the day. [My guess Tesla will eventually include this as “Standard” equipment.]
🚘 Think about the number of times you’re Driving around town on ¼Tank. This High Amp Kit permits the Car to be Charged at TWICE the RPH rate (range per hour) with a Public Charger, or your Garage. (in Technical terms for your electrician, the Power requirements: a 100Amp, 240v AC dedicated circuit.) When you Plug into this high power circuit, it permits a FAST-Charge Rate of 60 miles of Range Per Hour, or 60 minutes of Charging, this is RPH. Therefore, plugging-in over night, with 3 hours of charging we’d add 180 miles of driving Range. With the 90 kWh battery, in 3-5 hours we’d get a complete Fill-Up of power for the next days’ driving. This is important, BUT more importantly, is “Filling” your TESLA at a Curb-side Public Charger for 20 miles of Range with only 20 minutes of charging. [We are now at $99,500 for this Car, but we’re not quite done. There are several other Options to consider.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S AutoPilot Convenience Feature. This package is an on-board Software package installed onto the Car’s Computer System. The Hardware is already included with all Tesla cars. AutoPilot operates by assisting the Driver to stay in-Lane on highways, assists in changing lanes by using its 360º array of sensors to guide the Car when you want to change lanes, it also checks for any cars in front or you, plus left & right sides, making sure there is ample and safe distance from the car in front, and adjusting speed up-or-down, to maintain a safe margins. This system also provides for automated Parallel Parking. Tesla as been improving the Tesla onboard computer, presently up to software upgrade 7.1. Tesla will improve and upgrade the Car’s software from time to time [at 3am] when your sleeping… adding new and improved capabilities.
🚘 Tesla is committed to new innovations for its “AutoPilot” program, adding features, to enhance the Driver experience, for Public safety, plus Driver safety and convenience. Elon Musk says Tesla’s GOAL is to have their Tesla AutoPilot function as a true Autonomous-Driving experience, once fully tested and obtains Government DOT approval, said to be “achieved in several years, less than 5.” My thoughts, if we’re buying a $100k+ car, let’s spend another 2.5% and get this amazing driver-assist. Let’s include this $2500 option. [Our next article may be only about Tesla’s AutoPilot, it’s that exciting.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S Ultra High Fidelity Sound System. Yes, let’s recommend incredible Sound for a very special Ultra-Quite Car. This system redefines the automotive audio experience, but is more than a bigger amplifier and more speakers. This is a $2500 option likely worth the added expense; having driven the Model S several months ago, the sound system gives the impression that you’ve entered a “Recording Studio Sound Stage.” Pure, Clean, Detailed, Undistorted, Sound, surrounding You and your Passengers, which otherwise is totally quite with No engine noise nor noticeable road-roar, even when driving at expressway speeds. [We are now up to a $104,500 Model S package. Almost done with Options to consider.]
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: Air Suspension is Very Smart. This package permits the Car to be intelligently elevated [further] above street grade, to handle steep driveways or undulating roads, where having greater ground-clearance is safe and beneficial. The onboard Computer system remembers where the driver made this onScreen manual elevation-adjustment; When you drive to this same GPS position, the Car will elevate automatically. When you arrive at your driveway or a restaurant, or where Passengers are unloading, the Driver can manually increase the elevation of the Car, making for an improved exit-experience for yourself, your passengers, and their baggage. We have now completed the Option-package recommendations; the Model S is priced at $108,200 including Tesla’s $1200 delivery charge and documentation costs.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S final configuration including all the chosen options are displayed in the graphic below. Recall, Tesla has chosen the Customize your Car, “Build-to-Order” business model. Our Car with the options we desire are ordered with a $2500 refundable deposit; Once your Build-to-Order Custom Car enters the Production Line your $2500 deposit, becomes non-refundable. [Buyers are notified (warned) prior to their deposit going “hard”.] Your car should be ready for delivery in about 6 weeks based on Tesla’s current back-log of orders to be filled, or thereafter if we chose a later delivery date, giving consideration for Tesla’s then Production delay.
🚘 TESLA’s Model S: Final Configuration with Recommended Options, earns an EPA rating of 103 eMPG, the “electric” equivalency of MPG. When charging the Model S with an electric-utility cost of 12¢/kWh, our Fuel-Cost in miles driven is 3.95¢/mile, therefore for 15,000 miles driven, the EPA has determined the Annual Cost is $600. According to the EPA in five years the total cost savings is $9,600 as compared to an equivalent Gasoline Powered car. [There is extensive testing performed by the EPA with factory interaction to establish fair EPA Disclosure stickers.]
🚘 In Sum, assuming the Federal Government continues its $7,500 Tax Incentive, combined with the $9,600 five year savings in fuel cost, we’d experience an Overall Savings of $17,100 in Five Years and if she retained the Car for 8 years, we’d save another $5,760 for 3 more years, reaching the 8-year warranty expiration. Our new Tesla Model S car’s cost is $108,200 delivered, (less $17,100 and $5,760) Savings Total of $22,860 for a Model S net cost $85,340 which had an 8 Year [unlimited milage] Battery warranty, and 8 years on the Motor and Drive unit.
Tesla Model X Purchase Summary with Options is consistent with the Model S choices outlined above. Apparently, the four items below, are Options at an extra [$6500] cost for the Model S, however, for Model X these same items are “Standard” and “included” in the base price of the Car: (A) All Glass Panoramic Roof [$1500] (B) 20″ Premium Wheels [$2500] (C) Black Alcantara Headliner (D) Smart Suspension [$2500]. If visiting http://www.Tesla.com in their Design Studio for the Model X, there are selections for added Seating for up to 7 passengers, otherwise the Model X seats 5 comfortably.
Compare Tesla Model S with Model X Physical Specifications. When examining the specifications of these two Cars, the Model X external Car Body is longer in length and wider in width; Either Car Body is attached to the exact same Wheel Base Frame. Without getting into the weeds, both Cars have the exact same wheel-base, front wheel tracking, and rear wheel tracking. However, there are nine important differences worth mentioning listed below
1⃣ Model X Curb Weight is 5,271 Pounds, Heavier by 624 pounds, surprisingly
2⃣ Model X Length, overall is 16’6″, Longer by about 2.3″
3⃣ Model X Width, overall, Mirrors folded is 7’5″, Wider by about 4.2″
4⃣ Model X Ground Clearance is 7.55″, Higher Above-Ground by 1.9″
5⃣ Model X Shoulder Room is 60.7″, Wider by 3.0″, noticeable by Big folks
6⃣ Model X Leg Room Average is 39.8″, Longer by 0.4″, no one will notice
7⃣ Model X Head Room is 41.7″, Higher by 2.9″, noticeable by Tall folks
8⃣ Model X Hip Room Rear Seats is 59.0″, Wider by 4.3″, noticeable by Big folks
9⃣ Model X Cargo Room is 77 cu.ft., Larger by 46 cu.ft. due to Hatchback design
🔋 High-Power DC Charger Stations are the future of Electric Vehicles adoption by the masses. This is the Main reason Tesla is building a huge infrastructure of SuperCharger Stations. The drive-in charger lanes deliver 120 kWh of DC directly into Tesla Cars, where you can add 170 miles of Range in 30 minutes, or 100 miles of Range in 20 minutes, etc. Cost and over-heating issues, limit the power levels an EV Car’s internal rectifier-circuit can handle in the vehicle. Therefore, for power requirements over 240vAC at 80 Amps (19.2 kWh), external charging station are more efficient delivering DC power directly into the vehicle’s LiON battery. Combine these factors with the EV industry’s desire to “Refill EV Cars quickly…”
Visit Tesla’s Charging Calculator, to change Energy cost or another parameter. (All samples displayed are set for $0.12/kWh the US average for Electricity) This Link contains the Charging Calculator, then scroll-Down to the Calculator. https://www.teslamotors.com/models-charging#/calculator.
Charging Examples displayed below Demonstrate a Residential Garage setup, using a 100A, 240v AC dedicated circuit, for charging all Tesla Models that contain the $1500 optional High Amperage Charger. This setup in the Car and in the Garage, delivers 19.2 kWh of Power into the Car’s High Amperage Charger which converts the high power AC to DC to energize the massive 1200 pound Tesla Battery pack.
Pleased you’re reading, with over 100,000 readers world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
When I do what I do… I usually do it here.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
💊 Americans, a full repeal of Obamacare will cost $350 billion over the next decade, according to a new analysis from the bipartisan Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget. HOWEVER, remember Obamacare is NOT Care, it’s BAD insurance coverage if the FOLKS can get past the HUGE Deductibles.
💊 What good is Obamacare if you have to satisfy a $7,500 deductible before you get any insurance coverage. You are better off, just heading into your local Hospital’s Emergency Room for your healthcare treatment.
💊 Obamacare is currently Imploding and Collapsing on itself, where costs are escalating. Most of the Insurance Companies in the exchanges are Withdrawing from Obamacare. If Obamacare stays in place, as the Democrats designed it, the taxpayer COST rises to over $2 Trillion, as the remaining insurance Companies Collapse or Withdraw from the Exchanges.
💊 Roughly, 15 Million folks are insured by Obamacare (15 of the 20 million covered), are actually covered by MEDICARE and MEDICAID, and will remain with Medicare and Medicaid, as the Trump Administration replaces Obamacare.
💊 The remaining 5 million Obamacare insured are the folks that need GOV subsidy, and careful attention with Trump’s replaced Health coverage.
💊 It’s far less expensive, with better Healthcare, to deal with these 5 million high-risk insureds, than to have the entire Health System collapse. The entire HealthCare System is presently imploding and collapsing onto itself; Young health folks are not enrolling in Obamacare due to high premium cost and high deductible. For young healthy 30 year-olds, premium cost is $300/month, with a deductible of $7500. No one is signing up, except for the unhealthy folks.
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
🍝 Spaghetti Sauce, Whole Peeled Plum Tomato based
Wilson’s Family Spaghetti Sauce. This sauce is based on a “130 year old European family recipe” that was originated by my grandmother in 1880, then passed to my Mother in 1935, and then to me in 1963; and “modernized” in 2006, to our extended family, and the public.
🍝 This recipe makes 8-10 quarts of finished Italian spaghetti tomato sauce, you will need the following ingredients. Remember this is a tomato sauce, therefore use the very finest fresh tomatoes, or quality canned tomatoes; if using fresh tomatoes, remove the skins first in a steamer.
Ingredients:
• 6 cans, Whole Peeled Italian Plum Tomatoes, 35oz cans by weight or 14oz cans by volume
• 2 cans, crushed tomatoes, 35oz cans by weight, 14oz cans by volume
• 4 cups, diced fresh white onions, diced to ½” segments at the largest
• ½ cup, Extra Virgin Olive Oil (¼ cup used to sauté the meat-balls ¼ cup used to sauté the onions and garlic)
• ¼ cup, finely chopped garlic; may be from jar found in grocer’s refrigerated section
• ¼ cup, Italian spaghetti seasoning, containing, oregano, thyme, basil, rosemary. Or use Rustic Italiano, next
• ¼ cup, Substitute Instant Gormet’s Rustic Italiano for special lively zest; thanks to Phil LaMarche of Clearwater Florida, for creating this amazing Italian chuncky blend spice
• ¼ cup, pure white refined sugar (this is to cut “acidity” of the tomatoe sauce). Sugar will not actually sweeten the resultant sauce, season less to taste
• 1 teaspoon quality sea salt (salt tends to “sweeten” the sauce), season to taste
• 2 packages, fresh, high quality, Hot Spicy Italian Jenny-O Turkey Sausages, you may substitute Hot, Spicy Italian Pork Sausages, five 6” sausages in each package
• 10 quart stock pot (optional); 4 quart 12″ sauce pan, 12” colander with catching container
• 12 quart Slow-Cooker Crock Pot Appliance, with ceramic liner.
Cooking Instructions:
A. Begin by opening the two packages of Italian Sausages, cut off and remove the casings
B. Separate the raw sausages into 3/4” lengths and roll in olive-oiled latex gloved hands, making round small meat ball pieces; not large meat-balls for this dish
C. Sauté the hand made small meat-balls with ¼ cup of Olive Oil, over medium heat until the meat balls are cooked, not over-cooked
D. Transfer the meat-balls into a colander with a container under the colander, saving all savor spicy Olive Oil and Meat Juices
E. Stir onto the cooked meat balls a tablespoon of Italian seasoning and mix, so the seasoning is flaked all over the cooked meat-balls
F. Place the cooked Meat-Balls into a covered container and place in the refrigerator. Should make about 50≈60 meat-balls
G. Use a spatula to remove all the juices and oil from the sauté pan into the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner, and
H. Add the meat-ball juices from the stainless container under the colander into the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner
I. Use the spatula to remove every drop of the meat-ball juices and oil mixture as it contains the Hot seasoning from the sausage meat
J. Using a 12” sauté pan, add the remaining ¼ cup of Olive Oil and sauté the garlic; cook the Garlic until it just turns light-golden color, then
K. Add 3 cups of diced fresh white onions, add salt, Italian spices, and continue to sauté mixture until onions are partially reduced and softened, not dry
L. Add this Onion Garlic mixture into the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner
M. Open 5 cans of whole peeled plum tomatoes, drain the tomato juice into the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner. Turn ON the Slow-Cooker
N. Cut each tomato in half while in the opened can, pour cut tomatoes and remaining tomato juice into the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner
O. Place the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner on medium heat, stirring every 20 minutes. No boiling please
P. Open 1 Can of diced/crushed tomatoes and add to the Slow Cooker’s Ceramic Liner
Q. Once the tomato sauce mixture is piping hot, however never boiling, reduce the slow-cooker’s heater to LOW
R. Cover the slow-cooker, cooking for 4 hours on low heat; no boiling of the sauce whatsoever. Stir every 20 minutes
S. Once the sauce is cooked, unplug the slow-cooker, let cool for 60 minutes, remove the pottery liner from the appliance
T. Add the one remaining can of whole peeled plum tomatoes, cutting each in half, add remaining can of diced/crushed tomatoes
U. The completed sauce contains a total of eight 35oz (weight) cans of tomatoes, stir thoroughly
V. The completed sauce should be relatively loose in consistency; not thick or pasty
W. If the completed sauce is too thick, add a can or two of plain tomato juice, or V8 juice
X. If the completed sauce is too thin, add another can or two of crushed tomatoes
Y. Never use tomato paste to thicken the sauce as it will alter (ruin) the flavor of the sauce
🍝 All of these ingredients were added directly into the Ceramic Liner of the slow-cooker, in which case the cooking process is longer (than stove-top cooking) as the slow-cooker will take several hours just to bring the mixture up to cooking temperature; this is a preferred procedure, as will help assure that there shall not be any boiling of the mixture, nor burning of a stock-pot’s bottom.
🍝 For a Faster process, add the ingredients into a 10qt stock-pot and heat the tomato mixture to piping hot, stirring continuously, to prevent any stock-pot bottom-burning; then transfer to the Slow-Cooker for the remaining 4 hour cooking. This will save several hours of time. The cooking process is to bring the mixture to say 200ºF to permit the mixture time to penetrate the spices, and soften the tomato and onion pulp.
🍝 When ready to serve remove a quantity of meatballs, say 4-8 meatballs per person, as needed, for the meal from the refrigerator
Add a 1qt of the heated tomato sauce to the meatballs, to warm the meat-balls, use added heat as necessary but do not boil.
Heat another 6 cups, 1 cup per serving of tomato sauce, which should serve 5 folks to taste.
Freeze some of this spaghetti sauce into 1qt containers for use when making Chile or Taco meat; this adds a flavor dimension to these preparations.
Bon Appétito. JimWilson, initially published: August 30, 2006.
Pleased you’re reading – with 120,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio. Love this combination. It’s like having a super-fast “lap-top” with a brilliant, high resolution touch-screen.
• Bouillabaisse is an exciting hearty seafood Meal based on a zesty seafood broth including a variety of seafoods, parceled into bite-sized pieces. The receipt delivers 6 to 8 servings. Garnish each bowl with Lobster shells, Clam shells, Lobster Meat, Large Shrimp, plus a few fresh Fennel fronds. We’ve been known to cook up a pound or two of "al-dente" angle-hair pasta, ½ cup of which may be placed into the bottom of each bowl, before adding broth.
INGREDIENTS:
▶️ 4 tablespoons extra virgin light olive oil
▶️ 1 leek, white part only, chop fine
▶️ 1 white onion, large, chop fine
▶️ 2 tablespoons garlic, chopped
▶️ Orange peals, say 4 skins only, use a sharp vegetable peeler
▶️ 1 Tomato, large, washed, chopped
▶️ 10oz or 14oz Can quality italian whole peeled tomatoes
▶️ ½ cup chopped fennel fronds
▶️ 1 teaspoon fresh herbs & spices, thyme, parsley, oregano, rosemary, or pre-mixed
▶️ One tablespoon Rustic Italiano, Instant Gourmet seasoning
▶️ ½ teaspoon Saffron threads, crushed
▶️ 5 teaspoons OLD BAY Seasoning, a mix of: celery salt, mustard, red pepper, black pepper, bay leaves, cloves, pimento, ginger, mace, cardamon, cinnamon, paprika)
▶️ 3 to 4 pounds of Fish trimmings (heads, bones, tail), cleaned lobster shells, shrimp shells (or use Clam Juice) plus 12 cups quality bottled water, do not use tap-water
▶️ 1 cup dry white wine, Sauvignon Blanc, try Woodbridge label
▶️ 1 teaspoon sea salt
▶️ 3 pounds of assorted Lobster meat, Scallops, Calamari, Tilapia or Grouper, Shrimp, Clams, Calamari
▶️ 5 Cans Chopped Clams, save juice, strain and wash in coarse strainer to eliminate sand & grit
▶️ 6 Clam Juice, 8oz bottles
▶️ ½ Pound Thin Spaghetti or Angel-Hair, quality Barilla brand is best, pre-cook for only 4 minutes, ultra Al Dente
COOKING DIRECTIONS:
• In a large stockpot, heat the olive oil on medium heat. When hot, add in the leek, onion and garlic. Sauté for 5 minutes until softened but not brown.
• Add in the orange peel, tomatoes, fennel, fresh herbs, saffron, fish trimmings, water, wine, salt turn the heat to high and bring to a boil. Then turn the heat to low and simmer for 30 minutes. With a fine-mesh strainer, strain the soup into another large pot, discard strainer contents.
• Bring strained soup to a boil over medium-high heat. Taste with spices and adjust with additional salt if needed. The soup should be slightly salty (we have unseasoned seafood to add into the soup).
• Cook all the seafood in the strained soup broth. Add in the Fish that requires the longer cooking time first. If you have raw whole lobster tails or large crab claws, add these first, giving them a 2-minute head start. Add Clams next, then the mussels, then extra-large shrimp, add lastly the cubed fish, scallops, calamari, and smaller shrimp. Do not to overcook the seafood, about 4 minutes maximum and then turn off the heat.
• Ladle Bouillabaisse into each bowl including the seafood pieces. Receipt delivers 6 to 8 hearty servings. Garnish each bowl with Lobster shells, Clam shells, Lobster Meat, Large Shrimp, plus fresh Fennel fronds.
• Optional. Pre-cook a pound or two of Thin Spaghetti or Angle-Hair Pasta, Al Dente. A; Dente means undercook the pasta by 30% of the directed time. If the Braille carton of Angel-hair pasta directs, to cook for 4-5 minutes, cook for only 3 minutes. The Hot broth will further soften the pasta. Place a full serving-fork-full of pasta, ½ cup, into the bottom of the soup bowls before ladling the Bouillabaisse. This adds an extra-fine carbohydrate to the soup. The Pasta absorbs the flavorful taste of the soup. We prefer Al Dente thin-spaghetti or angel-hair pasta, otherwise use ½ cup of ½" cubed white potatoes.
Pleased you’re reading – with about 120,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio. Love this combination. It’s like having a super-fast “lap-top” with a brilliant, high resolution touch-screen.
🥘 Beef Stroganoff or more commonly called Beef Stew in your immediate future? If so this is a Simple and Magical recipe.
🥘 The best cut of Beef, is a well marbled 3½ pound cut of Beef Chuck, which trims (removing excess fat & grizzle) to 2¼ pounds of ¾” beef cubes. It’s best cut to 2″ thick by 4″ wide by about 8″ long. Ask you butcher for a 3 to 4 pound Beef Chuck cut this way for easy cubing into ¾” bite size meat chunks.
🥘 Using ultralight virgin olive oil, sauté 1/8th cup finely chopped garlic until light-golden color, then add the meat and brown the bite-sized beef chunks, then add to the sauté pan, thick-cut (one large) White Onion; ADD everything so far to the Crock Pot set to high temperature. Immediately add 1 quart of Beef Broth blended with ½cup of flower (mixed in a blender) or hand mix flour vigorously in a shaker… Simmer in the Crockpot for 15 hours, stir every 90 minutes. When the contents are over 200ºF reduce heat to Medium or Low.
🥘 Oh, one more [important] thing to give this recipe a special zest… buy a 19½ oz package of Jennie-O Hot Italian Turkey Sausage. Cut each of the 5-links into 1/3rds that’s 15 pieces, add to the sauté pan, continue to sauté for another 10 minutes… then add this into the Crock-Pot turned to HOT, stir well and cover.
🥘 After 22½ hours add cut carrots to taste and color, 4 cups of scrubbed small white-potatoes, corn cut off three cobs, fresh sautéed mushrooms and mushroom caps with Two more White sliced Onions plus your favorite (perhaps Italian) seasonings, add all of this to the Crock Pot. Prepare 1½ cups of beef stock blended with ½ Cup flower, add to the crockpot if necessary to obtain your desired thickening. Alternatively, buy a Jar or two of Heinz Savory Beef Gravy.
🥘 Note: the Main purpose of the Jennie-O Hot Turkey sausage is for its Amazing Flavoring. Be free to remove the Sausage pieces if you’d rather not have Turkey Sausage in your Beef Stew. Otherwise, remove the Sausage and refrigerate. Once cooled, slice the sausage sections with a sharp knife, into ¼” disks and add to the Stew. Overall the meat needs to slow-cook 24 hours. Truthfully, we trash the cooked sausage, as it was used for flavoring.
🥘 Remember you may always add more or less Beef Stock to thin-out an overly thickened finished Stew. Continue to Slow-Cook for 1 or 2 hours more-or-less, until the recently added potatoes, carrots and onions are at their desired tenderness. This is simple and magnificent lunch or dinner especially during Cold Winter evenings, or late weekend-lunch. TIP: Make too much so you may place in quart containers and Refrigerate or Freeze for another late evening meal.
🥘 This beef stew may be eaten by itself, or best added to pre-cooked Pasta, White Rice, or served onto Toasted halved Biscuits or Toasted English Muffin halves. Get Creative. JimW
Pleased you’re reading – with over 125,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9" Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9" iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio. Love this combination. It’s like having a super-fast "lap-top" with a brilliant, high resolution touch-screen.
😴 With MyPillows – We are sleeping much better from the very first night. In fact we are both sleeping so well, that I’m motivated to tell our 118,000+ readership. In our view, the MyPillow headlines work – We acted on the TV advertising about Michael Lindell’s MyPillow. For months I ignored the advertisements, and finally decided to give MyPillow a Try… and we’re glad we did!
😴 About MyPillow – MyPillow’s internal foam, has been shredded into small ragged shaped poly-foam-chunks, the largest of which is smaller than a golf ball. Some competitors are using one large “foam brick” whose density is measured, for a one-size-fits-all mentality.
😴 MyPillow “Magic” – MyPillow contains ragged-shaped polyethylene-foam pieces that tend to gently “hold onto each other” making for a soft-but-firm fluff – easily shaped to suit your contours. Fluffing MyPillow a bit, and the pillow reshapes itself and gently maintains your desired “fluff.” Most good designs are relatively “simple” as is MyPillow.
😴 MyPillow Firstly – Economical delivery is made by Compressing-and-Rolling’up each pillow, forming a tightly packed “cylinder” that resembles a single roll of paper towels. Therefore, be careful when removing the outer plastic wrapper, making sure not to cut into the pillow fabric cover. Common sense… if using a tool, only use blunt-nosed scissors. Don’t use a knife or razor blade to remove the tight plastic outer wrapper.
😴 MyPillow Secondly – place the MyPillow into your Laundry Dryer set for 15-to-30 minutes – you cannot over-cook it. This step will fluff-up the MyPillow. Recall, the pillow has been compressed for a week or two during shipment. As the Company is fabricating and shipping over 25,000 MyPillows per Day, your pillow is hand made in the USA and fresh off the production line.
😴 MyPillow Guarantee – with the company policy providing for your 100% Satisfaction Guarantee, providing for a 60 day return and refund, what’s to loose – other than the $20 round-trip shipping charges. For one King Size MyPillow the charge is $99 (or $89 for the Queen size pillow) with the second MyPillow at no charge, if you order it with the TV Promotion Code – making the price for the two, just under $50/each. I also bought a pair of Egyptian cotton, 400 threads/inch, pillow cases for $30 also at 1/2 price, the total grows to about $130. That’s $65/pillow including a high quality King pillow case. My Sample Order is displayed below.
1️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell on March 7, 2012, there is a compelling personal story in this video-clip: https://youtu.be/ihDrasF6Lts
2️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell again 32 months later on November 25, 2014: https://youtu.be/I6aYdc3Zwgc
😴 My Pillow, Inc., is a pillow manufacturing company based in Shakopee, Minnesota founded 12 years ago. The company was founded in 2004 by Michael J. Lindell, who invented and patented MyPillow, an open-cell, poly-foam pillow design. My Pillow was founded by a Minnesota native Michael J. Lindell. For several years Lindell researched pillows and sleep disorders and experimented with a variety of fillers and fabrics, before settling on his MyPillow design, then patented MyPillow’s design: (an open-cell, shredded polyethylene-foam).
😴 MyPillow Beginnings – In order to help fund the initial development of MyPillow, Lindell sold his four local Tavern-Bars that he owned in Carver County, Minnesota and also mortgaged his personal residence to raise the necessary funds. As Lindell began his new “Pillow business” he hand-sewed the pillows and handled all the sales and distribution activities with help from his family.
😴 MyPillow Today – there are presently over 10 Million MyPillows in circulation, and growing by 25,000 Pillows per DAY, with a Factory of over 600 employees. It is not easy to start a company from scratch, but it’s exciting when we can report this success. Today, in the company’s 70,000 square foot manufacturing plant in Shakopee, MN, Lindell’s factory produces approximately 25,000 pillows per day, with all the fabrication done in Northern Minnesota, USA – and as I stated at the beginning of the article – these Pillows are truly amazing.
1️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell on March 7, 2012: https://youtu.be/ihDrasF6Lts
2️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell again 30 months later on November 24, 2014: https://youtu.be/I6aYdc3Zwgc
Pleased you’re reading – with over 118,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio. Love this combination. It’s like having a super-fast “lap-top” with a brilliant, high resolution touch-screen.
😴 With MyPillows – We are sleeping much better from the very first night. In fact we are both sleeping so well, that I’m motivated to tell our 118,000+ readership. The MyPillow headlines are true – We finally succumbed to the TV advertising about Michael Lindell’s MyPillow. For months I ignored the advertisements, and finally decided to give MyPillow a Try… and we’re glad we did !
😴 About MyPillow – MyPillow’s internal foam, has been shredded into small ragged shaped poly-foam-chunks, the largest of which is smaller than a golf ball. Some competitors are using one large “foam brick” whose density is measured, for a one-size-fits-all mentality.
😴 MyPillow “Magic” – MyPillow contains ragged-shaped polyethylene-foam pieces that tend to gently “hold onto each other” making for a soft-but-firm fluff – easily shaped to suit your contours. Fluffing MyPillow a bit, and the pillow reshapes itself and gently maintains your desired “fluff.” Most good designs are relatively “simple” as is MyPillow.
😴 MyPillow Firstly – Economical delivery is made by Compressing-and-Rolling’up each pillow, forming a tightly packed “cylinder” that resembles a single roll of paper towels. Therefore, be careful when removing the outer plastic wrapper, making sure not to cut into the pillow fabric cover. Common sense… if using a tool, only use blunt-nosed scissors. Don’t use a knife or razor blade to remove the tight plastic outer wrapper.
😴 MyPillow Secondly – place the MyPillow into your Laundry Dryer set for 15-to-30 minutes – you cannot over-cook it. This step will fluff-up the MyPillow. Recall, the pillow has been compressed for a week or two during shipment. As the Company is fabricating and shipping over 25,000 MyPillows per Day, your pillow is hand made in the USA and fresh off the production line.
😴 MyPillow Guarantee – with the company policy providing for your 100% Satisfaction Guarantee, providing for a 60 day return and refund, what’s to loose – other than the $20 round-trip shipping charges. For one King Size MyPillow the charge is $99 (or $89 for the Queen size pillow) with the second MyPillow at no charge, if you order it with the TV Promotion Code – making the price for the two, just under $50/each. I also bought a pair of Egyptian cotton, 400 threads/inch, pillow cases for $30 also at 1/2 price, the total grows to about $130. That’s $65/pillow including a high quality King pillow case. My Sample Order is displayed below.
1️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell on March 7, 2012, there is a compelling story in this video-clip: https://youtu.be/ihDrasF6Lts
2️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell again 30 months later on November 24, 2014: https://youtu.be/I6aYdc3Zwgc
😴 My Pillow, Inc., is a pillow manufacturing company based in Shakopee, Minnesota founded 12 years ago. The company was founded in 2004 by Michael J. Lindell, who invented and patented MyPillow, an open-cell, poly-foam pillow design. My Pillow was founded by a Minnesota native Michael J. Lindell. For several years Lindell researched pillows and sleep disorders and experimented with a variety of fillers and fabrics, before settling on his MyPillow design, then patented it… an open-cell, poly-foam pillow design.
😴 MyPillow Beginnings – In order to help fund the initial development of MyPillow, Lindell sold his four local Tavern-Bars that he owned in Carver County, Minnesota and also mortgaged his personal residence to raise the necessary funds. As Lindell began his new “Pillow business” he hand-sewed the pillows and handled all the sales and distribution activities with help from his family.
😴 MyPillow Today – there are presently over 10 Million MyPillows in circulation, and growing by 25,000 Pillows per DAY, with a Factory of over 600 employees. It is not easy to start a company from scratch, but it’s exciting when we can report this success. Today, in the company’s 70,000 square foot manufacturing plant in Shakopee, MN, Lindell’s factory produces approximately 25,000 pillows per day, with all the fabrication done in Northern Minnesota, USA – and as I stated at the beginning of the article – these Pillows are truly amazing.
1️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell on March 7, 2012: https://youtu.be/ihDrasF6Lts
2️⃣ Don IMUS interviews MyPillow inventor Mike Lindell again 30 months later on November 24, 2014: https://youtu.be/I6aYdc3Zwgc
Pleased you’re reading – with over 118,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio. Love this combination. It’s like having a super-fast “lap-top” with a brilliant, high resolution touch-screen.
🍎 Macbook Pro vs iPad Pro. Apple’s iPad-Pro, a MacBook, or a PC Laptop which is the Best choice for You. Admittedly, when writing articles such as this, eMailing, Web-Browsing, taking-in News using the FlipBoard App, Image Editing using Photoshop Express and the Photogene Apps, Spreadsheets using Apple’s NUMBERS, the 12.9″ iPad Pro is my “Desktop Computer” and now with the 9.7″ iPad Pro for my “Mobile Office” I am in “computing” heaven.
🍎 BRYDGE has created high quality Keyboards that clips onto iPad Pro, resulting in a “laptop” functionality with Touch-Screen utility. When you become comfortable with an iPad Pro with its touch-screen, combined with a great keyboard, going back to a traditional laptop seems like a huge setback.
🍎 iPad Pro is presently my venue for writing and editing the 750 Articles published on WordPress , Letters and Presentations using PAGES and KEYNOTE, Facebook, LinkedIN, Social Networking, and Twitter, editing Movie clips using Apple’s iMOVIE App. All my graphic and image editing are done using my iPad Pro. In fact 99% of all my daily work and reading is done with my iPad Pro. The iPad Pro makes everything faster and better because of the following specs
1⃣ Large 12.9″ Brilliant Display, touch-screen High Resolution 5.6MP, note a 65″ HDTV displays about 2.2MP
2⃣ More Power than any Tablet, 4GB RAM, plus 256GB Storage
3⃣ 10 hour Battery Life for true “all day” use. Built-in 38.5-watt-hour rechargeable Lithium-Polymer battery. 10 hrs WiFi web browsing, videos, music
4⃣ Full Sized Keyboard compatible Brydge Keyboard covers give true “Laptop” utility
5⃣ Cellular (AT&T) capable connectivity, UMTS/HSPA/HSPA+/DC‑HSDPA, GSM/EDGE (850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz)
6⃣ WiFi bands, (802.11a/b/g/n/ac); 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi; HT80 with MIMO, Bluetooth 4.2 technology
7⃣ LTE 24 Bands, More Bands than other GTablets
8⃣ iSight Camera, 12MP imager, Autofocus, ƒ/2.2 aperture, Five-Element lens, Hybrid IR filter, Backside illumination, Face Detection, Exposure control, Panorama up to 63MP resolution, Burst mode, Tap to Focus, Photo Geotagging
9⃣ 1080p HD video recording at 60 fps and 30 fps, true 4K video recording (3840 by 2160) at 30 fps, Slo-mo video support for 1080p at 120 fps and 720p at 240 fps, Time-lapse stabilized video, Cinematic video stabilization, 3x video zoom, video Face detection and geotagging
🍎 Briefly, I sold our 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop to fund the cost of the iPad Pro, [to the chagrin of many of my FAU4U2 readers]. However, I’m glad I did it. The Macbook Pro was a beautiful device but I hardly used it, as I did almost everything on my iPad Air2, with Logitech’s Ultrathin Keyboard Cover. Now with iPad Pro coupled to the Brydge keyboard, its utility is even more enhanced.
🍎 With the arrival of the 12.9″ iPad Pro, we did a family iDevice rotation. Marilyn received my relatively new “flawless” iPad Air2 with 128GB storage and AT&T capable; it was RESET & Restored with her Data & Apps from the iPad Mini iCloud backup; I RESET her iPad Mini2 which too has 128GB storage plus AT&T capable, restored it with my Data & Apps from my iPad Air2 iCloud Backup. We will use the iPad Mini2 when a highly portable iPad is needed, and as an In-Car travel-navigator, better than all Navigation systems in Cars, except for Tesla; otherwise I use the iPad Pro for everything. incidentally it made no sense to sell an $800 iPad Mini2, and receive only $150 from Gazelle or eBay.
🍎 Bottom Line – Unless you are a Video Professional or Advanced Amateur editing Images, a majority of your time, iPad Pro has more than enough Power for everyone else.
🍎 Apple announced a 9.7″ iPad Pro, offering advanced iPad Pro features in a traditional iPad 9.7″ display footprint. On March 21, 2016 Apple introduced the all-new 9.7-inch iPad Pro, at just under one pound it features a new pro Retina® display with greater brightness, wider color gamut, lower reflectivity, Night Shift™ mode and introduces new True Tone® display technology to dynamically adjust white balance.
🍎 Apple’s new 9.7″ iPad Pro delivers incredible performance with the 64-bit A9X chip that rivals most portable PCs, along with a four-speaker audio system that is twice as powerful audio, a new 12-megapixel iSight® camera for shooting Live Photos™ and 4K video, 5-megapixel FaceTime® HD camera, and faster wireless technologies. The 9.7″ iPad Pro also includes support for the breakthrough Apple Pencil™ and a new Smart Keyboard™ cover designed to fit the new 9.7-inch iPad Pro. Link directly to Apple’s press release: https://goo.gl/Nq51xC
🍎 iPad Pro represents significant “cross-over” appeal (Cross-over, those folks that migrate to the larger 12.9″ iPad Pro from the traditional PC) or from a traditional iPad. We’ve divided these folks into these three user groups:
🍎 (1) Amateur & Professional Creatives, for those that already have a desktop machine available for use, however prefer the speed, touch-screen, and ease-of-use with the iPad… iPad Pro features the most display-canvas, graphic real estate, of any previous Apple iPad, plus the introduction of a stylus, the Apple Pencil, allowing creative folks a level of control over their work that wasn’t previously available on any tablet or desktop computer; Wacom’s Cintiq is a $1000 add on to a multi $Thousand Power PC, that is not as accurate nor as fast as the iPad Pro with the optional $99 Apple Pencil.
🍎 (2) University, College, and Grade School Students, especially those who have grown up with mobile devices, such as their iPhones and iPads, with their touch-screen interaction as their primary mode of input… The baggage that many of us who grew up with, a PC and a “mouse” we carried, will not apply to those who desire to maneuver a touchscreen. Note, once you’ve web-browsed with a touch-screen, you’ll never want to browse on a moused PC again, without some pain.
🍎 (3) People already engaged in non-Commercial Personal and Business Computing. With the iPad Pro’s super-performance enhancements and its ability to multi-task… the iPad Pro makes sense for 95% of these people, self included, who use their PC and Laptops for browsing, media consumption, writing papers, letters, reports, spreadsheets, and other content creation using iOS Apps such as Microsoft Office, iWork, Pages, Numbers, Excel, the iPad Pro is a great choice.
🍎 MacBook or traditional PC may make more sense for these three groups:
🍎 Every Day People Resist Change. For folks who generally feel more comfortable with OSX (not us, BTW) and traditional desktop operating systems like Windows (which we detest, as it is SLOW and Virus prone). Perhaps you were late to the iOS party of over a Billion happy iOS users. However, if you’re still not comfortable with typing on a iPad keyboard attachment (heaven only knows why, as they are quite good) or a touchscreen, or you’re put-off by external keyboards. If adapting your current computing habits to iOS sounds like a painful endeavor [which it is not], that may require more time than you’re willing to invest, it may be best to stick with an entry level MacBook PC.
🍎 Personal Experience Changing from Windows PC to Macbook Pro PC with OSX. Eleven years ago my son Daniel encouraged me to try a Macbook and abandon Windows. Admittedly, with 20+ years experience with Windows, the migration to MAC was somewhat “painful” but worth it. OSX is very intuitive and Virus Free; the Apple “System” is quite different than Windows, but the MAC is very fast, and Apple’s iOS on the iPad Pro is super fast. Start the iPad Pro from Totally-OFF, is ready to use in 30 seconds; Shut it down in less than 10 seconds. This morning I started my one remaining HP Windows PC… it took over 5 minutes before I could use it, and sadly it took 3 minutes to shut down.
🍎 Professional Creatives. Despite some early challenges, we’re bullish on the prospects of professional-grade imaging software making its way to iOS. (However these three imaging Apps: Photoshop Express, Photogene and SKWRT Apps do the imaging trick for us with incredible speed and utility). But if you have a limited budget or if you’re an enterprise manager, deciding which of the two devices to buy for your team, they may prefer the MacBook (and OSX) for now until the second iteration of iPad Photoshop Apps and other image editing applications, make their way to the iPad Pro.
🍎 Software Developers using IDEs, or Architects & Engineers using AutoCad . As of now, there are no IDEs available for iOS, be it Xcode or anything else. While requests for such Apps have been percolating in developer circles over the years, nothing yet has materialized. If your are an Engineer or Architect that uses robust programs like AutoCad requiring a 16GB RAM, 3+Ghz PC desktop, may be your best bet at $4000. In light of these uses, if you’re looking for a replacement for your machine, you should probably stick with a Macbook or other PC desktops.
🍎 Apple iPad-Pro
Apple 12.9″ iPad-PRO truly Challenges Traditional PCs & LapTops. I Received the iPad Pro last month and totally LOVE it. I am one of the folks that is totally pleased with the iPad Pro. No negative issues whatsoever.
🍎 Apple iPad-Pro. I restored all of my settings, Apps, Data, and Photos into the new iPad Pro from my recent backup of the iPad Air-2 (28.5GB of data) which was effortless and surprisingly fast. The Restore from Backup included 543 Apps, 32,800+ Photos, plus lots of documents housed in Pages, Books, Numbers, plus App Images within the Photogene and Photoshop Express Apps.
🍎 iPad Pro, is a Laptop [in terms of size and utility] with the iPad’s new version iOS10.1 and viola, a touch-screen laptop. Its Fast, Big, beautiful, high resolution display, with the familiarity of using the traditional iPad with a Keyboard cover.
🍎 iPad Pro has been coupled with the BRYDGE keyboard cover which transforms the iPad Pro into an amazing Laptop with a brilliant high resolution touch-screen display. The Display is striking and so is the lighted keyboard, definitely their best keyboard-case combination. I perform lots of image editing, so the large display is a huge plus. Watching live HDTV using xfinity’s GO App and Netflix Movies is also delightful. The lighted Keyboard is terrific when writing in dimly lighted settings, like our personal library at midnight.
🍎 Apple has committed their Time, Capital and Human Resources creating TWO iPad Pros, where in the months and years ahead, Apple will be finely focused on their iOS to make the iPad Pro (plus their installed base of over a Billion iPads, iPhones, and other iDevices, even more useful.
🍎 Accordingly, my Macbook Pro was gathering Dust on the bookshelf, and that’s due to using my iPad Pro. The only exception is accessing features on several websites that require “FLASH” which iPads are not compatible, I’d have to use an alternate Web Browser [namely Puffin] or use a traditional PC or the MAC. If these web-sites so not update to HTML5 which has video capabilities, I’ll have to fetch my 7 year old 11 pound HP “laptop.” Having been using [only] the iPad Pro coupled with the BRYDGE Keyboard Cover [the best lighted keyboard], I’m totally pleased and surprised with this combination. If you’re used to the Apple iPhone and iPad “ecosphere,” its use, the Apps, and the iOS 10.1 Operating System, its quite painful to migrate elsewhere for anything “computing and communication.”
🍎 Apple iPad-Pro 12.9″ High Resolution, High Power iPad is Ready for Prime Time to Challenge PCs, LapTops, focused on the Small Business, Bloggers, Enterprise & and Education Markets.
🍎 iPad PRO is available for Sale Friday, November 13, 2015 at Apple Stores in 40 Countries, plus Network Retailers such as AT&T, Sprint, and Verizon, their on-line pre-Orders began Wednesday, Nov 11th, Retailers are now accepting on-line orders. A current look at Apple.com’s on-line Store shows (as of Today 11/16/2016), no delays in shipping any configuration of 12.9″ iPad Pro or the 9.7″ iPad Pro.
🍎 iPad PRO Presentation Video: Apple produced a movie giving an impressive view of the Look & Feel of the new iPad PRO; a very worthy 3½ minutes to view: http://goo.gl/x7DyIM
Have $1000 to spend on a PC?? The iPad PRO is Perfect as a Communication Tool, On-line web-Browsing is the best, (or any sized iPad to suit your portability needs). Surely, once you Browse the WEB with iPad’s touch-screen… You’ll Never go back to a “PC.” iPad PRO with its Brilliant 5.6MP Display, its Power and Speed, is everything you’ll need. But, if you’re an AutoCad Architect or a Commercial Video Editor, then a $5k Tower may be for you.
“I think if you’re looking at buying a New PC, why would you buy a PC anymore? No really, why would you buy one?” “Yes, the iPad PRO is a replacement for a notebook or a desktop for many, many, many people. They will start using an iPad and conclude they no longer need to use anything else, other than their iPhones….” so says Tim Cook, CEO, Apple, Inc. With only a few days of iPad Pro use, I’m very pleased with the iPad Pro, and will likely never go back to the traditional Laptop.
Its the Software Stupid. The iPad is supported with Thousands of outstanding Apps, transforming your iPad into a high resolution Document Scanner, Automobile Co-Pilot, Point-to-Point Mapping, directions, real-time ETA to your Destination, a HDTV Movie Maker, Picture Taker, Image Editor… Remember, “computers” and particularly iPads are just packages of high-technology, but with the Apps (software) the iPad truly comes “alive.”
CUPERTINO, California — November 9, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPad Pro™ is available to order online on Wednesday, November 11, from Apple.com and will arrive at Apple’s retail stores, select carriers and Apple Authorized Resellers starting later this week. Apple Pencil™ and Apple’s new Smart Keyboard, also available to order on Wednesday, bring breakthrough levels of precision and utility to iPad Pro.
🍎 Apple iPad-PRO designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high-resolution display offering a 5.6 million pixel display, with a pixel dimension of 2732 by 2040 pixels, (recall the traditional iPad 5 with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina display with its 7.9″ screen) both using Apple’s iOS9 operating system, which is a very High-power, Compact-code, Stable, Anti-virus, Malware-rejecting, and User Friendly, easy to use operating system. http://www.apple.com/ipad-pro/
🍎 iPad PRO, Everything You Wanted to Know, but did not want to watch the 2½ hour Media event last week. We’ve got it summarized in this Article. However, directly below is the Link in case you missed Apple’s Keynote Address announcing the New iPad PRO, the New iPhone 6S, and the New Apple TV: http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/
🍎 There is Magic behind all of the iPads due to their “Ease of Use” + “Power” + “Stability” due to the iOS9 operating system contained therein. Couple iOS9 with the Apple’s huge array of Apps, (literally hundreds of thousands) these high resolution touch-screen iPads, are transformed into efficient Communications and Productivity tools.
🍎 iPad is and has been, My Go-To Tool for almost Everything. One thing that Marilyn and I have experienced, for Writing, Social Networking, eMails, Viewing Videos and Pictures, there is no better device than the iPad. I’m not a “Gamer” but I’m told the iPad is the best device for games of all types. Many folks have been buying a traditional PC, not realizing that for over 90% of all “computer” users, the iPad actually exceeds the requirements that they expected from a PC.
🍎 iPad PRO, takes the iPad to an advanced level of display fidelity and resolution, in addition to twice the onboard RAM memory, processing power, and graphics speed, Over 10 hours of Use between charges. Add to the iPad PRO, the Pencil, on-screen ultra high resolution drawing is Now.
🍎 Apple introduces a New Product every few years, that reinvents product[s], that redefines the industry standards of quality, functionality, and ease of use, for products we didn’t think we even needed. Apple did this in mid-2007 with the release of the first iPhone, even though there were a dozen smartphones available in an already crowded field of handhelds. In April of 2010 with Apple’s release of their first iPad, into a crowded field of existing “tablets.”
🍎 Apple has done it again with iPad Pro, with its announcement of the long-rumored and hotly anticipated iPad Pro… Yes, for a Huge percentage of the market-place, the iPad Pro represents a true PC Replacement, likely a reason that that global PC sales have yearly fallen by double-digits ever since the iPad was released in mid-2010.
🍎 Folks may say… “It’s just a Bigger iPad, so what’s the big deal…” In a few ways these folks are right, iPad PRO is surely a bigger iPad. However, as you’re about to learn, those folks are missing the point in many other ways.
🍎 iPad PRO is a Behemoth of a Device. With iPad PRO’s whopping 12.9″ Retina touch-screen display consisting of 2,048 pixels by 2,732 pixels, an ultra-high definition resolution… think about this resolution with this TV comparison. Being familiar with the readily available 50″, 60″ and 65″ High definition Flat Screen TVs for example, in many homes these days, represents an amazing level of clarity and fidelity while watching Live Sports broadcasts, its like being there…
🍎 iPad Pro Compared to a HDTV. One’s Flat Screen 50″, 60″, 65″, and now 70″ HDTV resolution is 1080 pixels by 2048 pixels, which equates to 2.2 million pixels for each HDTV video frame, shown at 30 to 60 frames per second, on your HDTV screen. The iPad Pro with its 5.6 million pixel resolution is more than Double HDTV resolution of 2.2 million pixels TV video frame. Imagine 5.6 million pixels compressed into a 12.9″ display, quite amazing, making the iPad Pro arguably the most pixel-dense, Cinematic Tablet display on planet earth.
🍎 iPad PRO, it’s not only the Pixel Count that makes the iPad Pro so special, it’s also the touch-screen’s display-size. Once you browse the internet with a touch-screen display, going back to a traditional PC is depressing. The iPad PRO provides roughly a 78% Screen-Size increase over the existing iPad Air’s 9.7″ Screen, thus exceeding all Netbook resolutions by far, and most if not all Laptop computers presently available.
🍎 iPad PRO represents a Package of Technological feats of unprecedented proportion, which provides to iPad PRO users, a very generous geography within which to conduct one’s Work, ultimately facilitating enhanced creativity, and productivity potentials to new heights. Couple the iPad Pro to Apple’s new $99 Pencil for incredible drawing and notation capabilities.
🍎 iPad PRO houses an array of impressive hardware components as well. At its core, is Apple’s custom designed 3rd generation A9X processor with its M9 motion coprocessor, coupled with 4GB of LPDDR3 ultra-high-speed RAM. This represents Two to Four times the RAM of all previous iPad iterations. iPad PRO’s infrastructure makes it comparable to, and in many cases, a more efficient and powerful specification than many desktop computers that are currently available.
🍎 iPad PRO features a unique 4 speaker-driver array, positioned at each corner of the iPad Pro, that “intelligently adapts” to the orientation of the iPad Pro is being held in your hands. This sound-system ensures that you’d be getting an immersive, premium audio experience at any orientation, when gaming, movie watching, video viewing, and tele-conferencing.
🍎 Apple iPad-PRO, the PRO-sized 12.9″ iPad, has true Multi-Tasking capabilities with the iOS9.1 to be released in November. Among things this means with the iPad PRO, folks may have Two separate Apps operating side-by-side simultaneously on the iPad PRO, a feature particularly important to Document Writers, Authors, Researchers, Enterprise users, and for a vast number of Educational purposes. Many Public Schools and Universities globally are providing for their Students pre-packaged iPads with Text Books.
🍎 Know this, I’ve been writing all my Articles (currently 693 articles have been published globally) using my trusty 128 GB, AT&T, Space Gray, traditionally sized 9.7″ display, iPad Air 2, coupled to Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, a $1000 package. To be sure, I will be upgrading to the iPad PRO coupled to either Apple’s new $169 Keyboard cover, or Logitech’s premium “CREATE” iPad PRO keyboard cover.
🍎 Apple iPad PRO engineers have been working with Logitech’s engineers months ago, apparently in effort to have Logitech’s Keyboard Cover available concurrently with the release of the iPad Pro this November. Other than one promotional image, Logitech has yet to fully disclose the full description and look to their new CREATE keyboard Product.
🍎 Logitech’s CREATE line for iPad PRO. Beautifully productive. Uniquely connected, and will be available the same [release] day as iPad PRO, sometime in NOVEMBER, 2015. Smart is beautiful, and with the new iPad Pro Smart Connector, it is also powerful. Logitech has been working closely with their friends at Apple to design the CREATE Keyboard, the perfect companion for Apple’s biggest, boldest iPad Pro.
🍎 CREATE is being branded as Logitech’s best iPad keyboard, which is [literally] powered by the iPad Pro via the iPad Pro’s Smart Connector. The keyboard never needs charging, as it draws power from the iPad Pro’s high capacity LiON battery. With a direct magnetic connection, the smart connector, the keyboard does not needs the traditional bluetooth pairing. Logitech’s CREATE will provide the world-class typing experience Marilyn and I have come to expect from Logitech.
🍎 When Writing a Paper or an Article on the Left-Side, for example, while simultaneously using Google Search on the Internet for research on the Right-Side, side-by-sde, or when writing an Academic Paper that requires mathematical calculations with Pages App on the Left-Side and simultaneously having the RLM’s 19BII Calculator App (operates and looks exactly like a hand-held HP-19B-II calculator) on the Right-Side to make the calculations… With Apple having their huge array of productivity Apps, being able to run Two APPS simultaneously will truly challenge one choosing traditional PC computers.
🍎 Pencil is a new iPad PRO accessory, for the iPad PRO Only, as the display is uniquely capable of “reading” the Pencil. This $99 item is capable of drawing, shading, fine lines, broad lines, with a sampling rate of 240 cycles per second for super-smooth drawing at the pixel-level. This is a revolutionary product, a reinvention of the electronic pencil, in that “systems” costing several thousand dollars have trouble competing with this wireless miracle wright and drawing instrument.
🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with the tasks generally performed on 13″ to 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, light weight of 1.6 pounds, with a 10 hour all-day battery power. Combine the iPad Pro with a Logitech’s “Create” Keyboard Cover, transforms the iPad Pro into an UltraThin, lightweight, high power, high speed, touch-screen laptop with 4GB of RAM, 128 GB Storage, and LTE mobile and WiFi connectivity. So sad we have to wait until NOVEMBER for the Release.
🍎 LOGITECH UltraThin Bluetooth Keyboard. Presently I have the iPad Air 2 coupled to Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, creates a perfect PC replacement, plus the added benefit of Touch-Screen which is a real plus for document editing… just touch the place on the document to edit, rather than “lousing” around with a mouse, a simple Tap onto a word for “spell-checking” and replacement.
🍎 iPad’s Touch Screen, there is no comparison when Internet Browsing with touch-screen capability… tap onto a link, and the display travels to the new web-site. When I use my 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop, I feel like my hands are tied, having to use the mouse-like touch-pad navigation below the key-board. IMHO, the Macbook will eventually incorporate touch-screens, or else MacBooks will eventually cease to grow sales.
🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast full featured iOS9, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Touch-Screen. Apple’s history has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability vs Utility Equation” requirements of their users of the 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads will come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.
Admittedly, as part of the rumor-mill; however, I must say that yours truly has been writing about the iPad Pro topic several years ago. Folks that know me are aware that I do 98.6 degrees of everything I write on my iPad Air2. However, with Apple delivering a super-charged 12.9″ iPad retina, I’ll be acquiring the iPad Pro, and will be in great shape come NOVEMBER to do my research, write articles for FAU4U2, and do my Photo-Editing and Video-Editing.
🍎 APPLE Please take Note: A few things that I miss migrating to the World of iOS8 and iOS9 is the lack of a MAC styled file-system, where one can find, search, retrieve a particular FILE or JPEG Image by name, date, type, or location. Presently in looking for a File or Document in the iOS World, I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit that file, then I have to go to that particular APP and open it to find the File or Image. The other missing file element, is the File Name. There is no apparent method to name a Picture-file and later search for the Image by name.
🍎 The Link below will take you to an article written by Linda Dong that compares Apple Pencil with Wacom’s Cintiq writing instrument systems: http://www.lindadong.com/blog//apple-pencil-vs-wacom-cintiq
🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.
🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS9 amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS9 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-Pro with a huge 12.9″ Retina-display.
🍎 Using an exterior similar to the iPad Air’s foot-print scaled up to a 12.9″ display, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:
🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ and 14″ LapTop computers
🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.
🍎 Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.
🍎 The iPad Pro will redefine the PC Laptop-transition, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet
🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present-day PC laptop sales are eroding by about 15%/year, with tablet and phablet sales. Folks love iPad’s Communications capabilities, its Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing, combined with a highly compact, all-day powered, light weight design.
🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and assuming the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device, the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with the Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described herein would satisfy this need; want even more power then the new 12″ retina MAC Book is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…
🍎 Apple’s Macbook laptops are designed with 3 Display sizes: 12″, 13″ and 15″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7” Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year, which is the iPad’s current sales rate.
🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.
🍎 Apple in October, 2015 is offering a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all, once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring into 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively easy” task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the relatively consistent “Internal Electronic Package” although the iPad Pro will have a more robust electronics package, like 4GB of RAM. Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…
🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.
Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:
🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot (not happening)
🔷 more Memory say 4GB, (a Big Yes)
🔷 more Storage say 64GB and 128GB (thats a Big Yes).
🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands, (This too a Big Yes)
🔷 faster Processor say 2GHz, coupled to (??)
🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display. (a Big Yes)
🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad. (??)
🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.
🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.
🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad Air2 Retina, with 128GB to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR, I may retain my iPad Air to have the portable iPad retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Desk-Top Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a table-top iPad Pro, adding Logitech’s CREATE keyboard.
🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv
Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 94,000 and growing by 2500/month, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 26 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
When I do what I do… I usually do it here.
As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com
As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.
🇺🇸 The 13 Keys to The White House. These Keys are statements that favor the re-election of the Incumbent Party, therefore the greater the number of True Statements, the better for the Incumbent Party.
🇱🇷 If 8 or more statements are True, the Incumbent Party is Predicted to Win; conversely,
🇱🇷 If 6 or more statements are False, the Challenging Party is Predicted to Win.
🇺🇸 Allen J Licthman’s 13 Keys to the White House. These Keys establish the likelihood for the Party in Power to retain the White House, or Not. This method is a historically based prediction system. Lichtman derived the system by examining 120 years of American Presidential Elections, dating from 1860 to 1980. Licthman has since used his system to correctly predict the outcomes of all of the recent eight American Presidential Elections from 1984 through 2012.
🇺🇸 Licthman’s predictions are based on 13 Key Statements that are structured as 13 True or False questions. The results involve simply tallying the number of True or False responses: an answer of “True” always favors the ReElection of the incumbent party holding the White House. This is the case of the 2016 Election, as Democrats are the incumbent party.
🇺🇸 Lets answer these thirteen questions and Score the Prediction for the 2016 presidential Election. The responses will be shown as either {False} or {True}
1. Party Mandate: After the midterm elections, the incumbent party holds more seats in the U.S. House of Representatives than after the previous midterm elections. {False} ➡️ {Democrats lost Many US House of Rep Seats}
2. Contest: There is no serious contest for the incumbent party nomination. {True}
3. Incumbency: The incumbent party candidate is the sitting president. {False} ➡️ {Hillary Clinton is not a sitting president}
4. Third party: There is no significant third party or independent campaign, polling over 5%. {False} ➡️ {Johnson polling at 10%}
5. Short term economy: The economy is not in recession during the election campaign. {True}
6. Long term economy: Real per capita economic growth during the term equals or exceeds mean growth during the previous two terms. {False} ➡️ {Economic growth decreased}
7. Policy change: The incumbent administration effects major changes in national policy. {False} ➡️ {ObamaCare, major unpopular change}
8. Social unrest: There is no sustained social unrest during the term. {True}
9. Scandal: The incumbent administration is untainted by major scandal. {True}
10. Foreign/Military Failure: The incumbent administration suffers no major failure in foreign or military affairs. {False} ➡️ {Iraq, Iran, Libya, ISIS all in Crisis}
11. Foreign/military success: The incumbent administration achieves a major success in foreign or military affairs. {False} ➡️ {Iraq, Iran, Libya, ISIS all in Crisis}
12. Incumbent Party Candidate Charisma: The incumbent party candidate is charismatic or a national hero. {False} ➡️ {Clinton, Low Trustworthy & Honesty}
13. Challenger Party Candidate Charisma: The challenging party candidate is Not Charismatic or a national hero. {True}
🇺🇸 Answering the thirteen questions above, readers may Score which direction this Election may take. There are 6 {True} statements and there are 7 {False} statements, therefore according to Dr. Licthman’s 13 Keys to the White House, the Election Prediction is:
🇺🇸 Challenging Party is Predicted to WIN the White House.
🇺🇸 The 13 Keys are phrased to reflect the theory that Elections are primarily Judgments on the Performance of the Party holding the Power in the White House. The Test:
🇺🇸 If 8 or More statements are True, the Party in Power gets 4 More Years.
🇺🇸 If 6 or more of the 13 keys are Factually FALSE — going against the Party in Power, the Incumbent Party will Lose the White House
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
• One Billion folks around the Globe smoke tobacco products. Five Million people Die annually due to tobacco-related illnesses. This equates to one person dying every 6 seconds.
• Simply avoiding Cigarettes is the best way for every smoker to preserve lung health and prevent the development of serious diseases.
• Quitting Smoking is very difficult or even impossible for most folks to accomplish. Fortunately, there is a All Natural solution to prevent further damage to the lungs.
Presented here is the ultimate all-natural-recipe that will Cleanse your Lungs in only 3 days.
• Below is an amazing home remedy that reduces coughing and alleviates the symptoms of bronchitis in folks who have smoked for more than 5 years.
All Natural Ingredients
• 32oz Purified Bottled Water
• 16oz Brown Sugar
• 2 Cups Onions field chopped
• 2 tsp Turmeric
• 1 Ginger Root, small segment finely grated
Preparation
• Pour 1 quart of purified water into a stove-top pot and begin heating
• Add 16 oz of all natural brown sugar
• When this mixture begins to boil, add 2 cups of finely chopped onions, ginger, and turmeric
• Reduce the heat and allow the mixture to simmer for 15 to 20 minutes, remove from heat
• Let the mixture cool several hours to room temperature
• Once this concoction has cooled, stir well
• Pour the formulation into a glass bottle, jar, poly-container
• Store in the your Refrigerator.
Dosage and Frequency
• Take 2 tablespoons in the morning, 1 hour before breakfast
• Take 2 tablespoons in the evening, 2 hours after your last meal
We have Given you a Solution to refurbish your Lungs, as described above.
The Next Installment for this Article will be Suggestions on actually Quitting Smoking.
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
⭐️ Clint Eastwood at 84 is Preparing to Say Good-Bye.
⭐️ My Twilight Years at 84- If you realize each day is a gift, you may be near my age. As I enjoy my twilight years, I am often struck by the inevitability that the party must end. There will be a clear, cold morning when there isn’t any “more.” No more hugs, no more special moments to celebrate together, no more phone calls just to chat…
⭐️ It seems to me that one of the important things to do before that morning comes is to – let every one of your family and friends know that you care for them by finding simple ways to let them know your heartfelt beliefs, and the guiding principles of your life, so they can always say, “He was my friend, and I know where he stood…” So, just in case I’m gone tomorrow, please know this:
⭐️ I voted against that incompetent, lying, flip-flopping, insincere, double-talking, radical-socialist, terrorist-excusing, bleeding-heart, narcissistic, scientific and economic moron, currently in the White House!
⭐️ I won’t be voting for “that woman” who is running to replace him, with the same old, same ‘ole.
⭐️ Participating in a gun buy-back program because you think that criminals have too many guns, is like having yourself castrated because you think your neighbors have too many kids.”
– Regards, Clint
– Make my day, pass this on!
⭐️ “One of the penalties for refusing to participate in politics is that you end up being governed by your inferiors” – Plato, Protagoras
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
We are Now offering Custome Photo iPhone Cases that may be customized with Your favorite images, giving you an unbeatable look, that will make your friends jealous and keep your phone a little safer all at once.
Cell Phones aren’t just phones anymore. They’re part of US. They’re important, they’re delicate, and they’re very personal. We have our smartphones with us at all times, so it seems unnecessary to protect them with some garish or a generic case, that says nothing about the person carrying it.
Meticulously designed Apple iPhone 7 or an iPhone 7 Plus deserves an Elegant Protective Case that is unique, without looking like a impersonal attraction. Look no further than our newest addition to our print-product-line on our 416–1100.com image repository.
Our new customizable iPhone cases are also available for the new Galaxy S7 and iPhone SE, 6, 6s, 6 Plus, 6S Plus, and Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus phones. These cases come in two styles: Slim and Tough.
The Slim Case is sleek and thin, keeping your phone from unwanted dings or scratches without adding too much extra bulk.
The Tough Case is more rugged using a thin, scratch resistant plastic shell with an inner silicon insert for added protection for those who desire a sturdier case.
Custom Cell Phone Cases start at $30. You may order your case now through our automated site, by going to 416–1100.com, selecting any photo, then clicking the BUY icon, then select “THIS PHOTO” and start customizing and cropping your image for your custome iPhone or Galaxy 7 case.
When designing your iPhone case, there are a few important things to remember
➡️ First, your photos must meet the size requirements. The image selected must be at least 2100×1200 pixels, or you will not be shown the option to add it to a Phone Case
➡️ Second, make sure to pay attention to the camera position and the cropping of your image. You don’t want to accidentally “crop-out’ an important part of the photo
➡️ Third, be sure to select the correct model of your iPhone (6, 6+, 6S, 6S+, 7 or 7+) or Galaxy 7.
To use your own Personal Photograph, eMail to it (or them) to at this email address: 416.1100@gMail.com. In the subject line write
➡️ “Personal Photo for iPhone Case” or Personal Photo for Galaxy 7 Case”
➡️ We will place your picture or pictures into our site in a special iPhone/Android Public Gallery, so you may select it for the purpose or creating a Custome iPhone or Android Case
➡️ The Link below is where your Custome Picture will be located once you email to us your image or images, for iPhone or Android Cases:
http://www.416-1100.com/IPhone-and-Android-Case-Images/
Apple iPhone 7 is on sale everywhere in all Apple retail stores and all AT&T, Verizon, Sprint, T-Mobile provider locations, plus Best Buy and others. To the amazement of many all iPhone 7 Plus models remain Sold-Out Globally.
Apple with 487 stores Globally in 20 countries (268 USA and 219 elsewhere) as of April, 2016, the question remains “Where’s the Beef” – “Where are the iPhone 7 Plus smartphones” ? No inventory of iPhone 7 Plus units in any of Apple’s Stores, and no inventory for internet sales ordering. “Houston We have a Problem”
iPhone 7 Plus availability issue is either a “Supply” issue, a “Demand” issue or Both. On-line orders are experiencing delivery delays of 2 to 4 Weeks. Why iPhone 7 Plus’ lack of availability? “Something is Rotten in the State of Denmark” as written by William Shakespeare’s “Hamlet” as Marcellus says in Act 1, Scene 4.
What’s so exciting about the new iPhone 7 Plus, why have We elected to upgrade, and why Others should consider their upgrade to this New Model? After reviewing all of the relevant information available from Apple and elsewhere, below is a list of the salient factors, as we assessed the new iPhone 7 and 7 Plus smartphones (http://www.Apple.com/iPhone-7/) (http://gph.is/2cqKSWu)
🔹 Dual iSight 12MP Cameras – two Image Stabilized Cameras
🔹 Dual Cameras, a Wide-Angle lens plus a Telephoto Lens
🔹 Camera Zoom Range: 2x Optical Zoom with 10x Software Zoom
🔹 Wide-Angle Camera lens has super-fast ƒ1.8 Aperture
🔹 Front Facing Camera is 7mp with 1080p HDTV Video
🔹 Portrait Photography, Image Stabilized with Background Blur
🔹 Water-Proofing the iPhone 7 Watertight to 3 feet Underwater for 30 minutes
🔹 Underwater Photography, Image Stabilized & Color Corrected
🔹 Storage Capacity increased to 256 GB to handle Picture & Movie capture
🔹 Super-Fast WiFi capability of 450 million bits/second
🔹 Lithium Ion Battery Improved for 20% longer duration
🔹 High Definition Sound to all headsets through Lightning Plug
🔹 Every Internal Component has been Improved, reworked, replaced
🔹 Thousands of Speed and Process improvements
🔹 250 Million iPhone 5S, 5, 4S, 4, 3GS, or earlier iPhone Model Owners
🔹 iPhone 7 is Your Year to Upgrade with 250 Million Old iPhones in Circulation, your Old iPhone is 3 years Older, Slower, Duller Display, with a depleted Lithium Ion Battery that may receive only 70% of the Full Charge that you received 3 years ago… BTW, iPhone LiON batteries’ chemistry is not “forever” and generally looses their ability to hold a charge between year 3 and year 4.
Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 7 Plus phones early Friday morning 9/16 (Flat-Black with 256GB of storage) on-line for Fed Ex delivery in 10-14 days. We are on AT&T’s NEXT installment plan, providing for Annual upgrades.
Our two iPhone 7 Plus phones in Black with 256 GB storage have been ordered for Home Delivery, first week of October. We (Marilyn and Jim) are both on AT&T’s “get a new iPhone every 12 months” Plan. This “NEXT-24 Plan” is essentially a 24 month, 100% of Cost, No money down, 0% interest rate, no loan fee, 0% APR installment loan “Plan” equating to about $40/month, giving us the “option” of getting the New [$970] iPhone 7 Plus when 12 or more installments have been paid on our iPhone 6S phones acquired last year.
AT&T Plan – After we receive the New iPhone 7 Plus, AT&T’s Plan requires that within 10 days, we ship by AT&T’s Fed-Ex return-label the iPhone 6S iPhone in good condition, no cracked screen, no dents, properly working iPhone; However, we retain the chargers, headphones, and lightning cords. This is our third year of new iPhone exchanges since iPhone 6.
Why did Apple Fail to have iPhone 7 Plus models in their 487 Retail Stores. Apple has known for many weeks that it did not have sufficient pre-release iPhone 7 Plus inventory to: (A) Fulfill on-line ordering and to (B) Stock the shelves of its 487 retail stores, plus all the AT&T, Verizon, Sprint and T-Mobile retail stores. If these premises are valid, then (1) Apple’s Supply line has not delivered components on time or not in sufficient quantities due to quality-control issues, or (2) Apple engineers did not have “pencils down” on time, for Apple factories to build sufficient inventory levels of the components (3) The Dual Cameras System is the likely culprit.
iPhone 7 Water Resistance rated at IP67, a major New benefit to users: The “IP67” certification of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus stands for Ingress Protection of Water and Dust. The numbers “67” denotes, these iPhones are fully protected against Water ingress and may be Water Submerged for 30 minutes or less, at a 3 Foot Depth, similar to Apple Watch 1 water resistance rating of IPX7.
What’s unique about this year’s Sales event, iPhone 7 Plus phones are Unavailable Globally in any Apple Retail stores, for any memory configuration nor any Color. Additionally, all Jet Black iPhone 7 phones are also Sold Out Globally, with a November Ship date; all other iPhone 7 colors are available, but most Apple Retail stores have very limited supplies or are sold-out as last weekend was Apple’s Retail Launch.
Apple’s 487 Retail Stores faced hundreds of thousands of disappointed folks, hoping to get their hands on an iPhone 7 Plus, but did not get the “Plus” iPhone 7, regardless of Color or Storage Configuration, not at any Retail Store. Therefore you must Order the “Plus” model of your choice On-Line. The 4.7″ standard iPhone 7 is currently On Sale Globally in all retail stores, with limited supplies. Although all iPhone 7 Plus models have limited availability, On-Line order deliveries are delayed about 4 Weeks.
Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO announced their iPhone 7 Plus models Sell-Out last last week, in effort to defray massive public disappointment… Apparently his announcement was effective, as many of the Folks standing on the long lines at Apple Retail Stores were picking up their Internet Pre-Orders for in-store pickup, or to buy the 4.7″ iPhone 7.
iPhone 7 Plus Sell-Out is Unique. Dating back to the first iPhone in 2007, this is the first time an iPhone model is Unavailable for their 487 Retail Store Sales event. Eventually the iPhone Supply & Demand equation will come into balance; however this may take several months before all Apple Retail Stores and Provider Stores have inventory of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus models in a variety of colors and storage capacities.
Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, sooner or later should make public statements about the tremendous shortage of the iPhone 7 Plus models. However, we’ve learned from several sources that a number of iPhone Asian suppliers are suggesting that the culprit for the shortages of the “Plus” models is the Dual-Lens Camera System on the iPhone 7 Plus. Apparently the Dual Camera component has been very difficult to mass-manufacture in sufficient quantities to pass quality control standards, leading to severe shortages of the iPhone 7 Plus.
—————————————— Previously Reported —————————————
Apple iPhone 7 Event Today • Wednesday • Sept 7th @ 1:00pm EDT • LiveStreaming Link
Apple iPhone 7 will be announced at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY September 7, 2016. Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus are set to be unveiled Today {in Just 4 hours} commencing at 10:00am PDT in California, during their annual new-Product Event, a by-invitation-only media event.
With only 4 hours until “Show Time” crowds of thousands are forming outside the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco, California.
Everyone knows “Apple’s Owns September” for announcing its new and improved iPhone 7, and this year, there may be a number of amazing surprises. I’ve got some of this figured out, read on…
With the iPhone 7 unveiling only a few Hours away, below is Apple’s LINK that will take you directly to their Live Broadcast of the iPhone 7 Product Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Too Busy at 1:00pm, Wednesday, no worries the above LINK may be used anytime after 4:00pm EDT to watch the Recorded presentation of the iPhone 7 Announcement Event.
One Day to Go – Apple iPhone 7, Nothing attracts more Media and Public BUZZ than a new iPhone Launch, and this year is no exception. Millions of folks will line-up all over the World to buy the iPhone 7, perhaps some 17 Million iPhones will be sold during Apple’s opening 3-Day Weekend Sales Event. Perhaps, with Samsung’s Galaxy 7 recent Thermal-Runaway Flame-Out issue, requiring a huge recall of some 2.5 million units, accompanied by a production halt, even more Android users may decide to switch to Apple’s iPhone 7 this cycle.
Apple iPhone 7 has taken several Years to develop. Engineers’ “Pencils were Down” many months ago in preparation for fabricating the first 85 Million unit batch of iPhones, a one-third portion of the 275,000,000 iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus units that are targeted to be Sold in the next 12 months.
Apple iPhone 7. Although the external dimensions of the iPhone 7 remain very similar, perhaps identical to the iPhone 6, all the “internal technology” had been completely renovated with newly improved chips, circuits, lenses, sensors, and the iOS10 operating system, which is iPhone’s Engine. Recall Apple was several years late to the game with 4.7″ and 5.5″ large-display iPhones. Apple conducted extensive research in search of the “ideal iPhone size and shape.” According, it comes as no surprise, that Apple is quite comfortable with its current sizes and shape, where “changing for the sake of change” is not in Apple’s DNA.
Apple’s new iPhone 7 lineup will be the biggest Product Launch of this year. Over recent months there have been a steady stream of “iPhone 7 leaks” that have “painted a picture” of what may be expected. It’s crazy to notice that Rumors are already circulating about iPhone 8 Launch in 2017. Back to iPhone 7, there are other recent “leaks” that may have revealed the “Official Specs” for Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus.
Most iPhone 7 Leaks come mostly from China’s iPhone 7 “Supply Line” those Chinese Manufacturers under Production Contracts with “Non-Disclosure Agreements” with Apple, to fabricate thousands of Parts, Components, Chips, and Displays that eventually are assembled to create millions of iPhone 7 units.
Apple iPhone 7: According to the many leaks and well-sourced reports, Apple’s new iPhone 7 should look very similar in shape and size, externally to the current iPhone 6S Models. The iPhone 7 may be marginally thinner, or not; however, will likely feature a redesigned antenna system on the back face of the iPhone 7, as well as superior new Digital Camera Systems, among other improvements.
Apple iPhone 7: will not support the industry-standard 3.5mm headphone Audio-Jack where you used to plug in your Ear-Pods and Headphones. The removal of the 3.5mm headphone audio-jack has created a “fire-storm” of criticism, as many folks have upscale head-phones fitted with the 3.5mm audio-jack, the Audio Plug & Jack that’s been in use for over 60+ years.
Apple iPhone 7: will be providing an optional “dongle plug” to bridge the 3.5mm Jack with Apple’s Lightning connector. The reasons Apple is eliminating the 3.5mm analog audio-jack are two-fold:
• The Lightning plug is a true Digital Audio Port connection with one’s headphones or Ear-Pods, providing for a much improved digital audio experience, and
• The Lightning plug provides best “Water-Resistance” capability for the iPhone 7 than the 3.5mm Audio-Jack could provide.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual iSight Rear Facing Cameras, is one of the most innovative improvement for the iPhone 7 this year. The iPhone 7 containing Two 12-MegaPixel Cameras, Two Lenses and Two Imagers, provides for many unique image-processing and picture-taking capabilities. Both Lenses will be Optical Image Stabilized; the Lenses will be significantly “Faster” with a ƒ1.9 maximum aperture, formerly the aperture was ƒ2.2 with the iPhone 6S, prior to that the aperture was ƒ2.4. Larger Apertures permit significantly more light, roughly 60% more Light that is focused on each Imager, yielding improved image exposure, image resolution, color rendition, with much lower digital-noise.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual Camera in-camera Image processing is very innovative with a method of “over-laying” the two digital images on top of each other, with firmware autonomously selecting the best-exposed portions of the images, increasing Dynamic Range and reducing image-noise and grain to unheard of levels, thereby delivering super-sharp high-definition digital pictures.
Apple iPhone 7 Dual Cameras – Imaging Engineers say this Dual Camera Synchronized Imaging System will render high-definition images comparable to current day bulky SLR Digital Cameras that weigh several pounds.
For Perspective, the iPhone 7 Plus Dual-Lens, Dual Imager Cameras are roughly the size of two kernels of yellow corn. We are looking forward to Apple’s Keynote Presentation of this exciting new Imaging Technology and Capabilities.
Apple iPhone 7 Wednesday’s Keynote Address Sept 9th a quality production by Apple for everyone’s view LIVE Globally, during the Keynote Address, scheduled for 1:00pm, EDT. Note, for your convenience immediately below, is the LINK that will take you to Apple’s HDTV Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Apple iPhone 7: may be available in several new colors that were pictured in recent leaks. The one new color that many sources agree upon, is “Space Black” similar to the color of the Apple Watch. Perhaps Apple is attempting to bring the Colors of the Apple Watches and their iPhones into parity and consistency.
Apple 7 specs, what we think we “know,” [actually no one outside of Apple really knows other than a very small group of Apple folks] the iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus will include a next-generation Apple A10 processor, which is a safe guess, nothing has been confirmed by Apple.
Apple 7 specs, We all know, Apple confirms nothing, prior to an announcement, as Apple is highly secretive about all of its new product releases. A new leak on a Chinese Micro-Blogging site, mirrors specs offered in two tweets from The Malignant Twitter user, suggesting the 4.7″ and 5.5″ iPhones will feature many more differences than the front and rear cameras. A summary of the likely “leaks” suggest:
iPhone 7
• 4.7-inch display, with a 1334 x 750p pixel resolution
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 2GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version
• 1,960 mAh battery, a higher capacity than the iPhone 6S
• 12-megapixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear camera, formerly ƒ2.2
• Greatly Improved Water and Dust resistance
iPhone 7 Plus
• 5.5-inch display, 2048 X 1080p pixel resolution, perhaps higher
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4 Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 3GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version was 2GB
• 2,910 mAh battery, a higher capacity battery, than the iPhone 6S
• Dual 12-MegaPixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear Cameras, formerly ƒ2.2
The past 4 years of new iPhone releases, dating back to iPhone 4S, no matter how many iPhones Apple pre-builds in advance of its 3-Day Weekend Sale Event, almost all Apple stores and the Internet become Sold-Out within a few hours.
Last year, Apple’s Internet Pre-Order System has Sold Out in 90 seconds. It’s been reported that Apple ordered production of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, 30 days earlier than previous years, giving 4 full months of iPhone assembly in preparation of this year’s iPhone release.
Perhaps with this extra month of pre-building iPhones, stocks of iPhone 7 units will not become Sold-Out in just a few days, as occurred in prior years.
iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, release in 2016 could result in Apple’s Biggest Weekend Event Ever, as the number to beat is 13 Million iPhone 6S sold last year. Notice in the chart above, my guess is for 2016, about 17 Million iPhone 7 may be sold for their 3-Day Launch Event weekend.
Presently there exists a Large Pool of iPhone 4, 4S, 5, and 5S owners that have not Upgraded to any newer iPhone; Add to the pool of folks that have to upgraded yet, an increasing percentage of Android Users that will likely migrating to Apple iPhone for the first time, if history repeats itself;
Samsung said it is Recalling all Galaxy 7 smartphones sold to date, as too many of this new product are bursting into Flames. The 2,500,000 Galaxy 7 Recall amounts to all the units Samsung sold since it August 19th release… “this product failure could not have come at a worse time… with Apple’s new Release coming in weeks” so says an unnamed Samsung spokesperson.
In light of the Galaxy 7 Recall, Apple recently increased their Supply Line orders by another 10%, calculating that there may be more “Android Switchers” this year because of Samsung’s massive 2.5 million Galaxy 7 Recall.
Note Requirements to View Live Streaming: To view Apple’s HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) technology, requires any iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with Safari on iOS 7 or later, any Mac with Safari 6.0.5 or later on OS X v10.8.5 or later, or any PC with Microsoft Edge on Windows 10. To view Live Streaming with an Apple TV requires an Apple TV (2nd or 3rd generation) with software 6.2 or later or a 4th generation Apple TV.
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
Boca Raton, FL
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries.
Boca Raton, FL
Boca Raton, FL
New York City
London, England
We’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading soon to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple Security and Logistics staff, associates stuff these Cargo Jets (exclusively with iPhone 7 products) with millions of iPhone 7 and 7 Plus iPhones. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will continue from China every day for several months as Apple Logistic Teams attempt to maintain a balance with the huge Demand||Supply equation, as Apple Sells, Ships, and Delivers new iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold during its 3-Day Weekend, September, 2015
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold in 3 Day Weekend: Cupertino, California, folks at their headquarters, their 265 Retail stores in 44 States, some 66,000 USA based Apple associates, are celebrating today {deservedly} as its CEO, Tim Cook issued its press release today. Apple reports that it has sold over 13,000,000 iPhone 6S and 6S plus models during its sales event, held Sept 25, 26, 27, Friday, Saturday, Sunday.
iPhone 6S Sales of over 13,000,000 units represents a 130% increase over last year’s record setting 10 Million iPhone 6 units sold during its release on Sept 19, 20, 21, 2014.
13 Million buyers VOTED with their Wallets by choosing the New iPhone 6S. Actual sales is the Best Measure of Apple’s success with their creation of amazing products, year after year. In the case of the iPhone 6S, its sales is 30% increase from last year’s release of the iPhone 6. The iPad Pro is scheduled for release this November, which will challenge the PC Industry.
For those few Apple critics that continue to question whether Apple can continue to achieve double-digit increases with its iPhone sales, these figures should amaze. This Link will take you directly to APPLE’s Investor Relations page, to Monday morning’s Press Release. http://goo.gl/s0omve
iPhone 6S Sales Record. Lets take a look behind the curtin regarding Apple’s 13+ Million iPhone 6S three-day weekend sales report. Comparing the sales and market conditions of Sept 2014 for the iPhone 6 and for Sept 2015 iPhone 6S release:
▶️ iPhone 6S was initially available in 12 Countries including: USA, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, and the UK (Note, the two Countries underlined are new regions for iPhone 6S initial launch)
▶️ iPhone 6 was initially available in 10 Counties including: USA, Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Puerto Rico, Singapore and the UK (Note, China and New Zealand were not available for iPhone 6 initial launch)
▶️ New Zealand and China were not selling iPhone 6 at its initial launch weekend. The China region was delayed with its iPhone 6 launch largely due to the China Government, (the Chinese equivalent to the our FCC) had not yet approved the iPhone 6, due to a procedural delay. Subsequently the Chinese government approved the iPhone 6 several weeks later. Accordingly, there were no China Sales reported for the 2014 three-Day Sales Launch weekend
▶️ iPhone 6S pre-Orders began 10 days prior to the Launch Day, providing more days of media-hype, although all 4 million iPhone 6S allocated for pre-orders, were sold in the first few days of iPhone 6S’s availability
▶️ Apple Globally continues to enhance their manufacturing and supply-line processes, therefor more Countries may likely be selling the iPhone 7 at its launch, presumably in September, 2016, with even more Counties to be added subsequent to initial product launches
▶️ Bottom Line, Apple has a lot to be Proud of. Apple continues to deliver to everyone outstanding, easy to use iPhones, better performing handheld communicators
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries. In the recent week, we’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple’s Security and Logistic staffs; These UPS Cargo Jets were stuffed exclusively with iPhone 6S products, representing millions of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones in preparation of the iPhone 6S Product Release. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will likely continue daily for a number of months as Apple’s Logistic Teams attempt to maintain balance with the huge Demand:Supply equation, in support of its release of the new iPhone 6S.
Independent industrial analysts have estimated that Apple may sell 12 to 15 Million iPhone 6S models in all flavors and storage options for its 3-Days "Product Release Weekend Event." Last year Apple sold 10 Million iPhone 6 and 6 Plus iPhones in the same 3-Day Sales Event, held in September, 2014. In the following 12 months since the larger iPhone 6 and 6 Plus models were released, Apple Sold upwards of 74.5 Million iPhones in Q1, (Oct, Nov, Dec, 2014) for a total of over 225,000,000 iPhones in the first 12 months of iPhone 6.
Apple sold over 13 Million iPhones 6S units, a figure supported by Strong internet Pre-Orders that were TWICE the number of units pre-ordered for last year’s iPhone 6 model released Sept, 2014, combined with very strong pre-sales at Apple’s 30 CHINA Stores, and in 11 other Countries and Regions globally.
Apple claims demand for its new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus could surpass the record-breaking sales of iPhone 6 last year, (10 million units in its first 3-Days of sales in 2014) as the newest versions of the firm’s smartphones, the iPhone 6S models go on sale in the USA, Canada, UK, China, and across the world in 8 other countries.
The iPhone 6S launch, which started at 8am today in 12 countries around the world, marks the beginning of a busy autumn for APPLE, which also announced a new, larger iPad Peo set to be released in November, 2015.
Apple’s latest iPhone and iPad coupled to the new Apple iOS9 operating system software, promise better battery life, real multitasking, improved Siri performance, accuracy and features. A thousand people queued outside Apple’s Boca Raton Mall store, were offered free coffee service, being handed out by SEED (a local Boca Raton coffee shop) for those those who had waited many hours before the APPLE store Doors Opened.
It was an exciting day for the first group of 25 who entered the store to pick up their new iPhone 6S smartphones, having been outside since 9:30pm Monday night. Admittedly, last year, I was one of the thousands that were on a long line outside the MALL Property at 2:30am Thursday night, before the Friday 8:00AM launch of the iPhone 6 Plus Sept, 2014.
The iPhone 6S and the 6S Plus, which was unveiled earlier this month, has much the same external design and dimensions, but comes with a greatly improved Front (5MP) and Rear (12MP) Cameras, double the RAM memory to 2GB, as well as a pressure-sensitive screen, where users may press more firmly to open Menu Shortcuts for example, a feature Apple has branded “3D touch.” On the Apple Watch, a similar technology is labeled "Force Touch."
Apple’s 3-D Touch, within lists of eMails or Messages, 3D Touch offers a quick "Peek" at the item without changing its read-status, or offers to take a quick short-cut action to the item, such as a reply, forward, or deletion. A second 3D-Touch on the "Peek" turns it into a "Pop"… Apple’s term for opening up the eMail or Message App. "Peek and Pop" lets users jump in and out of content without losing their current place or requiring manual navigation to return to where they were. In addition to Mail and Messages, 3-D Touch currently also works with Apple’s built-in Cameras, Photos, Safari, Calendar, Maps, Music, News, Notes, Video, Weather and Find My Friends Apps.
Apple says that the New 3-D Touch, adds a new Dimension, a 3rd Dimension, to the Touch Screen hardware that is incorporated into the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 6S Shipments are in Transit via 5 UPS Air Cargo Jets to Alaska then onto Louisville Kentucky’s WorldPort. FlightAware, a global flight-tracking service, is allowing Apple Customers to track the journey of their new iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus handsets as they make their way to the United States.
Talk about Apple Customer’s insatiable need for their New iPhone 6S phones. Tracking the UPS Cargo Jets takes this Product Enthusiasm to entirely new Level.
The Two images below show the shipment progress as of 8pm this evening. These 4 Shipments passed through Customs in Alaska, and are in route to Louisville and California.
Apple has commenced shipping their new iPhone 6S handsets, and are on course to reach customers who made their pre-orders in time for a Friday 9/25 Delivery Date. Usefully, once you’ve received your UPS tracking number, an interactive map from FlightAware will let you track its location.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Apple has begun shipping out iPhones for Friday’s release. Once you’ve received your UPS tracking number from Apple you can use this handy map and list to figure out what flight is carrying your iPhone. The "departure scan" in your UPS track should match the departure time for a flight listed here. This page will be expanded once we learn more about Apple’s shipping strategy for this release.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Most flights, as MacRumors explains, are bound for Louisville, Kentucky’s Worldport, UPS’s worldwide air hub, the publication adds, though additional flights are also en route to Ontario, California.
The tool will usefully allow customers to get a better idea of when, exactly, their iPhone 6s or iPhone 6s Plus is expected to arrive. Though, as usual, UPS will already have offered an accurate delivery date from its own tracking website.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple iPhone 6S Models are Available for its 3-Day Apple Retail Store Event, FRIDAY Morning on Sept 25, 26, 27
Problem: All iPhone 6S models are Sold-Out Globally
Solution: Go Friday to any Apple Retail Store, or your Mobile Provider to get your iPhone 6S
Alternatively, avoid Long Lines and buy your new iPhone 6S on-line, use this Link: http://www.apple.com/shop/buy-iphone/iphone6s
Apple Retail Store iPhone Release Event. Admittedly, I was engaged by the Print Media to cover last year’s iPhone 6 Release Weekend. Accordingly, I showed up at 2am outside the Boca Raton Raton Mall parking lot encountering about 1000 folks who has already gathered outside.
MALL Property management would not permit the "Retail Public" on Mall property until 5am. However, at 4am the Boca Raton Police, about 10 officers, corralled this growing group, in effort to "keep the peace" as the crowd was becoming unruly. When 5am occurred, there was a stampede of thousands who ran to the Mall’s SE Entrance, where everyone had to wait until 6am when the Mall Entrance was opened. The folks were permitted to enter the mall 25 folks at a time, in an orderly fashion, forming a long ribbon-line from this Entrance to the Apple Store. The Apple Store opened at 8am. Below is Apple’s Monday Press Release:
CUPERTINO, California — September 21, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPhone® 6s and iPhone 6s Plus, the most advanced iPhones ever, will be available at 8:00am local time on Friday, September 25 at Apple’s retail stores. Stores will have the new iPhones available for walk-in customers who are encouraged to arrive early. Both iPhone 6S models will also be available on Friday from AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, Verizon Wireless, additional carriers and select Apple Authorized Resellers.
iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus bring a powerful new dimension to iPhone’s revolutionary Multi-Touch™ interface with 3D Touch, which senses how deeply you press the display, letting you do essential things more quickly and simply. The new iPhones introduce Live Photos, which bring still images to life, transforming instants frozen in time into unforgettable living memories.
Live Photos, 3D Touch, 12-megapixel iSight® camera, 5-megapixel FaceTime® HD camera with Retina® Flash and more are powered by the Apple-designed A9 chip, the most advanced chip ever in a smartphone, delivering faster performance and great battery life. iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus are designed with the strongest glass on any smartphone and 7000 series aluminum, the same alloy used in the aerospace industry, in gorgeous metallic finishes that now include rose gold.
APPLE NEWS – Apple announced MONDAY that 4,000,000 iPhone 6S models were pre-sold in the first DAY available on the internet. Sales began at 3AM early Saturday Morning. This result literally "doubled" the previous 2 million iPhone 5S pre-orders, then a sales record, for the 2013 "S" model update released two years ago.
15,000,000 iPhone 6S Sales are predicted for this year’s iPhone 6S release during Apple’s 3 Day Weekend Event. Last year Apple sold just over 10 Million iPhone 6 models in 3 days. Looking at the Graph of sales in prior years, when comparing the 4 and 4S, the 5 and 5S, the "S" Model years have greatly increasing sales performances.
Sales Predictions. If this brief history has any predictive value, one may make inferences. As a Chartist, for this 2015 iPhone 6S sale Event, unit sales may exceed 15 Million units, setting another Apple iPhone sales record. Next week, Monday or Tuesday Apple will likely announce their sales figures for this weekend’s iPhone Release Event.
Personally, Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 6S Plus from Apple.com taking advantage of AT&T’s annual NEXT Plan, a 20 month arrangement where we qualify each Year for a Model upgrade, only paying Sales Tax and a modest $15 service charge. The 20 month installment plan then re-starts to Month #1 installment.
AT&T NEXT Plan. In the unlikely event that we chose to not upgrade, thereby retaining our iPhones, we’d simply continue to pay 8 more monthly installments, and after month 20, the iPhones would be owned free-and-clear. Alternatively, if we continue to upgrade annually, I consider the NEXT Plan monthly installments as "usage charges" with the option of ownership, in the event we do not upgrade.
4 Million iPhones Sold in one DAY equates to 1,666,666 iPhones Sold every HOUR, or 2,777 iPhones Sold each SECOND (For the Mathlete in all of us).
Apple May Sell 15 Million iPhones or more at its Sept 25™ Opening Sales Weekend Event – Total iPhone 6S Sales could go OVER THE TOP.
When Apple unveiled the iPhone 6S last week, Apple told us about many significant improvements namely, the iPhone6S new 3D-Touch technology in its display screen, its greatly enhanced camera, 50% larger imager to a 12 mega-pixel size, and its improved processor, the New A9 processor, for increased Speed and Performance…
APPLE did not tell us how much RAM (Random Access Memory) the new iPhone 6S would have internally. To be fair, Apple never cites memory specs. This time it is a really BIG Deal, because the New RAM configuration is TWICE the RAM contained in last year’s iPhone 6.
Software Developer Hazma Sood, regularly digs into specificaton details about upcoming Apple products, this time primarily by noodling around in Apple’s iOS9 software-code; Hazma recently discovered in the iOS9 code that the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus will have 2GB of RAM. This is a substantial jump from the 1GB of RAM found on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.
Sood posted these findings to his Twitter acct, saying that he made the discovery when using Apple’s developer XCode tools, which helps engineers build Apps for Apple’s iOS platforms. The tweet was quickly picked up by our FAU4U2 blog, and 9to5Mac and Macworld among others. http://t.co/X8Ym4DtamS
RAM, a Physical Analogy, consider the amount of RAM in your iPhone or iPad, comparable to the physical size of your Desk. If you have a 60" by 40" desktop this is generally plenty of room to have your papers and your writing tools spread around, where the Paper you are Reading represents the OPEN App on your iPhone. The other piles of papers on your desktop represent the Apps that are open in the BACKGROUND.
Imagine that your New Improved Desktop has grown to 120" by 40" in size. This is TWICE the surface area of your Desktop, where you have much more room to read the papers in front of you, and lots of room for more stacks of papers laying around, pencils, erasers, and your In and Out-Boxes. In sum, doubling RAM is a really Big Deal for your iPhone 6S and your iPad Pro.
For those that Pre-Order the iPhone 6S Plus today, on-line this 5.5" display model, you will have to wait a few weeks into October for delivery, as the 6S Plus model was sold-out globally in the first 24 hours of pre-sales.
Apple launched the iPhone 6s and 6s Plus in 12 countries, including: Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, the U.K., and the U.S.A.
The iPhone 6S, the 4.7" display model remains currently available for shipping on Friday, September 25th for the US, Canada, and 10 other Countries. Not so for China though, as in this relatively new major market, the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus models, all colors, and all storage options are totally Sold Out, with a 4 week delivery backlog.
Recall, many Investment Bankers and Day-Traders were selling $AAPL shares in recent months, because of their concerns with iPhone sales in China {perhaps unwarranted}. Apparently these equity traders simply do not understand Apple, with its continued double-digit profitable growth, with greater profit margins, quarter after quarter.
iPhone 6S Plus: Alternative, go to your local Retail Apple Store at 8AM among tens of thousands of folks, hoping to get their new iPhone 6S Plus on Friday September 25th, at Apple’s Global Grand Opening Sales Event for the iPhone 6S models. If history repeats itself, most Apple Stores will be sold-out before mid-afternooon. Subsequently, on Saturday and Sunday, and for the subsequent month or more, Apple continues to receive daily-replenishment of iPhone inventory.
For new iPhone releases, the Supply-and-Demand equation generally becomes in balance within 90 days for new iPhone releases. Recall, Apple forecasted a very strong iPhone 6S demand, and accordingly placed an initial supply-line order for 90 million iPhone 6S units, this being Apple’s Largest Initial Factory Order, ever.
Apple Reports, 70% of existing iPhone Owners have yet to Upgrade to iPhone 6. This represents about 500 Million Apple iPhone Users. It is believed that this year’s iPhone 6S upgrade is quite Significant, providing ample motivation to Upgrade from their iPhone 4S, 5 and 5S models. Additionally, AT&T NEXT Installment Sales Plans, and Apple’s version of a 24 installment plan, motivate upgrades with favorable $27 and $35 monthly installments respectively, with No Down Payment, interest free sales arrangements. Below we examine AT&T’s NEXT plan in detail.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for you to get the NEXT iPhone Annually. In sum here’s the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone, no interest charged; Gazelle and others say iPhones are currently depreciating at a rate of 55% per year.
Accordingly, a New $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for roughly $370 (±10%) when it is 12 months old in Very Good condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of approximately $35/month.
Compare the depreciation of $35/month to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month: Therefore AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month ($40/month payment, less $35/month for depreciation, equals $5/month). Therefore we’re paying $5/month (±$2) "premium" for the option of upgrading to a NEW iPhone after month 12 of the Plan (but before month 20) for our NEXT iPhone Upgrades. (Note: we are using $800 as the new iPhone price in this article; however, know that new iPhones may cost $450, $550, $650, 750, $850, or $950 depending the Model and Storage option chosen)
AT&T installment sale NEXT Plan: Marilyn and I bought last year’s iPhones using AT&T’s NEXT plan. NEXT is an installment sale agreement through AT&T. The Plan takes the price of the new iPhone, divides the sales price of the iPhone by 20, to calculate the NEXT monthly payment. For example, a new $800 iPhone would be billed through your AT&T account for $40/month for 20 months. At the time of the sale, either at AT&T Store or at Apple’s Retail stores, you pay only sales tax and $15 fee. After you pay $40 for 20 months the iPhone is YOURS, no interest charged. (Note: you may consider the $5/month "premium" as a fee to have the "option to upgrade annually" or AT&T’s Money Cost Risk, as AT&T is paying to Apple the full purchase price of your new iPhone, and their obligation to take your iPhone as a Trade-In irrespective of the then iPhone "commodity market.")
AT&T NEXT Plan: An interesting feature built into the Installment Sales agreement: if you want next year’s NEW iPhone model that’s released 12 months into the installment plan… simply turn-in your present iPhone on your current NEXT Plan (in good condition) and you receive a New iPhone upgrade, only paying SALES Tax and a $15 AT&T {activation} fee; If you elect to receive the NEXT New iPhone in 12 months or so, the Installment Payments {start over} for another 20 months; the 8 remaining unpaid installments from the iPhone you are trading-in are zeroed-out. You have 14 days to turn in your 12 month old-iPhone under the NEXT plan, to prevent being billed the total price of the New iPhone.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Your 12 month old-iPhone has to be in good condition, no cracked glass, no dents, or water damage. Alternatively, if you like your current iPhone (financed with AT&T’s NEXT plan) and do not desire to update to Apple’s new annual offering, simply retain your iPhone and continue to pay the remaining 8 installment (zero interest rate), and the iPhone is yours free-and-clear. AT&T alternatively has a 24-month and a 30-month plan for those that may desire to upgrade to New iPhone upgrades every 18 months or 24 months respectively. In the event your iPhone financed with NEXT is not in "Good Condition" you will have to check with AT&T to determine the remedy, repair, or damage fee that may be assessed, for AT&T to accept your iPhone trade-in.
GAZELLE.com is an Alternative to AT&T NEXT Plan. Admittedly for many years when I planned to upgrade to Apple’s New iPhone, we researched http://www.GAZELLE.com to get their offer to buy my current (12 month old) iPhone. Over 4 years of upgrading iPhones and iPads, these iDevices "depreciate" by about 55% (±5%) after One Year of ownership.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for AT&T iPhone users to Upgrade to a NEW iPhone ANNUALLY. Here is the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone; Gazelle purchase data, indicate that your iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about ±55% (±5%) annually. Therefore, your $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for $370 (±$25) when its 12 months old in Excellent condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about $35/month. Compare the $35 value of Depreciation to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month, AT&T is receiving a "premium" of $5/month, giving you the option to upgrade to a NEW iPhone for your NEXT iPhone Upgrades performed at month 12 or after, but before month 20 of the installment contract. The NEXT Plan is not a "Lease" arrangement; because with your final installment payment, you Own the iPhone; however with a Lease, the property (iPhone) would be returned to the Lessor.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Think of the NEXT plan this way; the $40/month installment payment is composed of a $35/month component for Depreciation, and a $5 component representing the Cost of the Money, and AT&T taking the risk of the then Value of the iPhone being traded in the future.
What Money… Remember, AT&T is paying Apple the full purchase price of the $800 iPhone when you take delivery of your New {NEXT Plan} iPhone. AT&T may not be classifying the money cost as billable-interest; however, there are are TWO significant Money Costs (an interest rate risk) associated with AT&T paying out several $Billion annually to Apple due to NEXT customer contracts. AT&T is taking another Risk (a commodity risk) of what the Value of that $800 iPhone, may be worth 12 months or more, into the future.
AT&T NEXT Plan: At the time of the iPhone sale, you’re only paying for Sales Tax + $15 fee; thereafter, 20 interest free installments are paid by you to AT&T with your monthly Cellular Billing, if you selected the 20 month plan. At the end of the 20 month period your iPhone would have depreciated by an amount of $700 ($35×20) for an iPhone that was worth $800 at the date of sale; Meaning that an $800 iPhone that is now about 2 years old would be "worth" roughly $100 if you sold the used iPhone to Gazelle or through eBay.
AT&T also has 24 and 30 month plans, they call these three plans: NEXT 12, NEXT 18, and NEXT 24 Plans.
Depreciation assumptions. The statistics that I’ve used in this article were derived from our 12 transactions with Gazelle.com, consisting of 8 iphone upgrades and 4 iPad upgrades dating back to 2010. I’ve chosen to use Gazelle purchase quotes as they offered to the best prices for our iDevices over the past 5 years of upgrading.
Articles have been Published in this forum about Gazelle and our experience using their excellent service. Once AT&T began offering their NEXT Plan, we literally Jumped at the opportunity as it matches the MATH that we’ve experienced for our many Apple iPhone and iPad upgrades. May I mention that ANDROID devices do not command the high residual values that Apple iPhones enjoy; Accordingly, AT&T’s NEXT plan is even more advantageous for those looking to upgrade with their SAMSUNG smartphones.
Apple iPhone 6S + 6S Plus is Pre-Ordering Today as of 3AM. Pre-Order Now to Receive it by Sept 30. There is Growing Excitement in Cyber Space and the Apple Crowd of 700,000,000 Apple iOS users.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus Pre-Ordering Begins early morning Saturday Sept 12th, and Going on Sale at Apple Retail Stores on Friday morning, September 25th. iDevice iOS available for download upgrade on September 16th mid-day.
AT&T NEXT Plan – Oh… One More Thing. I have no Financial Interest in the capital stock of Apple or AT&T; however, we own a number of Apple products, and have an AT&T mobile services account, including two NEXT installment purchases for iPhones.
The Link Below displays the current Shipping Date {Backlog} of the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones. A portion of the Report displayed below represents the current Shipping Dates that existed as of 2:30AM Eastern on Sept 22, 2015, ten days from when the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus became available on sale for online Pre-Ordering. To view the current report of several Countries and Regions reporting, click onto the link below to view current Shipping Dates:
http://iphone-inventory.blogspot.com
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple’s Special Media Event Key-Note Address announcing their new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus AND the New iPad PRO {Apple’s large 12.9" iPad} begins at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY Sept 9th, 2015 including Live-Stream viewing of the event globally, the link is provided below for your convenience.
Apple’s Media Event will be held at the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco at 1:00PM Eastern 9/9/2015, a large 7000 Seat sold-out venue. A super-sized venue for Super-Sized Product Releases, likely the Largest Ever. Apple on Thursday {8/27} morning sent out thousands of invitations for their special Media Event to be held on Wednesday, September 9th.
Historically, Apple media events are used to Announce New Products, new Software, or Both. In recent years the "September" seasonal media events, announce new iPhone iterations. This year’s event will be exposing some very innovative iPhone Camera upgrades, and perhaps the iPad Pro, Apple’s new 12.9" Large Display iPad, and a new iteration if the iPad mini.
Watch Apple’s Keynote Address for their new iPhone and iPad Announcements, click onto this link on September 9th, for Live-Streaming-Video, on or shortly before 1:00pm Eastern:
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/
Apple’s Cyber Lady from the Mother Ship is vetting the entire Cyber Universe to Focus on Apple’s Media Event held on Earth at 17:00 ZULU, GMT, or 1pm Eastern for earthlings.
What’s all the Fuss About – 70% of the half-Billion iPhone Users have not yet Upgraded to the iPhone 6. Aside from a relatively large volume of improvements and enhancements electronically and software-wise, less than 30% of existing iPhone Users have upgraded to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. Therefore 70% of the installed iPhone Users have not yet upgraded. This new iPhone 6S upgrade offers an attractive package as motivation to move from their iPhone 4S, 5, or 5S device, the iPhone 6S targeting those Apple and Android Users that are coming off their Two-Year Contracts.
Apple’s iPhone 6S upgrade, requires a sizable multi-year Apple investment with research, development, engineering and testing, as has been the case with all iPhone model upgrades. This next upgrade of the iPhone, iPhone 6S, should be available for online Apple Store internet Pre-Sales likely on 9/11; Apple’s USA Retail Stores will be Open at 8am for the Sales Event of the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus that will commence likely Friday, Sept 18, 2015).
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus. The supply-line has commenced mass-producing 90 Million iPhones for the initial production run of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus units for this September lunch. This represents the largest initial production-run order in Apple’s history. For Apple this release could this mean 15-to-18 Million iPhone sales in its opening 3-Day Weekend Launch.
Sept, 2014: Last year’s Apple 3-day opening retail event delivered 12 million iPhones in its opening weekend. Recall, the iPhone was not available in China during the initial release of the iPhone 6, due to China-Governmental {China’s version of our FCC} approval delays. This year we do not expect a China iPhone 6S release delay.
iPhone 4S and 5S and likely with the 6S, the "S" iPhone model upgrades have focused on its Camera, Lens, Imager, Image Processing, among other significant internal upgrades, like processor and storage.
iPhone 6S Upgrade News Roundup. Sources within Apple’s vast supply-line leaked documentation and component photos, indicating details regarding the iPhone’s Cameras, its case, processor, and RAM memory.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing {FF} Camera will likely contain 5 million pixels, a 400% increase from the current 1.2mp imager, for greatly improved SELFIE picture taking, true HD 1080p video recording and FaceTime Calling. We’ve just learned that the FF Camera will have a Flash for improved selfies in low light settings.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4k video capability; 4-K Video means that these Videos may capture at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone 6S to be 7.1mm Thin. Examination of the of the iPhone 6S case blueprints, reveal that the iPhone 6S will be 7.1mm in thickness, while the iPhone 6 is currently 6.9mm. Apparently the new 6S model will be 0.20mm thicker than the previous model. This may be due to Apple’s attempt to strengthen the shell to prevent a 2015 version of "Bend-Gate" or the addition of ForceTouch display grid.
iPhone 6S to be 0.2mm Thicker, in Perspective. A straind of Human Hair is about 0.10mm thick. This 0.20mm slight increase in thickness of the iPhone 6S is equivalent to the thickness of 2 Human Hairs, an almost in-perceivable measure to earthlings; however, Star Trek’s Vulcan Lieutenant Spock may be able to feel this difference.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing Camera. Examination of the iOS 9 Code Remarks , reveals that the FF Camera will be capable of Panorama photographs, 1080p 60fps video recording, and 720p 240fps slo-motion video capture, and HDR imaging. It also appears that the FF and RF iPhone Cameras will display Real-Time HDR visualization, on the LCD display.
iPhone 6S and 6S Plus Upgrade. Marilyn and I upgraded last year with AT&T’s 12 month NEXT Plan. This plan permits us upgrade literally to the "Next iPhone" seamlessly every 12 months. The plan provided to us a 20 month installment purchase contract with no interest charged. For the iPhone 6S Plus, lets assume prices are equal to last year’s, a price of $849, which includes $100 for 64GB memory storage.
AT&T’s NEXT 12 Plan in an installment purchase plan that takes $849 divided by 20 equal payments = $42.45/month for 20 months, paying the sales tax only at time of sale. The first $42.50 payment was included in one’s Next month’s AT&T billing.
iPhone 6S Plus Arrival in September, 8 weeks from now, we will present our iPhone 6 Plus smartphones in good physical and working condition, and receive new iPhone 6S Plus smartphones with the payment of $50.94 sales tax, and the 20 month installment plan (with 8 months remaining) is reset for another 20 months. If we don’t want to upgrade this year, continue to pay the remaining 8 months, and the installment sale would be completed, and the iPhones are then owned free and clear.
AppleCare+ Accident Protection. Increase the Warranty and Apple Support to 2 Years, PLUS includes 2 years of Accident protection for an up-front onetime price of $99 for 2 years. For accident protection, there is a $79 deductible paid when returning the phone to the Apple Store, say for water damaged iPhone replacement. For any warranty repairs or replacements during the 2 year period, there are no deductible charges. AppleCare+ does Not provide coverage if you loose the iPhone. Most of the cellular providers’ protection plans cost $99/year with a deductible.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4K video capability; 4K Video means that these Videos are captured at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a frame-rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional (industry nick-named 2K) HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone Videography – Think About it… With iPhone 6S being capable of 4k video capture PLUS slow-motion, accompanied with the iOS9 software upgrade, the iPhone 6S Camera App may have tools to select individual "still-image" photographs from the video clip, during play-back. Recall with digital videos, shot at 30fps (frames per second), the videos are actually a string of 30 still-images in sequence for the duration of the video-clip. For typical iPhone 6 video recording, each video consists of a string of thirty 2.1mp still images per second. Each frame would produce an excellent 4×6" photograph.
iPhone 4k video recording, this would provide the opportunity of selecting the exact frame (an 8.8mp frame) when a football team’s wide-received catches a Touchdown pass, the Baseball hitter with the Ball literally "On the Bat" at the exact moment of the hit, or the Golfer whose drive shows the Golf Ball at the exact moment of impact with the Driver… professional photographers practice for many years to capture these precise moments. With 4k video frame selection, everyone can capture these amazingly timed Photographs. This would produce an excellent 8×10" photograph.
iPhone’s iOS9. Lets not forget that the iPhone is an elaborate well packaged bundle of technology, albeit an amazing achievement. Combine iPhone HARDWARE with iOS SOFTWARE and the iPhone 6S comes to life. Hardware development is crucial; however, its the Software, the iOS that permits the 770 Million Users COMMUNICATE with the iPhone.
Combine iPhone 6S + iOS9 + Vast array of iPhone Apps, and the iPhone becomes much more than a Cell-Phone. Therefore, Take Time in discovering the features of Apple’s to be released iOS9, as teams of thousands of Apple Engineers are working 24/7 to make the USER Experience Exceptional and Secure. iOS9 will be bundled in all the new iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus when they are released in September, 2015
Apple Clearly Understands iPhone Photography (we call it iPhoneOgraphy) is a very important smartphone usage-component. As a teaching Pro, its widely known in the Imaging Industry that Smartphones have stimulated a modern rebirth in picture-taking in a major way.
iPhone Model Updates (A). iPhone was first brought to market by Apple June 29, 2007. Annually, Apple has been upgrading their iPhone with subsequent model releases occurring generally mid-year in a June to October calendar cycle. However, since 2012 iPhone updates have stabilized to the 3rd week of September.
iPhone "S" model releases have occurred on "Odd" numbered years, 3GS in 2009, 4S in 2011, 5S in 2013. And if history repeats itself 2015 will bring us the iPhone 6S, 6S Plus, and perhaps the 6C adding a variety of case colors. While "Even" numbered years, the iPhone model name changes by Number, iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014, and likely the iPhone 7 to be released September, 2016.
iPhone Model Updates (B). iPhone "S" updates have focused on improving its Camera, Lens System, Imager, and the iOS System software applicable to Camera Operation and Image Processing. This year should follow this trend, with a number of significant iPhone Camera improvements, among other enhancements, perhaps 2GB of internal RAM (up from 1GB), faster more power-efficient A9 Processor, improved battery chemistry and longevity.
iPhone Force Touch. With the introduction of the AppleWatch, its display and the WatchOS have a technology that is capable of distinguishing between a Tap and a Press. Since the AppleWatch has limited display area, Force Touch provides a software tool to launch Menu selections that a Tap would not provide. With the AppleWatch if one firmly Presses onto the Watch Face, the Watch OS responds with a "Customize" option, and you may Swipe-Left or Swipe-Right, to select from a dozen Watch Faces.
iPhone 6 currently running with iOS8.4, from the HOME Screen, if you Tap onto an App icon, the App launches; if you Press-and-Hold onto an App icon, all the Apps icons in that Home Page starts "jiggling" and the App icons simultaneously display an "X" at the top-left corner of each App icon, inviting the user to Delete the App with a Tap onto the "X" or Press onto the middle of the App icon, to Move the App to another position on that Home-Page or Move the App icon to another Home-Page, or move the App on top of another App to create a Folder to house two or more Apps.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus with Force Touch functionality. Apparently Apple engineers have designed an electrical-grid within the Display of the AppleWatch used to differentiate between a user’s Tap and Press. Apple engineering teams have determined that Force Touch will add unique and useful software tools for communicating with the iOS and Apple Apps. When iPhone 6S is released the Operating System pre-loaded will be iOS9, which will incorporate the Force-Touch algorithms.
iPhone cameras are capturing more Pictures than ALL the other digital Cameras Combined, including all the other smartphone cameras.
iPhones are currently selling at a rate of 250 million units per year and growing by +30% or more year over year. iPhone (camera) sales has been destroying the traditional pocket digital camera sales, over recent years. Sometime during 2016 iPhone sales will cross the 1,000,000,000 iPhones in circulation milestone. (1Billion iPhones). Remember the Apple critics were saying that Apple had "no business" entering the already crowded smartphone marketplace in 2007. Good thing Apple does not pay any attention to the critics.
Canon, Nikon, Sony, Leica, Lumix, Fuji have dominated the portable point-and-shoot photography segment for decades. Portable point and shoot cameras transformed to Digital from traditional film about 12 years ago, which stimulated their sales.
iPhone Cameras deliver excellent still-image capture and image stabilized HDTV video recording from 30fps to 240fps, with excellent color rendition and detail. Folks are realizing that there is no discernible need to carry a (second) portable-camera, therefore traditional pocket-camera sales continue to plummet.
iPhoneOgraphy. Having published over 500,000 images in recent years on our site (http://www.416-1100.com), the iPhone digital camera has become very sophisticated. The lens system’s aperture is currently at ƒ2.2 with a top shutter speed of 1/1000 second, Color rendition is very accurate, image detail is sharp. For a fixed focal-length camera one could hardly ask for more, knowing that the entire Camera, Lens, Imager system is the size of Kernel of Corn.
iPhoneOgraphy Wish List. Apple has achieved Patents for an internal Zoom Lens System, a unique Light Splitting system so that the 3-primary colors (Red Green Blue) are separated, processed and then brought together digitally for recording onto the memory data card. Apple also received a patent for a Bayonet Lens Mounting system so accessory Lens attachments may be attached to the iPhone with its precision mounting hardware. If and when Apple brings these unique Patents into the iPhone, another Imaging Revolution will be upon us. While we are wishing, lets increase the Aperture to ƒ1.8 and the maximum shutter speed to 1/2000 second, and a 3x optical zoom lens.
iPhoneOgraphy. There have been occasions particularly for product imaging, landscapes, and evening sunsets, where the iPhone camera does an amazing job. I’ve posted many on my FAU4U Facebook page; Combine iPhoneOgraphy with several of the great iPhone Camera and Imaging Editing Apps available today, such as: 645 PRO, GyroLens, PS Express, Photogene4, to name a few. Notice the screen-capture that displays my iPhone "Image Editing" home-page showing my most commonly used Apps. BTW, since I have not found a Photo App to adjust Perspective similar to the "Photoshop Skew Tool" I use Doc Scan Pro App on the iPhone and Doc Scan HD App on the iPad, to straighten (make parallel) building Edges in Photos. These Apps are designed to square the edges of a scanned page;however I use the App to make Building Walls parallel, as a $2500 CANON Perspective-Control Tilt-Shift Lens would accomplish.
Our Professional Photography colleagues will be shocked to learn that many times, I’ve chosen to use my trusty iPhone 6 Plus (camera) set to HDR mode, to capture landscape scenes and sunsets rather than take out my $3500 Canon Digital SLR rig. When engaged for a photo assignment, one surely cannot whip out an iPhone for a commercial job.
iPhone Cameras. Next year over 1,000,000,000 iPhones (1 Billion iPhones) will be in Circulation.
Apple knows the Power of iPhone picture-taking and SELFIE picture taking. Addressing this huge imaging demand Apple continues to implement a number of significant image quality upgrades. Recall initially, the front-facing camera was "designed" primarily for FaceTime video-calling. To keep the band-width requirements under control, for the cellular service providers, Apple kept the front facing camera to roughly 1 million pixels. Currently, the cellular providers have greatly enhanced their Networks by a factor of 10x, so live streaming HQ video is now mainstream.
iPhone 6S Front Facing 5pm Camera. Apple increasing the front facing camera to 5mp will deliver very high quality images for publication to Facebook, Twitter and other Social Networks. The Front Facing Camera upgrade will also deliver true 1080p, 30 frames per second, High Definition Video, for making Selfie videos, HDTV Movies, High Definition FaceTime calls, and high resolution selfie Picture taking.
iPhone 6S Rear Facing 12mp Camera. Apple increasing the Rear Facing Camera imager to 12mp is a significant increase. Apple has resisted increasing the pixel count in prior iPhone iterations; however, Apple improved and increased the iPhone’s pixel-size to reduce low-light noise.
iPhoneOgraphy, iPhone Digital Photograph As a frame of reference the traditional 8"x10" Color Print at 300dpi, requires 7.2mp of image data. (The math: 8x300x10x300 = 7,200,000) One of the principle reasons that Apple retained the 8mp pixel-dimension, was the iPhone’s ability to make Framable 8×10" prints.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple continued to improve Picture Taking by re-Engineered the actual Pixels for three subsequent years (rather than increasing the pixel count) improving the Lens Systems, and adding Optical Image Stabilization, reducing blurred-pictures, by virtually eliminating camera shake.
iPhoneOgraphy for the inPhone 6S. Its reported from supply-line sources that the iPhone 6S Front facing camera will contain a 12mp imager. A traditional digital file with a pixel dimension of 12mp RGB (bayer array: red green blue) can deliver a 300dpi print of 10"x13.3" which is a remarkable capability for a Camera-Lens System that is the size of a small Green Pea, imbedded in the iPhone 6S.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video HDTV. The new Rear Facing Camera would also have the capability of recording true 4k HDTV Movies at 30 frames per second. True HDTV 4K recordings means that 30 frames per second with each frame containing a pixel dimension of 4096×2160 pixels, which equates images of 8.847mp each, recorded at a frame rate of thirty frames per second. Canon’s $10,000 five pound DSLR professional camera can capture 4k video, but certainly not "pocket-friendly." This is a lot of imaging data. Better upgrade your next iPhone to 128GB Phone storage!
In practice, if you were video recording a Tennis Match in 4k format (A), one could scroll through the video Frames, locating the exact Frame where the Tennis Ball was impacted upon the strings of the Tennis Racket, a precise moment in time that Professional Photographers strive for, with their $10,000 Canon SLR cameras, that can capture high-speed photography at just 12 frames per second. Truly, a Wow Factor.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video Picture Frames (B), Combine 4k video recording with a Optical Zoom lens, would create an Action Sports camera to behold. Notice the tennis match that I shot in 2005 at a FAU Woman’s Court. With 4k recording this shot would be common-place rather than a hard sought-after lucky capture.
http://www.416-1100.com/gallery/392033
iPhoneOgraphy, One More Thing. Recently, Apple received a Patent for incorporating a Bayonet Mounting System into the iPhone in support for its Rear Facing camera Lens opening. If implemented, Apple (or the After-Market) would be able to manufacturer Lens Attachments to be precision mounted onto the iPhone.
iPhoneOgraphy. If and When Apple chooses to build a stainless steel Bayonet Mount, this would encourage even more picture taking, with an array of zoom lenses, wide-angle lenses, and telephoto lenses.
iPhoneOgraphy ALSO, Apple received a Patent where a 3x Optical Zoom Lens would be built into the iPhone, internally, making the iPhone with no attachments, an all-in-one camera system combined with all the capabilities of the smartphone.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple is fully aware that its iPhones owners are capturing Billions of Pictures and video clips. Apple knows that the iPhone Camera with its high quality picture taking capability, is one of the major reasons folks buy iPhones, combined with the iPhone’s new larger 4.7" and 5.5" Displays, and its incredible array of iPhone designed Apps.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 7 has been on Apple’s Drawing Boards for some time. There may not even be an iPhone 6S, that has been anticipated. Yes, there will likely be a New iPhone released in Q3 of 2015. There are a number of unknowns, among a few: (A) What will Apple call the next iPhone iteration, iPhone 6S or iPhone 7, (B) What are the New iPhone Specifications and improvements from the present day iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, (C) What are the New iSight Camera Specifications, will Apple be able to incorporate a true Dual-Lens Sight camera system, or a 3-Imager Array with Optical Image Stabilization, incorporated with a 3x Optical Zoom Lens with a field of view of say 20º to 60º range (both these iSight configurations are Apple owned Patents). (D) Perhaps the iSight Camera receives a new 12 Million Pixel Imager, with enhanced color rendition and low-noise performance.
iPhones are sophisticated hand-held compact communications devices that require thousands of man-hours to develop, test, engineer, retest, reengineer, construct prototypes, field-test, fabrication production-run tests, then mass-produce.
Question remains: Will Apple release an iPhone 6S in 2015 or choose to call it an iPhone 7. There have been lots of chatter mentioning that the iPhone 6S iteration thought to be released in Sept, 2015, will not occur with the "S" model. However, Apple may release the iPhone 7 in 2015 because of its extensive improvements, that are certainly not an incremental improvement.
Apple’s iPhone 7 Camera may be the Really BIG News. A recent US Patent Awarded to Apple, designs a new image-splitting Cubic methodology, an optical zoom and image stabilization camera lens system, low noise improvement, color rendition. Perhaps a new optical image stabilization system coupled to the three-imager system that separately processes Red, Green, and Blue light.
Current reports out of China indicate that the iSight Camera may increase the Imager to 12 million Pixels. If the iSight Camera system is configured with a dual-camera system, perhaps the 12 million pixels equates to Two Imagers of 6 million pixels each.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will commence in August, 2015 in preparation to its subsequent release. iPhone 6 to iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will be at a 2:1 ratio, favoring the more popular iPhone 6. Assuming drop-testing is now satisfactory, the iPhone 6 Plus model may incorporate a new Sapphire display-cover; the use of Sapphire would be a First for any current smartphones on the market. Currently the Watch and the Watch edition models utilize Apple’s new sapphire display covering.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus have been out for 9 months, with only 3-Months remaining until the next iPhone; Accordingly, it’s time to update the rumors regarding the next generation iPhone. No one knows if the next iPhone will be named the iPhone 6S, or the iPhone 7, but from industry sources, we are expecting the iPhone 7 to arrive in the 3rd quarter of 2015.
The next iPhone may feature an edge-to-edge, or near edge-to-edge display removing all or most of the edge-bezel that exists in the 5.5" iPhone 6 Plus. iPhone 7 may be the result of removing most of the bezel {the black "boarder" that outlines the display area}. This will have the effect of "creating" a larger image-display area, without increasing the edge-to-edge dimensions of the overall iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus. As for resolution, we think Apple will likely retain the pixel dimensions at 1080p, and physical dimensions of the iPhone 7 models will remain constant with the iPhone 6 and 6 plus.
Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS9. Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give "hints" on the new iPhone 7 features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 7.
Force Touch Technology. One of the "Operating System" features that may be brought over from the Apple Watch is Force Touch. This is a software methodology that distinguishes between a Tap and a forceful Touch. Generally speaking a Tap is a brief gesture made to a touch-screen display signifying a menu item, a "send" or "answer" button.
A Forceful Touch is a new gesture where a user applies finger-pressure on a menu item, indicating to the Operating System to launch a "Sum Menu" for example. In actuality the display does not notice or measure physical pressure; however, applying a press, the system recognizes the "diameter" of the finger when a there is a brief Tap, as compared to an "increasing diameter" of the finger, and a longer Press duration that occurs on the touch screen.
Inside the iPhone, Apple will likely replace the A8 processor with a new A9 processor, fabricated by Samsung, however, designed by Apple. Samsung will use the new thinner 14nm FinFET technology when manufacturing Apple’s new A9 custom processor.
Lets Get Scientific for a moment. The term “14nm” refers to the size of the transistors that are used to make a whole integrated circuit or ‘chip’. Back in the days of the earliest integrated circuits these transistors were 10 microns across or nearly 1,000 times larger than they are today. Reducing the size of these transistors has important benefits.
Because of the way integrated circuits are built on fixed-size sheets of silicon, by making each circuit smaller, more circuits may be built on a given sheet size, reducing the cost per transistor and giving greater performance for the same cost.
Additionally by reducing the distance between transistors, the amount of power required is reduced to activate the circuits and to move the signal from one circuit to the next. The results is a reduction in overall power consumption. For Apple “14nm” means greater performance, less heat, lower power consumption and bet better battery life.
Expect a seriously fast Multi-Core processor in the iPhone 7. On the rear of the iPhone 6, 6 Plus, Apple may install a tandem, dual-lens Cameras into the iPhone 7 that will provide "DSLR Quality" images. The rear-facing camera in the Samsung Galaxy S6 and S6 edge is impressive, therefore it will be interesting to test Apple’s new camera systems.
iPhone 7 for the Record. The next iPhone whether its named the iPhone 6S or the iPhone 7, will not actually be the 7th iPhone. The iPhone 6 and 6 Plus were in order, the 9th and 10th iPhone models released respectively. If Apple were to adopt the next Number for all the new model-releases, no more "S" designations for odd-year releases) then the iPhone 7, 7 Plus would be the 11th and 12th in line.
S
Historically, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the "S" moniker to the model name its updating, the "odd-numbered years," such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably. For example, iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely name this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S. This year may change this naming sequence.
iPhone 7 Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel "Radio Transceivers" capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.
Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 7 will likely follow this upgrading formula.
Over 35% of the Folks buy iPhone 6 were Android "Switchers" according to Industry Tracking Services, reporting Carriers, and Apple. Apparently there is a large installed base of Android smartphone users that are migrating to Apple, now that the iPhone 6 is offering larger displays.
iPhone 6 and 6 Plus Sales are far and away Better than Analysts predicted, Apple sold 135 Million iPhones Globally for the 6 months period ending March 31, 2015. Surveys conducted by Canaccord indicates that a "greater mix" of Android users {about double} are converting to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus than did to the iPhone 5, 5s, or 5c. A recent Kantar Worldpanel ComTech study noted that across Germany, France, Italy, Spain, and the U.K., roughly 32.4% of new iPhone buyers migrated from Android in the last quarter.
Data from the IDC’s latest Mobile Phone Tracker survey reveals that 98.8 million smartphone units shipped in China in the first three months of 2015. Despite a 4.5% contraction, Apple grew its sales a massive 62.1% year over year. IDC’s Tracker reports that Apple shipped 14.5 million iPhones in China in the quarter, earning the company 14.7% market share, making iPhone China’s No. 1 smartphone vendor.
Analysts fail to notice the Chinese 4.3% contraction in smartphone sales was largely due to Samsung’s significant 11.3 million unit drop in sales Y-O-Y, from 20.9 million to 9.6 million units sold, more than double China’s percentage contraction.
Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.
In Sum, iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to history and recent conflicting reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model, or iPhone 7, because of major internal innovations justifying the advanced nomenclature.
One More Thing on this Topic. Lets look at nomenclature from a Marketing perspective. Apple knows that only 20% of the installed iPhone-user-base upgraded from an older iPhone to the New iPhone 6. Apple reported that 13% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by December 31, 2014, and an additional 7% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by March 31, 2015.
Conversely, this means 80% of existing iPhone owners have not upgraded to iPhone 6 or 6 Plus. To help motivate this large 80% group of {iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 4, 4S, 3G and 3GS} users, about 250 million of them, Apple may incorporate "magnanimous improvements and technology" into the Next iPhone iteration, to help encourage more existing iPhone users to upgrade this year.
Apple may jump directly to the iPhone 7 to make it indelibly clear that the 2015 iPhone iteration is NOT an Incremental update.
Apple is now the Top smartphone seller in China, topping foreign and domestic competitors alike in the Middle Kingdom, but overall Chinese handset sales fell for the first time in six years, mainly due to Samsung’s 53% drop in unit sales, Y-O-Y. IDC’s annual report cited sales in the first quarter of 2015 found that APPLE has taken over the top spot on the strength of 14.5 million units shipped, an increase of 62% year-on-year. Apple also noted a surge in sales for China during Apple’s company’s last quarterly call. Apple executives reported China revenue was up 71% on the year-ago quarter at a record clip of $16.8 Billion.
Apple’s 14.7% share of the market edged out Xiaomi, who shipped 13.5 million units on the quarter for a 13.7% share of the market. Huawei was third, with 11.2 million units and an 11.4% market share. Followed by Samsung and Lenovo, both of whom plummeted in the Chinese market over the last year. Last year’s leader Samsung saw a 53% year-on-year drop in sales as the Korean firm went from 20.5 million handsets shipped and a 19.9% market share to just 9.6 million units and a 9.7% market share. Lenovo’s position tumbled from 10.2% to 8.3% of the total market as year-on-year shipments fell by nearly a quarter from 10.5 million to 8.2 million handsets. All other vendors sold for 41.7 million handsets, accounting for 42.2% share of the market.
In total, IDC estimates that 98.8 million smartphones were shipped in China on the quarter, down 4.3% from last year’s Q1 total of 103.2 million units. It it noted that 4.4 million unit drop was largely due to Samsung sales were down over 50% from the previous period.
Analysts noted that the market for smartphones in China, as in other nations, has gone flat as consumers have been reluctant to trade in their current handsets for new models. "China is oftentimes thought of as an emerging market but in reality, the vast majority of phones sold in China today are smartphones, similar to other mature markets like the US, UK, Australia, and Japan," explained IDC China managing director Kitty Fok.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple’s Light Separation imager system is not a new development; however, presently these technologies exist in $10,000+ HDTV network video cameras. The unique technology rests with is Cubic-Light-Splitter. "Prism Systems" are incorporated in HDTV video rigs. The New iPhone 7 iSight Camera for 2015… will Apple really be able to incorporate this 3-Imager Array with Optical Image Stabilization, incorporated with a 3x Optical Zoom Lens with a field of view of 22º to 66º range? Notice the Patent received March 24, 2015, describing this design.
My personal opinion, the external dimensions of the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus may remain the same for the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus. Any marginal increases to the display size may be effected by bezel reductions. The other improvements will be display brightness, resolution, pixel density, Processor speed, a jump in RAM to 2GB, and elimination of the 16GB traunch in storage, rendering storage choices of 32GB for the standard configuration, and 64GB and 128GB as option increases.
Why would Apple skip the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus (established nomenclature) for its 2015 model release in September… My belief is its a Marketing Perception move.
iPhone 6 and 6 Plus have been near-nuclear-hot selling release, with 74,500,000 iPhone 6 and 6 Plus’s sold its Q1, 2015 fiscal quarter, that’s 827,778 iPhones per Day, or 34,490 per Hour, for every hour in a 24 hour day.
Tim Cook mentioned "…that 85% of the 74.5 Million iPhone buyers were NEW to Apple, and 35% of them came to iPhone from Android… and only 15% were previous iPhone upgrades…" These facts were mentioned during Apple’s quarterly Conference Call in January, 2015. This is huge news to Apple, to develop a plan to motivate new buyers and iPhone upgraders to acquire the newest iPhone, plus Apple wants to eliminate the stigma that the "S" model year improvements as just "an incremental release".
Apple’s 2015 iPhone model name, skipping directly to the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus is justified because of the internal improvements and performances, and eliminates the critics use of "incremental" associated with the "S" model year releases that have occurred in Odd-Year model releases. Additionally, the fact that Apple desires to showcase the very best products, in their categories, has led to speculations amongst media and tech enthusiasts that the Apple iPhone 7, as opposed to the rumored iPhone 6S, will be launched in 2015.
Recall, with the release of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, only 15% of the existing iPhone 4, 4S 5, 5C and 5S owners upgraded to the iPhone 6 models, and some 35% of the new iPhone 6 buyers came from Android users. This translates to 85% of the existing iPhone (4, 4S 5, 5C, 5S) owners, totaling 220,000,000 for these iPhone models, have yet to upgrade. This 85% market-segment, this over 200 million iPhone owners, is precisely where Apple may likely apply sharp focus, for the September, 2015 iteration cycle.
A Key Factor, the market has reacted extremely positively to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. This has led to a change in priorities, with pressure from investors like Carl Icahn pushing Apple to change its two-year aesthetic and technology redesigns to a Yearly Affair, rather than a Major iPhone Upgrade in EVEN numbered Years, and incremental "S" iPhone updates on ODD Years. China is a KEY Stakeholder, a market that Apple wishes to gain more share. CHINA’s demand for iPhone 6 Plus is greater than most other countries’ iPhone 6 demand.
iPhone 7 is expected to have a screen size close to 4.9 inches, an increase from 4.75" while the iPhone 7 Plus is expected to increase to near 5.7" screen up from 5.5" by reducing the horizontal and vertical bezel widths. This would render the iPhone 7 to be its largest iPhone since its inception in 2007. However, the external dimensions of the iPhone 7 models will remain consistent with the iPhone 6 models.
The new iPhone 7 may likely see a Very Significant iSight Camera upgrade, with its rear camera sensor being increased over 8 megapixels; or a NEW 3-Imager System, collecting Red, Green, and Blue light-segments using a unique Light Splitting Array, building onto the iPhone’s already impressive imaging history.
iPhone 7 may have a quad-core A9 processor to power the two iPhone 7 models, to power the new Imaging Array as well as a near-QHD display resolution, given Apple’s history with using non-standard resolutions for its devices.
iPhone 7 is rumored to have more RAM, like 2GB, and integrated graphics on the next generation flagships’ SoC will be key upgrades that will allow them to power higher resolution displays and provide significant hardware efficiencies over the previous generations.
Previously Reported:
http://www.kantarworldpanel.com/global/smartphone-os-market-share/
https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/
iSight iPhone 7 Dual Camera System: It has been widely reported over various iterations of the "S" Models, the "Odd Numbered Year" iPhone updates, that the iSight Camera receives considerable engineering attention. This year may not be an exception.
The rumor-mill is intensifying, our articles will bring to you unannounced product whispers, that have several sources, in effort to keep the "junk" to a minimum. Incidentally, one of our articles that was written 90-days before the iPhone 6 was announced, was recently reviewed… we on-target with most of the iPhone 6 predictions and features. Take a look at our Rumors and Whispers tab looking at the June-July 2014 articles.https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/
iPhone 6S Dual Camera System.This Year the whispers are hovering around the iPhone potentially receiving a TWO iSight Camera configuration. One lens being set to "slightly Wide Angle" the second lens being set to "slightly Telephoto." Each lens system would be supported by its own high-resolution [8Mp] low-noise Imager. [Editor: Perhaps 10MP this year]. The heavy lifting is with some very unique software algorithms "OverLaying" the two captured high-resolution images, and creating a single ultra-high-resolution image, similar to what one would expect from a quality digital SLR camera.
iPhone 6S Dual Lens iSight Cameras. With this unique dual-iSight Camera arrangement, an added benefit would be the resultant image would be rendered with twice the number of pixels collecting light and image information, effectively Doubling the Image Resolution, in addition to Halving Image Noise. Sophisticated software techniques are deployed to improve image quality with auto-digital-zoming with image-matching during the "OverLay" processing. As c|Net has reported about this technology so the technology exists… the question… has Apple licensed the technology, or is Apple engineering their own unique method to be used in future versions of its iPhone.
http://youtu.be/bKyM-XKhZJY
Apple department heads and engineering teams therefore have to "Predict what the Buying Public will likely Desire years into the Future" years before the Current iPhone Models is released. Accordingly, many iPhone suppliers, beta models, screen makers, sensor makers, lens grinders, chip foundries, processors, batteries… their staffs are aware of what may be coming for the latest iPhone models on the drawing board. There are likely 3 to 4 iPhone models in various stages of development presently, not to mention other new unannounced product creations under wraps.
Apple’s iPhone 6S, iPhone 7 the iPhone 7S, and iPhone 8, are in various levels of Development, given that an iPhone requires years before a new iPhone is "Finalized for Mass Production."
Apple is currently completing the Finalization of the iPhone 6S, the last stage before it is released for mass production. Accordingly, rumors & whispers of what may come in the next iPhone, may confuse next years components with the year after’s components.
The iPhone 6S will be due for a Major Update to its internal components occurring September, 2015, about 7 months to go. In recent years, historically speaking, iPhones that were released in even-numbered years, the iPhone model names were: iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014.
Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS8.2 Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give "hints" on the new iPhone 6S features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 6S.
Interesting discovery in looking at the current beta iOS Code, is the function of a iWatchCompanion App. This App apparently will be a built-in App of the iOS8.2 operating system. When the AppleWatch Companion App is launched, the iPhone to communicate with the iWatch, making for a convenient "Settings Menu" using the iPhone, for convenient selections, watch faces, position of App Icons, etc for the iWatch, once complete, transmit button will send the settings to the iWatch. Settings may also be changed on the iWatch, however the iWatch Companion App is a convenient settings tool. Apple Watch will be compatible with iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 and 6 Plus.
Over recent years historically, the "odd-numbered years," such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the "S" moniker to the model name its updating; for example iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely nam"{e this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S.
iPhone 6S Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel "Radio Transceivers" capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.
Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 6S will likely follow this upgrading formula.
iPhone 6 performs smoothly even with 1GB of RAM ;[‘
,;memory. The secret lies with the iOS8 platform, ]optimizations, the way the iPhone handles memory, internal tasks, the Apps, as well as Apple’s strict programming requirements for its App developers.
Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.
iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to recent reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model.
Apple’s own announcement history proves that every two iterations there’s a major change internally and externally; however, for "odd numbered year" model enhancements the iPhone improvements have been viewed as “incremental” updates. Apple analysts say the iPhone experiences major updates every two years, with improvements in specs for the alternate year cycles. [Editor: we believe the "incremental" designation is a gross-oversimplification for thousands of hours of Apple management and engineering efforts.]
iPhone 5S compared to the iPhone 5. Comparing the iPhone 5 to the 5S may give clues in predicting the enhancements to this year’s iPhone 6S. Although the two models (the 5 and 5S) are nearly identical as to its external appearance, its case, and dimensions, the iPhone 5S boasts a number of new significant features internally.
New Bio-metric Finger Print Touch-ID Security" a highly accurate fingerprint scanner embedded within, under the iPhone’s newly sapphire-covered Home Button, reported to have the equivalency of a strong 8-digit password. This is a unique feature of the iPhone 5S (and new to any smartphone) which provides the user the ability to securely unlock the phone just by touching the Home Button. [Editor: think about it, an 8-digit password has over 99 million numerical combinations, which means with Touch-ID Fingerprint technology, only 3 other individuals in the North America continent could unlock your iPhone]
New iSight Imager with larger Imager-Pixels of 1.5 microns each, up from 1.4 microns, iPhone 5S comes with a new iSight Camera whose improved image-sensor, 7.14% larger pixels, provides for higher resolution images with Lower-Image Noise, and better color rendition. [Editor: A 7.14% increase in pixel-size sounds minimal; however, in these compact hand-held iPhones, space is limited, and the imager is about the diameter of a very small green-pea]
Increased the iSight Lens Aperture to f2.2 from f2.4 which has the effect of significantly increasing the "amount of light" exposure onto the image sensor, provides better pictures in Low-light situations. [Editor: This increase in aperture permits 70% more light onto the imager; another example, increasing an Aperture to f1.4 from f1.8 actually Doubles the amount of light passing through the lens to the imager.]
New True-Tone Dual LED Flash System. This new flash system performs by accurately auto-calculating the color of the ambient lighting conditions in the image-area into which FLASH will be added; upon auto-calculation the COLOR of the Flash emulates the natural ambient lighting of the scene. [Editor: sounds simple, but not so; we know of no other Electronic Flash system, regardless of cost or size, that is capable of auto-color-correct its Flash output on-the-fly]
New iSight Camera Records at 120 FPS Slow-Motion Video capability, resulting in high quality slow-motion video clips. Only multi-$thousand SLR cameras had this capability. Typical video recorders operate at 30 frames per second. Recording at 120fps gives the effect of slowing down motion to 1/4th speed. [Editor: Think about it, 120 frames of 2.2mp for each image-frame, each video-frame having a file-size of say 3MB, equates to 360,000,000 bytes of digital image data, processed and recorded every second. A billion BYTES of image information processed every 3 seconds is unheard of even for most desktop PC Computers; yet the Apple critics call the iPhone 5S an "incremental update NOT.]
New 64-bit A7 Processor chip, increased from a 32-bit processor, the first smartphone to have this broad-band architecture, giving blazing fast processing speeds. [Editor: This means, if the processor’s band-width increased from 32-bits to 64-bits, using a "water-pipe" analogy, if the processor band-width increased a 32mm diameter pipe to 64mm diameter, it delivers 400% more throughput]
New M7 Motion Processor chip to measure and processes Motion, GPS, Altitude and other location attributes have been enhanced from the previous M6 chip. [Editor: Apple removed the location attributes and calculations from the main A7 processor and created a separate M7 processor, so that both the A7 and M7 processors may coProcess simultaneously, enhancing resulting speed; also the M7 processor is specifically designed to efficiently process location-based geophysical data.]
Reports from Asia claim that the new iPhone 6S will use "Force Touch" technology a technology that first appeared in the Apple Watch. “Force Touch" incorporates an electronic-grid around the flexible Retina display to distinguish between a person’s light-tap and a firm-depression, which may trigger a different software feed-back response, like instant access to a range of contextually specific controls, such as an Action-menu in Messages, or a Mode that allows one to Select different AppleWatch faces. [Editor: The display’s new "Force Touch" an Apple branding for pressure-sensitivity is the most significant addition to display-sensing-capability since Multi‑Touch on the original iPhone in January 9, 2007]
iPhone 6S iSight camera is likely due for a significant Update. Over recent years the "Odd years" 2009, 2010, 2013, Apple had concentrated its engineering Focus on the iSight Camera, among other components. News reports have stated recently have indicted that the iPhone has captured more Digital Images than any other SmartPhone, dedicated pocket Camera, SLR, by any Brand, or type. Apple knowing this will surely enhance the iSight Camera to provide.
Based on recent Rumors, Whispers, and Reports, the following 9 Enhancements may appear in the Apple’s to be released iPhone 6S and 6S Plus:
1⃣ iSight Camera Lens System Aperture of f2.0 from f2.2 providing for significantly more light exposure on the image sensor
2⃣ iSight Camera Lens System to have true Optical Zoom which gives crystal-clear wide angle and telephoto pictures
3⃣ iSight Camera Imager may have 10 million pixels or more
4⃣ iSight Camera Imager may have 1.6 micron pixel size for better low-light low-noise performance
5⃣ RAM on-board memory increased to 2GB for better multi-App performance
6⃣ RAM Memory to be LPDDR4 high-speed read-wright capability
7⃣ Sapphire Crystal for the main display
8⃣ Main Display to be OLED for improved Brightness in high ambient lighted areas like outdoors
9⃣ Main Display incorporating Force Touch tactile technology similar to AppleWatch’s display
📲 Presently in the USA, over 52% of all American smartphone owners have iPhones, the remaining smartphone users, the 48% smartphone users, are grouped together (the 12 brands and models of Androids, Blackberry, Google, Samsung, HTC, Nokia, Motorola). Apple’s market-share in North America is growing. Industry experts expect, with the release of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, Apple’s market share for their iPhones will grow at an accelerated rate, as Android users migrate to Apple, now that the Display size objections are resolved, with Apple’s 4.7" and 5.5" screens.
📲 Apple iPhone "supply-line" chatter is hot and heavy as the next weeks speed forward. Combine this chatter with several layers of (Chinese) Mandarin translation, it becomes difficult to differentiate between which models are being referred to, either the iPhone 6S, iPhone 7, iPhone 7S, or iPhone 8, all of which are in various stages of development and testing. Expressed above is the best we could surmise.
📲 Virtually all of the rumors and schematics pertaining to Apple’s next iPhone center on its ultra-thin design and two Display sizes: 4.7" and 5.5" or larger as bezel dimensions reduce.
📲 Recall none of the figures, dialogs, and proforma-images, come from Apple officially, but from "snitches" in its supply-line. Of course its no surprise that Apple totally ignores, and is aggravated by all the "news" reports and rumors.
📲 Other than leaked supply-line secrets, punishable by aggressive prosecution by Apple, everything displayed and discussed is conjecture. Since there are such a vast number of enterprises, engineers, and factory workers involved with the fabrication and assembly of the new iPhones, whispers arriving from several directions that have a common-thread, could lead an observer to deductions, which are assembled in this article.
Apple’s iPhone Compared to a Burroughs $250,000 Enterprise Computer. Jim Wilson in 1975 is reviewing a COBOL program printout generated by the Burroughs B2700 Computer system.
Burroughs B2700 Computer Specifications are as follows
➖ Burroughs B2700 Computer System $125,000
➖ System Memory configured for 128 MegaBytes upgrade $40,000
➖ System Removable Dual Drives, 2.2 MegaByte Disks $30,000
➖ System Card-Reader and Card-Punch $8,000
➖ System 132 Character high-speed Line-Printer $22,000
➖ System Weight/Size 1720 pounds, Fills a 10’x12′ Room
➖ System Power Requirements, 240v 50 Amp stabilized, $2,500
➖ System Climate Control Required, Force Air System 65ºF to 75ºF
iPhone 6 Plus Specifications are as follows
➖ iPhone 6 Plus base System, $550
➖ System Memory configured for 128 GigaBytes upgrade, $200
➖ 600 Channel ultra-high frequency Cellular Transceiver, Included
➖ High Definition 8 MegaPixel digital Camera, Included
➖ High Definition 1080p digital HDTV Video Camera, Included
➖ System Weight/Size 172 Grams, Fills Hand, 6.2"x3"x0.28"
➖ System Power Requirements, Builtin LiON Battery, Included
➖ System Climate Control Not Required, 45ºF to 95ºF
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
Apple iPhone 7 is on sale everywhere in all Apple retail stores and all AT&T, Verizon, Sprint, T-Mobile provider locations, plus Best Buy and others. To the amazement of many all iPhone 7 Plus models remain Sold-Out Globally.
Apple with 487 stores Globally in 20 countries (268 USA and 219 elsewhere) as of April, 2016, the question remains “Where’s the Beef” – “Where are the iPhone 7 Plus smartphones” ? No inventory of iPhone 7 Plus units in any of Apple’s Stores, and no inventory for internet sales ordering. “Houston We have a Problem”
iPhone 7 Plus availability issue is either a “Supply” issue, a “Demand” issue or Both. On-line orders are experiencing delivery delays of 2 to 4 Weeks. Why iPhone 7 Plus’ lack of availability? “Something is Rotten in the State of Denmark” as written by William Shakespeare’s “Hamlet” as Marcellus says in Act 1, Scene 4.
What’s so exciting about the new iPhone 7 Plus, why have We elected to upgrade, and why Others should consider their upgrade to this New Model? After reviewing all of the relevant information available from Apple and elsewhere, below is a list of the salient factors, as we assessed the new iPhone 7 and 7 Plus smartphones (http://www.Apple.com/iPhone-7/)
🔹 Dual iSight 12MP Cameras – two Image Stabilized Cameras
🔹 Dual Cameras, a Wide-Angle lens plus a Telephoto Lens
🔹 Camera Zoom Range: 2x Optical Zoom with 10x Software Zoom
🔹 Wide-Angle Camera lens has super-fast ƒ1.8 Aperture
🔹 Front Facing Camera is 7mp with 1080p HDTV Video
🔹 Portrait Photography, Image Stabilized with Background Blur
🔹 Water-Proofing the iPhone 7 Watertight to 3 feet Underwater for 30 minutes
🔹 Underwater Photography, Image Stabilized & Color Corrected
🔹 Storage Capacity increased to 256 GB to handle Picture & Movie capture
🔹 Super-Fast WiFi capability of 450 million bits/second
🔹 Lithium Ion Battery Improved for 20% longer duration
🔹 High Definition Sound to all headsets through Lightning Plug
🔹 Every Internal Component has been Improved, reworked, replaced
🔹 Thousands of Speed and Process improvements
🔹 250 Million iPhone 5S, 5, 4S, 4, 3GS, or earlier iPhone Model Owners
🔹 iPhone 7 is Your Year to Upgrade with 250 Million Old iPhones in Circulation, your Old iPhone is 3 years Older, Slower, Duller Display, with a depleted Lithium Ion Battery that may receive only 70% of the Full Charge that you received 3 years ago… BTW, iPhone LiON batteries’ chemistry is not “forever” and generally looses their ability to hold a charge between year 3 and year 4.
Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 7 Plus phones early Friday morning 9/16 (Flat-Black with 256GB of storage) on-line for Fed Ex delivery in 10-14 days. We are on AT&T’s NEXT installment plan, providing for Annual upgrades.
Our two iPhone 7 Plus phones in Black with 256 GB storage have been ordered for Home Delivery, first week of October. We (Marilyn and Jim) are both on AT&T’s “get a new iPhone every 12 months” Plan. This “NEXT-24 Plan” is essentially a 24 month, 100% of Cost, No money down, 0% interest rate, no loan fee, 0% APR installment loan “Plan” equating to about $40/month, giving us the “option” of getting the New [$970] iPhone 7 Plus when 12 or more installments have been paid on our iPhone 6S phones acquired last year.
AT&T Plan – After we receive the New iPhone 7 Plus, AT&T’s Plan requires that within 10 days, we ship by AT&T’s Fed-Ex return-label the iPhone 6S iPhone in good condition, no cracked screen, no dents, properly working iPhone; However, we retain the chargers, headphones, and lightning cords. This is our third year of new iPhone exchanges since iPhone 6.
Why did Apple Fail to have iPhone 7 Plus models in their 487 Retail Stores. Apple has known for many weeks that it did not have sufficient pre-release iPhone 7 Plus inventory to: (A) Fulfill on-line ordering and to (B) Stock the shelves of its 487 retail stores, plus all the AT&T, Verizon, Sprint and T-Mobile retail stores. If these premises are valid, then (1) Apple’s Supply line has not delivered components on time or not in sufficient quantities due to quality-control issues, or (2) Apple engineers did not have “pencils down” on time, for Apple factories to build sufficient inventory levels of the components (3) The Dual Cameras System is the likely culprit.
iPhone 7 Water Resistance rated at IP67, a major New benefit to users: The “IP67” certification of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus stands for Ingress Protection of Water and Dust. The numbers “67” denotes, these iPhones are fully protected against Water ingress and may be Water Submerged for 30 minutes or less, at a 3 Foot Depth, similar to Apple Watch 1 water resistance rating of IPX7.
What’s unique about this year’s Sales event, iPhone 7 Plus phones are Unavailable Globally in any Apple Retail stores, for any memory configuration nor any Color. Additionally, all Jet Black iPhone 7 phones are also Sold Out Globally, with a November Ship date; all other iPhone 7 colors are available, but most Apple Retail stores have very limited supplies or are sold-out as last weekend was Apple’s Retail Launch.
Apple’s 487 Retail Stores faced hundreds of thousands of disappointed folks, hoping to get their hands on an iPhone 7 Plus, but did not get the “Plus” iPhone 7, regardless of Color or Storage Configuration, not at any Retail Store. Therefore you must Order the “Plus” model of your choice On-Line. The 4.7″ standard iPhone 7 is currently On Sale Globally in all retail stores, with limited supplies. Although all iPhone 7 Plus models have limited availability, On-Line order deliveries are delayed about 4 Weeks.
Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO announced their iPhone 7 Plus models Sell-Out last last week, in effort to defray massive public disappointment… Apparently his announcement was effective, as many of the Folks standing on the long lines at Apple Retail Stores were picking up their Internet Pre-Orders for in-store pickup, or to buy the 4.7″ iPhone 7.
iPhone 7 Plus Sell-Out is Unique. Dating back to the first iPhone in 2007, this is the first time an iPhone model is Unavailable for their 487 Retail Store Sales event. Eventually the iPhone Supply & Demand equation will come into balance; however this may take several months before all Apple Retail Stores and Provider Stores have inventory of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus models in a variety of colors and storage capacities.
Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, sooner or later should make public statements about the tremendous shortage of the iPhone 7 Plus models. However, we’ve learned from several sources that a number of iPhone Asian suppliers are suggesting that the culprit for the shortages of the “Plus” models is the Dual-Lens Camera System on the iPhone 7 Plus. Apparently the Dual Camera component has been very difficult to mass-manufacture in sufficient quantities to pass quality control standards, leading to severe shortages of the iPhone 7 Plus.
—————————————— Previously Reported —————————————
Apple iPhone 7 Event Today • Wednesday • Sept 7th @ 1:00pm EDT • LiveStreaming Link
Apple iPhone 7 will be announced at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY September 7, 2016. Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus are set to be unveiled Today {in Just 4 hours} commencing at 10:00am PDT in California, during their annual new-Product Event, a by-invitation-only media event.
With only 4 hours until “Show Time” crowds of thousands are forming outside the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco, California.
Everyone knows “Apple’s Owns September” for announcing its new and improved iPhone 7, and this year, there may be a number of amazing surprises. I’ve got some of this figured out, read on…
With the iPhone 7 unveiling only a few Hours away, below is Apple’s LINK that will take you directly to their Live Broadcast of the iPhone 7 Product Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Too Busy at 1:00pm, Wednesday, no worries the above LINK may be used anytime after 4:00pm EDT to watch the Recorded presentation of the iPhone 7 Announcement Event.
One Day to Go – Apple iPhone 7, Nothing attracts more Media and Public BUZZ than a new iPhone Launch, and this year is no exception. Millions of folks will line-up all over the World to buy the iPhone 7, perhaps some 17 Million iPhones will be sold during Apple’s opening 3-Day Weekend Sales Event. Perhaps, with Samsung’s Galaxy 7 recent Thermal-Runaway Flame-Out issue, requiring a huge recall of some 2.5 million units, accompanied by a production halt, even more Android users may decide to switch to Apple’s iPhone 7 this cycle.
Apple iPhone 7 has taken several Years to develop. Engineers’ “Pencils were Down” many months ago in preparation for fabricating the first 85 Million unit batch of iPhones, a one-third portion of the 275,000,000 iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus units that are targeted to be Sold in the next 12 months.
Apple iPhone 7. Although the external dimensions of the iPhone 7 remain very similar, perhaps identical to the iPhone 6, all the “internal technology” had been completely renovated with newly improved chips, circuits, lenses, sensors, and the iOS10 operating system, which is iPhone’s Engine. Recall Apple was several years late to the game with 4.7″ and 5.5″ large-display iPhones. Apple conducted extensive research in search of the “ideal iPhone size and shape.” According, it comes as no surprise, that Apple is quite comfortable with its current sizes and shape, where “changing for the sake of change” is not in Apple’s DNA.
Apple’s new iPhone 7 lineup will be the biggest Product Launch of this year. Over recent months there have been a steady stream of “iPhone 7 leaks” that have “painted a picture” of what may be expected. It’s crazy to notice that Rumors are already circulating about iPhone 8 Launch in 2017. Back to iPhone 7, there are other recent “leaks” that may have revealed the “Official Specs” for Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus.
Most iPhone 7 Leaks come mostly from China’s iPhone 7 “Supply Line” those Chinese Manufacturers under Production Contracts with “Non-Disclosure Agreements” with Apple, to fabricate thousands of Parts, Components, Chips, and Displays that eventually are assembled to create millions of iPhone 7 units.
Apple iPhone 7: According to the many leaks and well-sourced reports, Apple’s new iPhone 7 should look very similar in shape and size, externally to the current iPhone 6S Models. The iPhone 7 may be marginally thinner, or not; however, will likely feature a redesigned antenna system on the back face of the iPhone 7, as well as superior new Digital Camera Systems, among other improvements.
Apple iPhone 7: will not support the industry-standard 3.5mm headphone Audio-Jack where you used to plug in your Ear-Pods and Headphones. The removal of the 3.5mm headphone audio-jack has created a “fire-storm” of criticism, as many folks have upscale head-phones fitted with the 3.5mm audio-jack, the Audio Plug & Jack that’s been in use for over 60+ years.
Apple iPhone 7: will be providing an optional “dongle plug” to bridge the 3.5mm Jack with Apple’s Lightning connector. The reasons Apple is eliminating the 3.5mm analog audio-jack are two-fold:
• The Lightning plug is a true Digital Audio Port connection with one’s headphones or Ear-Pods, providing for a much improved digital audio experience, and
• The Lightning plug provides best “Water-Resistance” capability for the iPhone 7 than the 3.5mm Audio-Jack could provide.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual iSight Rear Facing Cameras, is one of the most innovative improvement for the iPhone 7 this year. The iPhone 7 containing Two 12-MegaPixel Cameras, Two Lenses and Two Imagers, provides for many unique image-processing and picture-taking capabilities. Both Lenses will be Optical Image Stabilized; the Lenses will be significantly “Faster” with a ƒ1.9 maximum aperture, formerly the aperture was ƒ2.2 with the iPhone 6S, prior to that the aperture was ƒ2.4. Larger Apertures permit significantly more light, roughly 60% more Light that is focused on each Imager, yielding improved image exposure, image resolution, color rendition, with much lower digital-noise.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual Camera in-camera Image processing is very innovative with a method of “over-laying” the two digital images on top of each other, with firmware autonomously selecting the best-exposed portions of the images, increasing Dynamic Range and reducing image-noise and grain to unheard of levels, thereby delivering super-sharp high-definition digital pictures.
Apple iPhone 7 Dual Cameras – Imaging Engineers say this Dual Camera Synchronized Imaging System will render high-definition images comparable to current day bulky SLR Digital Cameras that weigh several pounds.
For Perspective, the iPhone 7 Plus Dual-Lens, Dual Imager Cameras are roughly the size of two kernels of yellow corn. We are looking forward to Apple’s Keynote Presentation of this exciting new Imaging Technology and Capabilities.
Apple iPhone 7 Wednesday’s Keynote Address Sept 9th a quality production by Apple for everyone’s view LIVE Globally, during the Keynote Address, scheduled for 1:00pm, EDT. Note, for your convenience immediately below, is the LINK that will take you to Apple’s HDTV Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Apple iPhone 7: may be available in several new colors that were pictured in recent leaks. The one new color that many sources agree upon, is “Space Black” similar to the color of the Apple Watch. Perhaps Apple is attempting to bring the Colors of the Apple Watches and their iPhones into parity and consistency.
Apple 7 specs, what we think we “know,” [actually no one outside of Apple really knows other than a very small group of Apple folks] the iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus will include a next-generation Apple A10 processor, which is a safe guess, nothing has been confirmed by Apple.
Apple 7 specs, We all know, Apple confirms nothing, prior to an announcement, as Apple is highly secretive about all of its new product releases. A new leak on a Chinese Micro-Blogging site, mirrors specs offered in two tweets from The Malignant Twitter user, suggesting the 4.7″ and 5.5″ iPhones will feature many more differences than the front and rear cameras. A summary of the likely “leaks” suggest:
iPhone 7
• 4.7-inch display, with a 1334 x 750p pixel resolution
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 2GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version
• 1,960 mAh battery, a higher capacity than the iPhone 6S
• 12-megapixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear camera, formerly ƒ2.2
• Greatly Improved Water and Dust resistance
iPhone 7 Plus
• 5.5-inch display, 2048 X 1080p pixel resolution, perhaps higher
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4 Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 3GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version was 2GB
• 2,910 mAh battery, a higher capacity battery, than the iPhone 6S
• Dual 12-MegaPixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear Cameras, formerly ƒ2.2
The past 4 years of new iPhone releases, dating back to iPhone 4S, no matter how many iPhones Apple pre-builds in advance of its 3-Day Weekend Sale Event, almost all Apple stores and the Internet become Sold-Out within a few hours.
Last year, Apple’s Internet Pre-Order System has Sold Out in 90 seconds. It’s been reported that Apple ordered production of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, 30 days earlier than previous years, giving 4 full months of iPhone assembly in preparation of this year’s iPhone release.
Perhaps with this extra month of pre-building iPhones, stocks of iPhone 7 units will not become Sold-Out in just a few days, as occurred in prior years.
iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, release in 2016 could result in Apple’s Biggest Weekend Event Ever, as the number to beat is 13 Million iPhone 6S sold last year. Notice in the chart above, my guess is for 2016, about 17 Million iPhone 7 may be sold for their 3-Day Launch Event weekend.
Presently there exists a Large Pool of iPhone 4, 4S, 5, and 5S owners that have not Upgraded to any newer iPhone; Add to the pool of folks that have to upgraded yet, an increasing percentage of Android Users that will likely migrating to Apple iPhone for the first time, if history repeats itself;
Samsung said it is Recalling all Galaxy 7 smartphones sold to date, as too many of this new product are bursting into Flames. The 2,500,000 Galaxy 7 Recall amounts to all the units Samsung sold since it August 19th release… “this product failure could not have come at a worse time… with Apple’s new Release coming in weeks” so says an unnamed Samsung spokesperson.
In light of the Galaxy 7 Recall, Apple recently increased their Supply Line orders by another 10%, calculating that there may be more “Android Switchers” this year because of Samsung’s massive 2.5 million Galaxy 7 Recall.
Note Requirements to View Live Streaming: To view Apple’s HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) technology, requires any iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with Safari on iOS 7 or later, any Mac with Safari 6.0.5 or later on OS X v10.8.5 or later, or any PC with Microsoft Edge on Windows 10. To view Live Streaming with an Apple TV requires an Apple TV (2nd or 3rd generation) with software 6.2 or later or a 4th generation Apple TV.
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
Boca Raton, FL
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries.
Boca Raton, FL
Boca Raton, FL
New York City
London, England
We’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading soon to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple Security and Logistics staff, associates stuff these Cargo Jets (exclusively with iPhone 7 products) with millions of iPhone 7 and 7 Plus iPhones. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will continue from China every day for several months as Apple Logistic Teams attempt to maintain a balance with the huge Demand||Supply equation, as Apple Sells, Ships, and Delivers new iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold during its 3-Day Weekend, September, 2015
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold in 3 Day Weekend: Cupertino, California, folks at their headquarters, their 265 Retail stores in 44 States, some 66,000 USA based Apple associates, are celebrating today {deservedly} as its CEO, Tim Cook issued its press release today. Apple reports that it has sold over 13,000,000 iPhone 6S and 6S plus models during its sales event, held Sept 25, 26, 27, Friday, Saturday, Sunday.
iPhone 6S Sales of over 13,000,000 units represents a 130% increase over last year’s record setting 10 Million iPhone 6 units sold during its release on Sept 19, 20, 21, 2014.
13 Million buyers VOTED with their Wallets by choosing the New iPhone 6S. Actual sales is the Best Measure of Apple’s success with their creation of amazing products, year after year. In the case of the iPhone 6S, its sales is 30% increase from last year’s release of the iPhone 6. The iPad Pro is scheduled for release this November, which will challenge the PC Industry.
For those few Apple critics that continue to question whether Apple can continue to achieve double-digit increases with its iPhone sales, these figures should amaze. This Link will take you directly to APPLE’s Investor Relations page, to Monday morning’s Press Release. http://goo.gl/s0omve
iPhone 6S Sales Record. Lets take a look behind the curtin regarding Apple’s 13+ Million iPhone 6S three-day weekend sales report. Comparing the sales and market conditions of Sept 2014 for the iPhone 6 and for Sept 2015 iPhone 6S release:
▶️ iPhone 6S was initially available in 12 Countries including: USA, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, and the UK (Note, the two Countries underlined are new regions for iPhone 6S initial launch)
▶️ iPhone 6 was initially available in 10 Counties including: USA, Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Puerto Rico, Singapore and the UK (Note, China and New Zealand were not available for iPhone 6 initial launch)
▶️ New Zealand and China were not selling iPhone 6 at its initial launch weekend. The China region was delayed with its iPhone 6 launch largely due to the China Government, (the Chinese equivalent to the our FCC) had not yet approved the iPhone 6, due to a procedural delay. Subsequently the Chinese government approved the iPhone 6 several weeks later. Accordingly, there were no China Sales reported for the 2014 three-Day Sales Launch weekend
▶️ iPhone 6S pre-Orders began 10 days prior to the Launch Day, providing more days of media-hype, although all 4 million iPhone 6S allocated for pre-orders, were sold in the first few days of iPhone 6S’s availability
▶️ Apple Globally continues to enhance their manufacturing and supply-line processes, therefor more Countries may likely be selling the iPhone 7 at its launch, presumably in September, 2016, with even more Counties to be added subsequent to initial product launches
▶️ Bottom Line, Apple has a lot to be Proud of. Apple continues to deliver to everyone outstanding, easy to use iPhones, better performing handheld communicators
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries. In the recent week, we’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple’s Security and Logistic staffs; These UPS Cargo Jets were stuffed exclusively with iPhone 6S products, representing millions of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones in preparation of the iPhone 6S Product Release. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will likely continue daily for a number of months as Apple’s Logistic Teams attempt to maintain balance with the huge Demand:Supply equation, in support of its release of the new iPhone 6S.
Independent industrial analysts have estimated that Apple may sell 12 to 15 Million iPhone 6S models in all flavors and storage options for its 3-Days "Product Release Weekend Event." Last year Apple sold 10 Million iPhone 6 and 6 Plus iPhones in the same 3-Day Sales Event, held in September, 2014. In the following 12 months since the larger iPhone 6 and 6 Plus models were released, Apple Sold upwards of 74.5 Million iPhones in Q1, (Oct, Nov, Dec, 2014) for a total of over 225,000,000 iPhones in the first 12 months of iPhone 6.
Apple sold over 13 Million iPhones 6S units, a figure supported by Strong internet Pre-Orders that were TWICE the number of units pre-ordered for last year’s iPhone 6 model released Sept, 2014, combined with very strong pre-sales at Apple’s 30 CHINA Stores, and in 11 other Countries and Regions globally.
Apple claims demand for its new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus could surpass the record-breaking sales of iPhone 6 last year, (10 million units in its first 3-Days of sales in 2014) as the newest versions of the firm’s smartphones, the iPhone 6S models go on sale in the USA, Canada, UK, China, and across the world in 8 other countries.
The iPhone 6S launch, which started at 8am today in 12 countries around the world, marks the beginning of a busy autumn for APPLE, which also announced a new, larger iPad Peo set to be released in November, 2015.
Apple’s latest iPhone and iPad coupled to the new Apple iOS9 operating system software, promise better battery life, real multitasking, improved Siri performance, accuracy and features. A thousand people queued outside Apple’s Boca Raton Mall store, were offered free coffee service, being handed out by SEED (a local Boca Raton coffee shop) for those those who had waited many hours before the APPLE store Doors Opened.
It was an exciting day for the first group of 25 who entered the store to pick up their new iPhone 6S smartphones, having been outside since 9:30pm Monday night. Admittedly, last year, I was one of the thousands that were on a long line outside the MALL Property at 2:30am Thursday night, before the Friday 8:00AM launch of the iPhone 6 Plus Sept, 2014.
The iPhone 6S and the 6S Plus, which was unveiled earlier this month, has much the same external design and dimensions, but comes with a greatly improved Front (5MP) and Rear (12MP) Cameras, double the RAM memory to 2GB, as well as a pressure-sensitive screen, where users may press more firmly to open Menu Shortcuts for example, a feature Apple has branded “3D touch.” On the Apple Watch, a similar technology is labeled "Force Touch."
Apple’s 3-D Touch, within lists of eMails or Messages, 3D Touch offers a quick "Peek" at the item without changing its read-status, or offers to take a quick short-cut action to the item, such as a reply, forward, or deletion. A second 3D-Touch on the "Peek" turns it into a "Pop"… Apple’s term for opening up the eMail or Message App. "Peek and Pop" lets users jump in and out of content without losing their current place or requiring manual navigation to return to where they were. In addition to Mail and Messages, 3-D Touch currently also works with Apple’s built-in Cameras, Photos, Safari, Calendar, Maps, Music, News, Notes, Video, Weather and Find My Friends Apps.
Apple says that the New 3-D Touch, adds a new Dimension, a 3rd Dimension, to the Touch Screen hardware that is incorporated into the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 6S Shipments are in Transit via 5 UPS Air Cargo Jets to Alaska then onto Louisville Kentucky’s WorldPort. FlightAware, a global flight-tracking service, is allowing Apple Customers to track the journey of their new iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus handsets as they make their way to the United States.
Talk about Apple Customer’s insatiable need for their New iPhone 6S phones. Tracking the UPS Cargo Jets takes this Product Enthusiasm to entirely new Level.
The Two images below show the shipment progress as of 8pm this evening. These 4 Shipments passed through Customs in Alaska, and are in route to Louisville and California.
Apple has commenced shipping their new iPhone 6S handsets, and are on course to reach customers who made their pre-orders in time for a Friday 9/25 Delivery Date. Usefully, once you’ve received your UPS tracking number, an interactive map from FlightAware will let you track its location.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Apple has begun shipping out iPhones for Friday’s release. Once you’ve received your UPS tracking number from Apple you can use this handy map and list to figure out what flight is carrying your iPhone. The "departure scan" in your UPS track should match the departure time for a flight listed here. This page will be expanded once we learn more about Apple’s shipping strategy for this release.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Most flights, as MacRumors explains, are bound for Louisville, Kentucky’s Worldport, UPS’s worldwide air hub, the publication adds, though additional flights are also en route to Ontario, California.
The tool will usefully allow customers to get a better idea of when, exactly, their iPhone 6s or iPhone 6s Plus is expected to arrive. Though, as usual, UPS will already have offered an accurate delivery date from its own tracking website.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple iPhone 6S Models are Available for its 3-Day Apple Retail Store Event, FRIDAY Morning on Sept 25, 26, 27
Problem: All iPhone 6S models are Sold-Out Globally
Solution: Go Friday to any Apple Retail Store, or your Mobile Provider to get your iPhone 6S
Alternatively, avoid Long Lines and buy your new iPhone 6S on-line, use this Link: http://www.apple.com/shop/buy-iphone/iphone6s
Apple Retail Store iPhone Release Event. Admittedly, I was engaged by the Print Media to cover last year’s iPhone 6 Release Weekend. Accordingly, I showed up at 2am outside the Boca Raton Raton Mall parking lot encountering about 1000 folks who has already gathered outside.
MALL Property management would not permit the "Retail Public" on Mall property until 5am. However, at 4am the Boca Raton Police, about 10 officers, corralled this growing group, in effort to "keep the peace" as the crowd was becoming unruly. When 5am occurred, there was a stampede of thousands who ran to the Mall’s SE Entrance, where everyone had to wait until 6am when the Mall Entrance was opened. The folks were permitted to enter the mall 25 folks at a time, in an orderly fashion, forming a long ribbon-line from this Entrance to the Apple Store. The Apple Store opened at 8am. Below is Apple’s Monday Press Release:
CUPERTINO, California — September 21, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPhone® 6s and iPhone 6s Plus, the most advanced iPhones ever, will be available at 8:00am local time on Friday, September 25 at Apple’s retail stores. Stores will have the new iPhones available for walk-in customers who are encouraged to arrive early. Both iPhone 6S models will also be available on Friday from AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, Verizon Wireless, additional carriers and select Apple Authorized Resellers.
iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus bring a powerful new dimension to iPhone’s revolutionary Multi-Touch™ interface with 3D Touch, which senses how deeply you press the display, letting you do essential things more quickly and simply. The new iPhones introduce Live Photos, which bring still images to life, transforming instants frozen in time into unforgettable living memories.
Live Photos, 3D Touch, 12-megapixel iSight® camera, 5-megapixel FaceTime® HD camera with Retina® Flash and more are powered by the Apple-designed A9 chip, the most advanced chip ever in a smartphone, delivering faster performance and great battery life. iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus are designed with the strongest glass on any smartphone and 7000 series aluminum, the same alloy used in the aerospace industry, in gorgeous metallic finishes that now include rose gold.
APPLE NEWS – Apple announced MONDAY that 4,000,000 iPhone 6S models were pre-sold in the first DAY available on the internet. Sales began at 3AM early Saturday Morning. This result literally "doubled" the previous 2 million iPhone 5S pre-orders, then a sales record, for the 2013 "S" model update released two years ago.
15,000,000 iPhone 6S Sales are predicted for this year’s iPhone 6S release during Apple’s 3 Day Weekend Event. Last year Apple sold just over 10 Million iPhone 6 models in 3 days. Looking at the Graph of sales in prior years, when comparing the 4 and 4S, the 5 and 5S, the "S" Model years have greatly increasing sales performances.
Sales Predictions. If this brief history has any predictive value, one may make inferences. As a Chartist, for this 2015 iPhone 6S sale Event, unit sales may exceed 15 Million units, setting another Apple iPhone sales record. Next week, Monday or Tuesday Apple will likely announce their sales figures for this weekend’s iPhone Release Event.
Personally, Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 6S Plus from Apple.com taking advantage of AT&T’s annual NEXT Plan, a 20 month arrangement where we qualify each Year for a Model upgrade, only paying Sales Tax and a modest $15 service charge. The 20 month installment plan then re-starts to Month #1 installment.
AT&T NEXT Plan. In the unlikely event that we chose to not upgrade, thereby retaining our iPhones, we’d simply continue to pay 8 more monthly installments, and after month 20, the iPhones would be owned free-and-clear. Alternatively, if we continue to upgrade annually, I consider the NEXT Plan monthly installments as "usage charges" with the option of ownership, in the event we do not upgrade.
4 Million iPhones Sold in one DAY equates to 1,666,666 iPhones Sold every HOUR, or 2,777 iPhones Sold each SECOND (For the Mathlete in all of us).
Apple May Sell 15 Million iPhones or more at its Sept 25™ Opening Sales Weekend Event – Total iPhone 6S Sales could go OVER THE TOP.
When Apple unveiled the iPhone 6S last week, Apple told us about many significant improvements namely, the iPhone6S new 3D-Touch technology in its display screen, its greatly enhanced camera, 50% larger imager to a 12 mega-pixel size, and its improved processor, the New A9 processor, for increased Speed and Performance…
APPLE did not tell us how much RAM (Random Access Memory) the new iPhone 6S would have internally. To be fair, Apple never cites memory specs. This time it is a really BIG Deal, because the New RAM configuration is TWICE the RAM contained in last year’s iPhone 6.
Software Developer Hazma Sood, regularly digs into specificaton details about upcoming Apple products, this time primarily by noodling around in Apple’s iOS9 software-code; Hazma recently discovered in the iOS9 code that the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus will have 2GB of RAM. This is a substantial jump from the 1GB of RAM found on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.
Sood posted these findings to his Twitter acct, saying that he made the discovery when using Apple’s developer XCode tools, which helps engineers build Apps for Apple’s iOS platforms. The tweet was quickly picked up by our FAU4U2 blog, and 9to5Mac and Macworld among others. http://t.co/X8Ym4DtamS
RAM, a Physical Analogy, consider the amount of RAM in your iPhone or iPad, comparable to the physical size of your Desk. If you have a 60" by 40" desktop this is generally plenty of room to have your papers and your writing tools spread around, where the Paper you are Reading represents the OPEN App on your iPhone. The other piles of papers on your desktop represent the Apps that are open in the BACKGROUND.
Imagine that your New Improved Desktop has grown to 120" by 40" in size. This is TWICE the surface area of your Desktop, where you have much more room to read the papers in front of you, and lots of room for more stacks of papers laying around, pencils, erasers, and your In and Out-Boxes. In sum, doubling RAM is a really Big Deal for your iPhone 6S and your iPad Pro.
For those that Pre-Order the iPhone 6S Plus today, on-line this 5.5" display model, you will have to wait a few weeks into October for delivery, as the 6S Plus model was sold-out globally in the first 24 hours of pre-sales.
Apple launched the iPhone 6s and 6s Plus in 12 countries, including: Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, the U.K., and the U.S.A.
The iPhone 6S, the 4.7" display model remains currently available for shipping on Friday, September 25th for the US, Canada, and 10 other Countries. Not so for China though, as in this relatively new major market, the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus models, all colors, and all storage options are totally Sold Out, with a 4 week delivery backlog.
Recall, many Investment Bankers and Day-Traders were selling $AAPL shares in recent months, because of their concerns with iPhone sales in China {perhaps unwarranted}. Apparently these equity traders simply do not understand Apple, with its continued double-digit profitable growth, with greater profit margins, quarter after quarter.
iPhone 6S Plus: Alternative, go to your local Retail Apple Store at 8AM among tens of thousands of folks, hoping to get their new iPhone 6S Plus on Friday September 25th, at Apple’s Global Grand Opening Sales Event for the iPhone 6S models. If history repeats itself, most Apple Stores will be sold-out before mid-afternooon. Subsequently, on Saturday and Sunday, and for the subsequent month or more, Apple continues to receive daily-replenishment of iPhone inventory.
For new iPhone releases, the Supply-and-Demand equation generally becomes in balance within 90 days for new iPhone releases. Recall, Apple forecasted a very strong iPhone 6S demand, and accordingly placed an initial supply-line order for 90 million iPhone 6S units, this being Apple’s Largest Initial Factory Order, ever.
Apple Reports, 70% of existing iPhone Owners have yet to Upgrade to iPhone 6. This represents about 500 Million Apple iPhone Users. It is believed that this year’s iPhone 6S upgrade is quite Significant, providing ample motivation to Upgrade from their iPhone 4S, 5 and 5S models. Additionally, AT&T NEXT Installment Sales Plans, and Apple’s version of a 24 installment plan, motivate upgrades with favorable $27 and $35 monthly installments respectively, with No Down Payment, interest free sales arrangements. Below we examine AT&T’s NEXT plan in detail.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for you to get the NEXT iPhone Annually. In sum here’s the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone, no interest charged; Gazelle and others say iPhones are currently depreciating at a rate of 55% per year.
Accordingly, a New $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for roughly $370 (±10%) when it is 12 months old in Very Good condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of approximately $35/month.
Compare the depreciation of $35/month to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month: Therefore AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month ($40/month payment, less $35/month for depreciation, equals $5/month). Therefore we’re paying $5/month (±$2) "premium" for the option of upgrading to a NEW iPhone after month 12 of the Plan (but before month 20) for our NEXT iPhone Upgrades. (Note: we are using $800 as the new iPhone price in this article; however, know that new iPhones may cost $450, $550, $650, 750, $850, or $950 depending the Model and Storage option chosen)
AT&T installment sale NEXT Plan: Marilyn and I bought last year’s iPhones using AT&T’s NEXT plan. NEXT is an installment sale agreement through AT&T. The Plan takes the price of the new iPhone, divides the sales price of the iPhone by 20, to calculate the NEXT monthly payment. For example, a new $800 iPhone would be billed through your AT&T account for $40/month for 20 months. At the time of the sale, either at AT&T Store or at Apple’s Retail stores, you pay only sales tax and $15 fee. After you pay $40 for 20 months the iPhone is YOURS, no interest charged. (Note: you may consider the $5/month "premium" as a fee to have the "option to upgrade annually" or AT&T’s Money Cost Risk, as AT&T is paying to Apple the full purchase price of your new iPhone, and their obligation to take your iPhone as a Trade-In irrespective of the then iPhone "commodity market.")
AT&T NEXT Plan: An interesting feature built into the Installment Sales agreement: if you want next year’s NEW iPhone model that’s released 12 months into the installment plan… simply turn-in your present iPhone on your current NEXT Plan (in good condition) and you receive a New iPhone upgrade, only paying SALES Tax and a $15 AT&T {activation} fee; If you elect to receive the NEXT New iPhone in 12 months or so, the Installment Payments {start over} for another 20 months; the 8 remaining unpaid installments from the iPhone you are trading-in are zeroed-out. You have 14 days to turn in your 12 month old-iPhone under the NEXT plan, to prevent being billed the total price of the New iPhone.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Your 12 month old-iPhone has to be in good condition, no cracked glass, no dents, or water damage. Alternatively, if you like your current iPhone (financed with AT&T’s NEXT plan) and do not desire to update to Apple’s new annual offering, simply retain your iPhone and continue to pay the remaining 8 installment (zero interest rate), and the iPhone is yours free-and-clear. AT&T alternatively has a 24-month and a 30-month plan for those that may desire to upgrade to New iPhone upgrades every 18 months or 24 months respectively. In the event your iPhone financed with NEXT is not in "Good Condition" you will have to check with AT&T to determine the remedy, repair, or damage fee that may be assessed, for AT&T to accept your iPhone trade-in.
GAZELLE.com is an Alternative to AT&T NEXT Plan. Admittedly for many years when I planned to upgrade to Apple’s New iPhone, we researched http://www.GAZELLE.com to get their offer to buy my current (12 month old) iPhone. Over 4 years of upgrading iPhones and iPads, these iDevices "depreciate" by about 55% (±5%) after One Year of ownership.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for AT&T iPhone users to Upgrade to a NEW iPhone ANNUALLY. Here is the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone; Gazelle purchase data, indicate that your iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about ±55% (±5%) annually. Therefore, your $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for $370 (±$25) when its 12 months old in Excellent condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about $35/month. Compare the $35 value of Depreciation to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month, AT&T is receiving a "premium" of $5/month, giving you the option to upgrade to a NEW iPhone for your NEXT iPhone Upgrades performed at month 12 or after, but before month 20 of the installment contract. The NEXT Plan is not a "Lease" arrangement; because with your final installment payment, you Own the iPhone; however with a Lease, the property (iPhone) would be returned to the Lessor.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Think of the NEXT plan this way; the $40/month installment payment is composed of a $35/month component for Depreciation, and a $5 component representing the Cost of the Money, and AT&T taking the risk of the then Value of the iPhone being traded in the future.
What Money… Remember, AT&T is paying Apple the full purchase price of the $800 iPhone when you take delivery of your New {NEXT Plan} iPhone. AT&T may not be classifying the money cost as billable-interest; however, there are are TWO significant Money Costs (an interest rate risk) associated with AT&T paying out several $Billion annually to Apple due to NEXT customer contracts. AT&T is taking another Risk (a commodity risk) of what the Value of that $800 iPhone, may be worth 12 months or more, into the future.
AT&T NEXT Plan: At the time of the iPhone sale, you’re only paying for Sales Tax + $15 fee; thereafter, 20 interest free installments are paid by you to AT&T with your monthly Cellular Billing, if you selected the 20 month plan. At the end of the 20 month period your iPhone would have depreciated by an amount of $700 ($35×20) for an iPhone that was worth $800 at the date of sale; Meaning that an $800 iPhone that is now about 2 years old would be "worth" roughly $100 if you sold the used iPhone to Gazelle or through eBay.
AT&T also has 24 and 30 month plans, they call these three plans: NEXT 12, NEXT 18, and NEXT 24 Plans.
Depreciation assumptions. The statistics that I’ve used in this article were derived from our 12 transactions with Gazelle.com, consisting of 8 iphone upgrades and 4 iPad upgrades dating back to 2010. I’ve chosen to use Gazelle purchase quotes as they offered to the best prices for our iDevices over the past 5 years of upgrading.
Articles have been Published in this forum about Gazelle and our experience using their excellent service. Once AT&T began offering their NEXT Plan, we literally Jumped at the opportunity as it matches the MATH that we’ve experienced for our many Apple iPhone and iPad upgrades. May I mention that ANDROID devices do not command the high residual values that Apple iPhones enjoy; Accordingly, AT&T’s NEXT plan is even more advantageous for those looking to upgrade with their SAMSUNG smartphones.
Apple iPhone 6S + 6S Plus is Pre-Ordering Today as of 3AM. Pre-Order Now to Receive it by Sept 30. There is Growing Excitement in Cyber Space and the Apple Crowd of 700,000,000 Apple iOS users.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus Pre-Ordering Begins early morning Saturday Sept 12th, and Going on Sale at Apple Retail Stores on Friday morning, September 25th. iDevice iOS available for download upgrade on September 16th mid-day.
AT&T NEXT Plan – Oh… One More Thing. I have no Financial Interest in the capital stock of Apple or AT&T; however, we own a number of Apple products, and have an AT&T mobile services account, including two NEXT installment purchases for iPhones.
The Link Below displays the current Shipping Date {Backlog} of the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones. A portion of the Report displayed below represents the current Shipping Dates that existed as of 2:30AM Eastern on Sept 22, 2015, ten days from when the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus became available on sale for online Pre-Ordering. To view the current report of several Countries and Regions reporting, click onto the link below to view current Shipping Dates:
http://iphone-inventory.blogspot.com
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple’s Special Media Event Key-Note Address announcing their new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus AND the New iPad PRO {Apple’s large 12.9" iPad} begins at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY Sept 9th, 2015 including Live-Stream viewing of the event globally, the link is provided below for your convenience.
Apple’s Media Event will be held at the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco at 1:00PM Eastern 9/9/2015, a large 7000 Seat sold-out venue. A super-sized venue for Super-Sized Product Releases, likely the Largest Ever. Apple on Thursday {8/27} morning sent out thousands of invitations for their special Media Event to be held on Wednesday, September 9th.
Historically, Apple media events are used to Announce New Products, new Software, or Both. In recent years the "September" seasonal media events, announce new iPhone iterations. This year’s event will be exposing some very innovative iPhone Camera upgrades, and perhaps the iPad Pro, Apple’s new 12.9" Large Display iPad, and a new iteration if the iPad mini.
Watch Apple’s Keynote Address for their new iPhone and iPad Announcements, click onto this link on September 9th, for Live-Streaming-Video, on or shortly before 1:00pm Eastern:
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/
Apple’s Cyber Lady from the Mother Ship is vetting the entire Cyber Universe to Focus on Apple’s Media Event held on Earth at 17:00 ZULU, GMT, or 1pm Eastern for earthlings.
What’s all the Fuss About – 70% of the half-Billion iPhone Users have not yet Upgraded to the iPhone 6. Aside from a relatively large volume of improvements and enhancements electronically and software-wise, less than 30% of existing iPhone Users have upgraded to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. Therefore 70% of the installed iPhone Users have not yet upgraded. This new iPhone 6S upgrade offers an attractive package as motivation to move from their iPhone 4S, 5, or 5S device, the iPhone 6S targeting those Apple and Android Users that are coming off their Two-Year Contracts.
Apple’s iPhone 6S upgrade, requires a sizable multi-year Apple investment with research, development, engineering and testing, as has been the case with all iPhone model upgrades. This next upgrade of the iPhone, iPhone 6S, should be available for online Apple Store internet Pre-Sales likely on 9/11; Apple’s USA Retail Stores will be Open at 8am for the Sales Event of the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus that will commence likely Friday, Sept 18, 2015).
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus. The supply-line has commenced mass-producing 90 Million iPhones for the initial production run of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus units for this September lunch. This represents the largest initial production-run order in Apple’s history. For Apple this release could this mean 15-to-18 Million iPhone sales in its opening 3-Day Weekend Launch.
Sept, 2014: Last year’s Apple 3-day opening retail event delivered 12 million iPhones in its opening weekend. Recall, the iPhone was not available in China during the initial release of the iPhone 6, due to China-Governmental {China’s version of our FCC} approval delays. This year we do not expect a China iPhone 6S release delay.
iPhone 4S and 5S and likely with the 6S, the "S" iPhone model upgrades have focused on its Camera, Lens, Imager, Image Processing, among other significant internal upgrades, like processor and storage.
iPhone 6S Upgrade News Roundup. Sources within Apple’s vast supply-line leaked documentation and component photos, indicating details regarding the iPhone’s Cameras, its case, processor, and RAM memory.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing {FF} Camera will likely contain 5 million pixels, a 400% increase from the current 1.2mp imager, for greatly improved SELFIE picture taking, true HD 1080p video recording and FaceTime Calling. We’ve just learned that the FF Camera will have a Flash for improved selfies in low light settings.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4k video capability; 4-K Video means that these Videos may capture at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone 6S to be 7.1mm Thin. Examination of the of the iPhone 6S case blueprints, reveal that the iPhone 6S will be 7.1mm in thickness, while the iPhone 6 is currently 6.9mm. Apparently the new 6S model will be 0.20mm thicker than the previous model. This may be due to Apple’s attempt to strengthen the shell to prevent a 2015 version of "Bend-Gate" or the addition of ForceTouch display grid.
iPhone 6S to be 0.2mm Thicker, in Perspective. A straind of Human Hair is about 0.10mm thick. This 0.20mm slight increase in thickness of the iPhone 6S is equivalent to the thickness of 2 Human Hairs, an almost in-perceivable measure to earthlings; however, Star Trek’s Vulcan Lieutenant Spock may be able to feel this difference.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing Camera. Examination of the iOS 9 Code Remarks , reveals that the FF Camera will be capable of Panorama photographs, 1080p 60fps video recording, and 720p 240fps slo-motion video capture, and HDR imaging. It also appears that the FF and RF iPhone Cameras will display Real-Time HDR visualization, on the LCD display.
iPhone 6S and 6S Plus Upgrade. Marilyn and I upgraded last year with AT&T’s 12 month NEXT Plan. This plan permits us upgrade literally to the "Next iPhone" seamlessly every 12 months. The plan provided to us a 20 month installment purchase contract with no interest charged. For the iPhone 6S Plus, lets assume prices are equal to last year’s, a price of $849, which includes $100 for 64GB memory storage.
AT&T’s NEXT 12 Plan in an installment purchase plan that takes $849 divided by 20 equal payments = $42.45/month for 20 months, paying the sales tax only at time of sale. The first $42.50 payment was included in one’s Next month’s AT&T billing.
iPhone 6S Plus Arrival in September, 8 weeks from now, we will present our iPhone 6 Plus smartphones in good physical and working condition, and receive new iPhone 6S Plus smartphones with the payment of $50.94 sales tax, and the 20 month installment plan (with 8 months remaining) is reset for another 20 months. If we don’t want to upgrade this year, continue to pay the remaining 8 months, and the installment sale would be completed, and the iPhones are then owned free and clear.
AppleCare+ Accident Protection. Increase the Warranty and Apple Support to 2 Years, PLUS includes 2 years of Accident protection for an up-front onetime price of $99 for 2 years. For accident protection, there is a $79 deductible paid when returning the phone to the Apple Store, say for water damaged iPhone replacement. For any warranty repairs or replacements during the 2 year period, there are no deductible charges. AppleCare+ does Not provide coverage if you loose the iPhone. Most of the cellular providers’ protection plans cost $99/year with a deductible.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4K video capability; 4K Video means that these Videos are captured at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a frame-rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional (industry nick-named 2K) HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone Videography – Think About it… With iPhone 6S being capable of 4k video capture PLUS slow-motion, accompanied with the iOS9 software upgrade, the iPhone 6S Camera App may have tools to select individual "still-image" photographs from the video clip, during play-back. Recall with digital videos, shot at 30fps (frames per second), the videos are actually a string of 30 still-images in sequence for the duration of the video-clip. For typical iPhone 6 video recording, each video consists of a string of thirty 2.1mp still images per second. Each frame would produce an excellent 4×6" photograph.
iPhone 4k video recording, this would provide the opportunity of selecting the exact frame (an 8.8mp frame) when a football team’s wide-received catches a Touchdown pass, the Baseball hitter with the Ball literally "On the Bat" at the exact moment of the hit, or the Golfer whose drive shows the Golf Ball at the exact moment of impact with the Driver… professional photographers practice for many years to capture these precise moments. With 4k video frame selection, everyone can capture these amazingly timed Photographs. This would produce an excellent 8×10" photograph.
iPhone’s iOS9. Lets not forget that the iPhone is an elaborate well packaged bundle of technology, albeit an amazing achievement. Combine iPhone HARDWARE with iOS SOFTWARE and the iPhone 6S comes to life. Hardware development is crucial; however, its the Software, the iOS that permits the 770 Million Users COMMUNICATE with the iPhone.
Combine iPhone 6S + iOS9 + Vast array of iPhone Apps, and the iPhone becomes much more than a Cell-Phone. Therefore, Take Time in discovering the features of Apple’s to be released iOS9, as teams of thousands of Apple Engineers are working 24/7 to make the USER Experience Exceptional and Secure. iOS9 will be bundled in all the new iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus when they are released in September, 2015
Apple Clearly Understands iPhone Photography (we call it iPhoneOgraphy) is a very important smartphone usage-component. As a teaching Pro, its widely known in the Imaging Industry that Smartphones have stimulated a modern rebirth in picture-taking in a major way.
iPhone Model Updates (A). iPhone was first brought to market by Apple June 29, 2007. Annually, Apple has been upgrading their iPhone with subsequent model releases occurring generally mid-year in a June to October calendar cycle. However, since 2012 iPhone updates have stabilized to the 3rd week of September.
iPhone "S" model releases have occurred on "Odd" numbered years, 3GS in 2009, 4S in 2011, 5S in 2013. And if history repeats itself 2015 will bring us the iPhone 6S, 6S Plus, and perhaps the 6C adding a variety of case colors. While "Even" numbered years, the iPhone model name changes by Number, iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014, and likely the iPhone 7 to be released September, 2016.
iPhone Model Updates (B). iPhone "S" updates have focused on improving its Camera, Lens System, Imager, and the iOS System software applicable to Camera Operation and Image Processing. This year should follow this trend, with a number of significant iPhone Camera improvements, among other enhancements, perhaps 2GB of internal RAM (up from 1GB), faster more power-efficient A9 Processor, improved battery chemistry and longevity.
iPhone Force Touch. With the introduction of the AppleWatch, its display and the WatchOS have a technology that is capable of distinguishing between a Tap and a Press. Since the AppleWatch has limited display area, Force Touch provides a software tool to launch Menu selections that a Tap would not provide. With the AppleWatch if one firmly Presses onto the Watch Face, the Watch OS responds with a "Customize" option, and you may Swipe-Left or Swipe-Right, to select from a dozen Watch Faces.
iPhone 6 currently running with iOS8.4, from the HOME Screen, if you Tap onto an App icon, the App launches; if you Press-and-Hold onto an App icon, all the Apps icons in that Home Page starts "jiggling" and the App icons simultaneously display an "X" at the top-left corner of each App icon, inviting the user to Delete the App with a Tap onto the "X" or Press onto the middle of the App icon, to Move the App to another position on that Home-Page or Move the App icon to another Home-Page, or move the App on top of another App to create a Folder to house two or more Apps.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus with Force Touch functionality. Apparently Apple engineers have designed an electrical-grid within the Display of the AppleWatch used to differentiate between a user’s Tap and Press. Apple engineering teams have determined that Force Touch will add unique and useful software tools for communicating with the iOS and Apple Apps. When iPhone 6S is released the Operating System pre-loaded will be iOS9, which will incorporate the Force-Touch algorithms.
iPhone cameras are capturing more Pictures than ALL the other digital Cameras Combined, including all the other smartphone cameras.
iPhones are currently selling at a rate of 250 million units per year and growing by +30% or more year over year. iPhone (camera) sales has been destroying the traditional pocket digital camera sales, over recent years. Sometime during 2016 iPhone sales will cross the 1,000,000,000 iPhones in circulation milestone. (1Billion iPhones). Remember the Apple critics were saying that Apple had "no business" entering the already crowded smartphone marketplace in 2007. Good thing Apple does not pay any attention to the critics.
Canon, Nikon, Sony, Leica, Lumix, Fuji have dominated the portable point-and-shoot photography segment for decades. Portable point and shoot cameras transformed to Digital from traditional film about 12 years ago, which stimulated their sales.
iPhone Cameras deliver excellent still-image capture and image stabilized HDTV video recording from 30fps to 240fps, with excellent color rendition and detail. Folks are realizing that there is no discernible need to carry a (second) portable-camera, therefore traditional pocket-camera sales continue to plummet.
iPhoneOgraphy. Having published over 500,000 images in recent years on our site (http://www.416-1100.com), the iPhone digital camera has become very sophisticated. The lens system’s aperture is currently at ƒ2.2 with a top shutter speed of 1/1000 second, Color rendition is very accurate, image detail is sharp. For a fixed focal-length camera one could hardly ask for more, knowing that the entire Camera, Lens, Imager system is the size of Kernel of Corn.
iPhoneOgraphy Wish List. Apple has achieved Patents for an internal Zoom Lens System, a unique Light Splitting system so that the 3-primary colors (Red Green Blue) are separated, processed and then brought together digitally for recording onto the memory data card. Apple also received a patent for a Bayonet Lens Mounting system so accessory Lens attachments may be attached to the iPhone with its precision mounting hardware. If and when Apple brings these unique Patents into the iPhone, another Imaging Revolution will be upon us. While we are wishing, lets increase the Aperture to ƒ1.8 and the maximum shutter speed to 1/2000 second, and a 3x optical zoom lens.
iPhoneOgraphy. There have been occasions particularly for product imaging, landscapes, and evening sunsets, where the iPhone camera does an amazing job. I’ve posted many on my FAU4U Facebook page; Combine iPhoneOgraphy with several of the great iPhone Camera and Imaging Editing Apps available today, such as: 645 PRO, GyroLens, PS Express, Photogene4, to name a few. Notice the screen-capture that displays my iPhone "Image Editing" home-page showing my most commonly used Apps. BTW, since I have not found a Photo App to adjust Perspective similar to the "Photoshop Skew Tool" I use Doc Scan Pro App on the iPhone and Doc Scan HD App on the iPad, to straighten (make parallel) building Edges in Photos. These Apps are designed to square the edges of a scanned page;however I use the App to make Building Walls parallel, as a $2500 CANON Perspective-Control Tilt-Shift Lens would accomplish.
Our Professional Photography colleagues will be shocked to learn that many times, I’ve chosen to use my trusty iPhone 6 Plus (camera) set to HDR mode, to capture landscape scenes and sunsets rather than take out my $3500 Canon Digital SLR rig. When engaged for a photo assignment, one surely cannot whip out an iPhone for a commercial job.
iPhone Cameras. Next year over 1,000,000,000 iPhones (1 Billion iPhones) will be in Circulation.
Apple knows the Power of iPhone picture-taking and SELFIE picture taking. Addressing this huge imaging demand Apple continues to implement a number of significant image quality upgrades. Recall initially, the front-facing camera was "designed" primarily for FaceTime video-calling. To keep the band-width requirements under control, for the cellular service providers, Apple kept the front facing camera to roughly 1 million pixels. Currently, the cellular providers have greatly enhanced their Networks by a factor of 10x, so live streaming HQ video is now mainstream.
iPhone 6S Front Facing 5pm Camera. Apple increasing the front facing camera to 5mp will deliver very high quality images for publication to Facebook, Twitter and other Social Networks. The Front Facing Camera upgrade will also deliver true 1080p, 30 frames per second, High Definition Video, for making Selfie videos, HDTV Movies, High Definition FaceTime calls, and high resolution selfie Picture taking.
iPhone 6S Rear Facing 12mp Camera. Apple increasing the Rear Facing Camera imager to 12mp is a significant increase. Apple has resisted increasing the pixel count in prior iPhone iterations; however, Apple improved and increased the iPhone’s pixel-size to reduce low-light noise.
iPhoneOgraphy, iPhone Digital Photograph As a frame of reference the traditional 8"x10" Color Print at 300dpi, requires 7.2mp of image data. (The math: 8x300x10x300 = 7,200,000) One of the principle reasons that Apple retained the 8mp pixel-dimension, was the iPhone’s ability to make Framable 8×10" prints.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple continued to improve Picture Taking by re-Engineered the actual Pixels for three subsequent years (rather than increasing the pixel count) improving the Lens Systems, and adding Optical Image Stabilization, reducing blurred-pictures, by virtually eliminating camera shake.
iPhoneOgraphy for the inPhone 6S. Its reported from supply-line sources that the iPhone 6S Front facing camera will contain a 12mp imager. A traditional digital file with a pixel dimension of 12mp RGB (bayer array: red green blue) can deliver a 300dpi print of 10"x13.3" which is a remarkable capability for a Camera-Lens System that is the size of a small Green Pea, imbedded in the iPhone 6S.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video HDTV. The new Rear Facing Camera would also have the capability of recording true 4k HDTV Movies at 30 frames per second. True HDTV 4K recordings means that 30 frames per second with each frame containing a pixel dimension of 4096×2160 pixels, which equates images of 8.847mp each, recorded at a frame rate of thirty frames per second. Canon’s $10,000 five pound DSLR professional camera can capture 4k video, but certainly not "pocket-friendly." This is a lot of imaging data. Better upgrade your next iPhone to 128GB Phone storage!
In practice, if you were video recording a Tennis Match in 4k format (A), one could scroll through the video Frames, locating the exact Frame where the Tennis Ball was impacted upon the strings of the Tennis Racket, a precise moment in time that Professional Photographers strive for, with their $10,000 Canon SLR cameras, that can capture high-speed photography at just 12 frames per second. Truly, a Wow Factor.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video Picture Frames (B), Combine 4k video recording with a Optical Zoom lens, would create an Action Sports camera to behold. Notice the tennis match that I shot in 2005 at a FAU Woman’s Court. With 4k recording this shot would be common-place rather than a hard sought-after lucky capture.
http://www.416-1100.com/gallery/392033
iPhoneOgraphy, One More Thing. Recently, Apple received a Patent for incorporating a Bayonet Mounting System into the iPhone in support for its Rear Facing camera Lens opening. If implemented, Apple (or the After-Market) would be able to manufacturer Lens Attachments to be precision mounted onto the iPhone.
iPhoneOgraphy. If and When Apple chooses to build a stainless steel Bayonet Mount, this would encourage even more picture taking, with an array of zoom lenses, wide-angle lenses, and telephoto lenses.
iPhoneOgraphy ALSO, Apple received a Patent where a 3x Optical Zoom Lens would be built into the iPhone, internally, making the iPhone with no attachments, an all-in-one camera system combined with all the capabilities of the smartphone.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple is fully aware that its iPhones owners are capturing Billions of Pictures and video clips. Apple knows that the iPhone Camera with its high quality picture taking capability, is one of the major reasons folks buy iPhones, combined with the iPhone’s new larger 4.7" and 5.5" Displays, and its incredible array of iPhone designed Apps.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 7 has been on Apple’s Drawing Boards for some time. There may not even be an iPhone 6S, that has been anticipated. Yes, there will likely be a New iPhone released in Q3 of 2015. There are a number of unknowns, among a few: (A) What will Apple call the next iPhone iteration, iPhone 6S or iPhone 7, (B) What are the New iPhone Specifications and improvements from the present day iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, (C) What are the New iSight Camera Specifications, will Apple be able to incorporate a true Dual-Lens Sight camera system, or a 3-Imager Array with Optical Image Stabilization, incorporated with a 3x Optical Zoom Lens with a field of view of say 20º to 60º range (both these iSight configurations are Apple owned Patents). (D) Perhaps the iSight Camera receives a new 12 Million Pixel Imager, with enhanced color rendition and low-noise performance.
iPhones are sophisticated hand-held compact communications devices that require thousands of man-hours to develop, test, engineer, retest, reengineer, construct prototypes, field-test, fabrication production-run tests, then mass-produce.
Question remains: Will Apple release an iPhone 6S in 2015 or choose to call it an iPhone 7. There have been lots of chatter mentioning that the iPhone 6S iteration thought to be released in Sept, 2015, will not occur with the "S" model. However, Apple may release the iPhone 7 in 2015 because of its extensive improvements, that are certainly not an incremental improvement.
Apple’s iPhone 7 Camera may be the Really BIG News. A recent US Patent Awarded to Apple, designs a new image-splitting Cubic methodology, an optical zoom and image stabilization camera lens system, low noise improvement, color rendition. Perhaps a new optical image stabilization system coupled to the three-imager system that separately processes Red, Green, and Blue light.
Current reports out of China indicate that the iSight Camera may increase the Imager to 12 million Pixels. If the iSight Camera system is configured with a dual-camera system, perhaps the 12 million pixels equates to Two Imagers of 6 million pixels each.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will commence in August, 2015 in preparation to its subsequent release. iPhone 6 to iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will be at a 2:1 ratio, favoring the more popular iPhone 6. Assuming drop-testing is now satisfactory, the iPhone 6 Plus model may incorporate a new Sapphire display-cover; the use of Sapphire would be a First for any current smartphones on the market. Currently the Watch and the Watch edition models utilize Apple’s new sapphire display covering.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus have been out for 9 months, with only 3-Months remaining until the next iPhone; Accordingly, it’s time to update the rumors regarding the next generation iPhone. No one knows if the next iPhone will be named the iPhone 6S, or the iPhone 7, but from industry sources, we are expecting the iPhone 7 to arrive in the 3rd quarter of 2015.
The next iPhone may feature an edge-to-edge, or near edge-to-edge display removing all or most of the edge-bezel that exists in the 5.5" iPhone 6 Plus. iPhone 7 may be the result of removing most of the bezel {the black "boarder" that outlines the display area}. This will have the effect of "creating" a larger image-display area, without increasing the edge-to-edge dimensions of the overall iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus. As for resolution, we think Apple will likely retain the pixel dimensions at 1080p, and physical dimensions of the iPhone 7 models will remain constant with the iPhone 6 and 6 plus.
Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS9. Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give "hints" on the new iPhone 7 features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 7.
Force Touch Technology. One of the "Operating System" features that may be brought over from the Apple Watch is Force Touch. This is a software methodology that distinguishes between a Tap and a forceful Touch. Generally speaking a Tap is a brief gesture made to a touch-screen display signifying a menu item, a "send" or "answer" button.
A Forceful Touch is a new gesture where a user applies finger-pressure on a menu item, indicating to the Operating System to launch a "Sum Menu" for example. In actuality the display does not notice or measure physical pressure; however, applying a press, the system recognizes the "diameter" of the finger when a there is a brief Tap, as compared to an "increasing diameter" of the finger, and a longer Press duration that occurs on the touch screen.
Inside the iPhone, Apple will likely replace the A8 processor with a new A9 processor, fabricated by Samsung, however, designed by Apple. Samsung will use the new thinner 14nm FinFET technology when manufacturing Apple’s new A9 custom processor.
Lets Get Scientific for a moment. The term “14nm” refers to the size of the transistors that are used to make a whole integrated circuit or ‘chip’. Back in the days of the earliest integrated circuits these transistors were 10 microns across or nearly 1,000 times larger than they are today. Reducing the size of these transistors has important benefits.
Because of the way integrated circuits are built on fixed-size sheets of silicon, by making each circuit smaller, more circuits may be built on a given sheet size, reducing the cost per transistor and giving greater performance for the same cost.
Additionally by reducing the distance between transistors, the amount of power required is reduced to activate the circuits and to move the signal from one circuit to the next. The results is a reduction in overall power consumption. For Apple “14nm” means greater performance, less heat, lower power consumption and bet better battery life.
Expect a seriously fast Multi-Core processor in the iPhone 7. On the rear of the iPhone 6, 6 Plus, Apple may install a tandem, dual-lens Cameras into the iPhone 7 that will provide "DSLR Quality" images. The rear-facing camera in the Samsung Galaxy S6 and S6 edge is impressive, therefore it will be interesting to test Apple’s new camera systems.
iPhone 7 for the Record. The next iPhone whether its named the iPhone 6S or the iPhone 7, will not actually be the 7th iPhone. The iPhone 6 and 6 Plus were in order, the 9th and 10th iPhone models released respectively. If Apple were to adopt the next Number for all the new model-releases, no more "S" designations for odd-year releases) then the iPhone 7, 7 Plus would be the 11th and 12th in line.
S
Historically, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the "S" moniker to the model name its updating, the "odd-numbered years," such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably. For example, iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely name this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S. This year may change this naming sequence.
iPhone 7 Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel "Radio Transceivers" capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.
Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 7 will likely follow this upgrading formula.
Over 35% of the Folks buy iPhone 6 were Android "Switchers" according to Industry Tracking Services, reporting Carriers, and Apple. Apparently there is a large installed base of Android smartphone users that are migrating to Apple, now that the iPhone 6 is offering larger displays.
iPhone 6 and 6 Plus Sales are far and away Better than Analysts predicted, Apple sold 135 Million iPhones Globally for the 6 months period ending March 31, 2015. Surveys conducted by Canaccord indicates that a "greater mix" of Android users {about double} are converting to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus than did to the iPhone 5, 5s, or 5c. A recent Kantar Worldpanel ComTech study noted that across Germany, France, Italy, Spain, and the U.K., roughly 32.4% of new iPhone buyers migrated from Android in the last quarter.
Data from the IDC’s latest Mobile Phone Tracker survey reveals that 98.8 million smartphone units shipped in China in the first three months of 2015. Despite a 4.5% contraction, Apple grew its sales a massive 62.1% year over year. IDC’s Tracker reports that Apple shipped 14.5 million iPhones in China in the quarter, earning the company 14.7% market share, making iPhone China’s No. 1 smartphone vendor.
Analysts fail to notice the Chinese 4.3% contraction in smartphone sales was largely due to Samsung’s significant 11.3 million unit drop in sales Y-O-Y, from 20.9 million to 9.6 million units sold, more than double China’s percentage contraction.
Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.
In Sum, iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to history and recent conflicting reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model, or iPhone 7, because of major internal innovations justifying the advanced nomenclature.
One More Thing on this Topic. Lets look at nomenclature from a Marketing perspective. Apple knows that only 20% of the installed iPhone-user-base upgraded from an older iPhone to the New iPhone 6. Apple reported that 13% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by December 31, 2014, and an additional 7% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by March 31, 2015.
Conversely, this means 80% of existing iPhone owners have not upgraded to iPhone 6 or 6 Plus. To help motivate this large 80% group of {iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 4, 4S, 3G and 3GS} users, about 250 million of them, Apple may incorporate "magnanimous improvements and technology" into the Next iPhone iteration, to help encourage more existing iPhone users to upgrade this year.
Apple may jump directly to the iPhone 7 to make it indelibly clear that the 2015 iPhone iteration is NOT an Incremental update.
Apple is now the Top smartphone seller in China, topping foreign and domestic competitors alike in the Middle Kingdom, but overall Chinese handset sales fell for the first time in six years, mainly due to Samsung’s 53% drop in unit sales, Y-O-Y. IDC’s annual report cited sales in the first quarter of 2015 found that APPLE has taken over the top spot on the strength of 14.5 million units shipped, an increase of 62% year-on-year. Apple also noted a surge in sales for China during Apple’s company’s last quarterly call. Apple executives reported China revenue was up 71% on the year-ago quarter at a record clip of $16.8 Billion.
Apple’s 14.7% share of the market edged out Xiaomi, who shipped 13.5 million units on the quarter for a 13.7% share of the market. Huawei was third, with 11.2 million units and an 11.4% market share. Followed by Samsung and Lenovo, both of whom plummeted in the Chinese market over the last year. Last year’s leader Samsung saw a 53% year-on-year drop in sales as the Korean firm went from 20.5 million handsets shipped and a 19.9% market share to just 9.6 million units and a 9.7% market share. Lenovo’s position tumbled from 10.2% to 8.3% of the total market as year-on-year shipments fell by nearly a quarter from 10.5 million to 8.2 million handsets. All other vendors sold for 41.7 million handsets, accounting for 42.2% share of the market.
In total, IDC estimates that 98.8 million smartphones were shipped in China on the quarter, down 4.3% from last year’s Q1 total of 103.2 million units. It it noted that 4.4 million unit drop was largely due to Samsung sales were down over 50% from the previous period.
Analysts noted that the market for smartphones in China, as in other nations, has gone flat as consumers have been reluctant to trade in their current handsets for new models. "China is oftentimes thought of as an emerging market but in reality, the vast majority of phones sold in China today are smartphones, similar to other mature markets like the US, UK, Australia, and Japan," explained IDC China managing director Kitty Fok.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple’s Light Separation imager system is not a new development; however, presently these technologies exist in $10,000+ HDTV network video cameras. The unique technology rests with is Cubic-Light-Splitter. "Prism Systems" are incorporated in HDTV video rigs. The New iPhone 7 iSight Camera for 2015… will Apple really be able to incorporate this 3-Imager Array with Optical Image Stabilization, incorporated with a 3x Optical Zoom Lens with a field of view of 22º to 66º range? Notice the Patent received March 24, 2015, describing this design.
My personal opinion, the external dimensions of the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus may remain the same for the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus. Any marginal increases to the display size may be effected by bezel reductions. The other improvements will be display brightness, resolution, pixel density, Processor speed, a jump in RAM to 2GB, and elimination of the 16GB traunch in storage, rendering storage choices of 32GB for the standard configuration, and 64GB and 128GB as option increases.
Why would Apple skip the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus (established nomenclature) for its 2015 model release in September… My belief is its a Marketing Perception move.
iPhone 6 and 6 Plus have been near-nuclear-hot selling release, with 74,500,000 iPhone 6 and 6 Plus’s sold its Q1, 2015 fiscal quarter, that’s 827,778 iPhones per Day, or 34,490 per Hour, for every hour in a 24 hour day.
Tim Cook mentioned "…that 85% of the 74.5 Million iPhone buyers were NEW to Apple, and 35% of them came to iPhone from Android… and only 15% were previous iPhone upgrades…" These facts were mentioned during Apple’s quarterly Conference Call in January, 2015. This is huge news to Apple, to develop a plan to motivate new buyers and iPhone upgraders to acquire the newest iPhone, plus Apple wants to eliminate the stigma that the "S" model year improvements as just "an incremental release".
Apple’s 2015 iPhone model name, skipping directly to the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus is justified because of the internal improvements and performances, and eliminates the critics use of "incremental" associated with the "S" model year releases that have occurred in Odd-Year model releases. Additionally, the fact that Apple desires to showcase the very best products, in their categories, has led to speculations amongst media and tech enthusiasts that the Apple iPhone 7, as opposed to the rumored iPhone 6S, will be launched in 2015.
Recall, with the release of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, only 15% of the existing iPhone 4, 4S 5, 5C and 5S owners upgraded to the iPhone 6 models, and some 35% of the new iPhone 6 buyers came from Android users. This translates to 85% of the existing iPhone (4, 4S 5, 5C, 5S) owners, totaling 220,000,000 for these iPhone models, have yet to upgrade. This 85% market-segment, this over 200 million iPhone owners, is precisely where Apple may likely apply sharp focus, for the September, 2015 iteration cycle.
A Key Factor, the market has reacted extremely positively to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. This has led to a change in priorities, with pressure from investors like Carl Icahn pushing Apple to change its two-year aesthetic and technology redesigns to a Yearly Affair, rather than a Major iPhone Upgrade in EVEN numbered Years, and incremental "S" iPhone updates on ODD Years. China is a KEY Stakeholder, a market that Apple wishes to gain more share. CHINA’s demand for iPhone 6 Plus is greater than most other countries’ iPhone 6 demand.
iPhone 7 is expected to have a screen size close to 4.9 inches, an increase from 4.75" while the iPhone 7 Plus is expected to increase to near 5.7" screen up from 5.5" by reducing the horizontal and vertical bezel widths. This would render the iPhone 7 to be its largest iPhone since its inception in 2007. However, the external dimensions of the iPhone 7 models will remain consistent with the iPhone 6 models.
The new iPhone 7 may likely see a Very Significant iSight Camera upgrade, with its rear camera sensor being increased over 8 megapixels; or a NEW 3-Imager System, collecting Red, Green, and Blue light-segments using a unique Light Splitting Array, building onto the iPhone’s already impressive imaging history.
iPhone 7 may have a quad-core A9 processor to power the two iPhone 7 models, to power the new Imaging Array as well as a near-QHD display resolution, given Apple’s history with using non-standard resolutions for its devices.
iPhone 7 is rumored to have more RAM, like 2GB, and integrated graphics on the next generation flagships’ SoC will be key upgrades that will allow them to power higher resolution displays and provide significant hardware efficiencies over the previous generations.
Previously Reported:
http://www.kantarworldpanel.com/global/smartphone-os-market-share/
https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/
iSight iPhone 7 Dual Camera System: It has been widely reported over various iterations of the "S" Models, the "Odd Numbered Year" iPhone updates, that the iSight Camera receives considerable engineering attention. This year may not be an exception.
The rumor-mill is intensifying, our articles will bring to you unannounced product whispers, that have several sources, in effort to keep the "junk" to a minimum. Incidentally, one of our articles that was written 90-days before the iPhone 6 was announced, was recently reviewed… we on-target with most of the iPhone 6 predictions and features. Take a look at our Rumors and Whispers tab looking at the June-July 2014 articles.https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/
iPhone 6S Dual Camera System.This Year the whispers are hovering around the iPhone potentially receiving a TWO iSight Camera configuration. One lens being set to "slightly Wide Angle" the second lens being set to "slightly Telephoto." Each lens system would be supported by its own high-resolution [8Mp] low-noise Imager. [Editor: Perhaps 10MP this year]. The heavy lifting is with some very unique software algorithms "OverLaying" the two captured high-resolution images, and creating a single ultra-high-resolution image, similar to what one would expect from a quality digital SLR camera.
iPhone 6S Dual Lens iSight Cameras. With this unique dual-iSight Camera arrangement, an added benefit would be the resultant image would be rendered with twice the number of pixels collecting light and image information, effectively Doubling the Image Resolution, in addition to Halving Image Noise. Sophisticated software techniques are deployed to improve image quality with auto-digital-zoming with image-matching during the "OverLay" processing. As c|Net has reported about this technology so the technology exists… the question… has Apple licensed the technology, or is Apple engineering their own unique method to be used in future versions of its iPhone.
http://youtu.be/bKyM-XKhZJY
Apple department heads and engineering teams therefore have to "Predict what the Buying Public will likely Desire years into the Future" years before the Current iPhone Models is released. Accordingly, many iPhone suppliers, beta models, screen makers, sensor makers, lens grinders, chip foundries, processors, batteries… their staffs are aware of what may be coming for the latest iPhone models on the drawing board. There are likely 3 to 4 iPhone models in various stages of development presently, not to mention other new unannounced product creations under wraps.
Apple’s iPhone 6S, iPhone 7 the iPhone 7S, and iPhone 8, are in various levels of Development, given that an iPhone requires years before a new iPhone is "Finalized for Mass Production."
Apple is currently completing the Finalization of the iPhone 6S, the last stage before it is released for mass production. Accordingly, rumors & whispers of what may come in the next iPhone, may confuse next years components with the year after’s components.
The iPhone 6S will be due for a Major Update to its internal components occurring September, 2015, about 7 months to go. In recent years, historically speaking, iPhones that were released in even-numbered years, the iPhone model names were: iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014.
Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS8.2 Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give "hints" on the new iPhone 6S features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 6S.
Interesting discovery in looking at the current beta iOS Code, is the function of a iWatchCompanion App. This App apparently will be a built-in App of the iOS8.2 operating system. When the AppleWatch Companion App is launched, the iPhone to communicate with the iWatch, making for a convenient "Settings Menu" using the iPhone, for convenient selections, watch faces, position of App Icons, etc for the iWatch, once complete, transmit button will send the settings to the iWatch. Settings may also be changed on the iWatch, however the iWatch Companion App is a convenient settings tool. Apple Watch will be compatible with iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 and 6 Plus.
Over recent years historically, the "odd-numbered years," such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the "S" moniker to the model name its updating; for example iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely nam"{e this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S.
iPhone 6S Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel "Radio Transceivers" capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.
Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 6S will likely follow this upgrading formula.
iPhone 6 performs smoothly even with 1GB of RAM ;[‘
,;memory. The secret lies with the iOS8 platform, ]optimizations, the way the iPhone handles memory, internal tasks, the Apps, as well as Apple’s strict programming requirements for its App developers.
Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.
iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to recent reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model.
Apple’s own announcement history proves that every two iterations there’s a major change internally and externally; however, for "odd numbered year" model enhancements the iPhone improvements have been viewed as “incremental” updates. Apple analysts say the iPhone experiences major updates every two years, with improvements in specs for the alternate year cycles. [Editor: we believe the "incremental" designation is a gross-oversimplification for thousands of hours of Apple management and engineering efforts.]
iPhone 5S compared to the iPhone 5. Comparing the iPhone 5 to the 5S may give clues in predicting the enhancements to this year’s iPhone 6S. Although the two models (the 5 and 5S) are nearly identical as to its external appearance, its case, and dimensions, the iPhone 5S boasts a number of new significant features internally.
New Bio-metric Finger Print Touch-ID Security" a highly accurate fingerprint scanner embedded within, under the iPhone’s newly sapphire-covered Home Button, reported to have the equivalency of a strong 8-digit password. This is a unique feature of the iPhone 5S (and new to any smartphone) which provides the user the ability to securely unlock the phone just by touching the Home Button. [Editor: think about it, an 8-digit password has over 99 million numerical combinations, which means with Touch-ID Fingerprint technology, only 3 other individuals in the North America continent could unlock your iPhone]
New iSight Imager with larger Imager-Pixels of 1.5 microns each, up from 1.4 microns, iPhone 5S comes with a new iSight Camera whose improved image-sensor, 7.14% larger pixels, provides for higher resolution images with Lower-Image Noise, and better color rendition. [Editor: A 7.14% increase in pixel-size sounds minimal; however, in these compact hand-held iPhones, space is limited, and the imager is about the diameter of a very small green-pea]
Increased the iSight Lens Aperture to f2.2 from f2.4 which has the effect of significantly increasing the "amount of light" exposure onto the image sensor, provides better pictures in Low-light situations. [Editor: This increase in aperture permits 70% more light onto the imager; another example, increasing an Aperture to f1.4 from f1.8 actually Doubles the amount of light passing through the lens to the imager.]
New True-Tone Dual LED Flash System. This new flash system performs by accurately auto-calculating the color of the ambient lighting conditions in the image-area into which FLASH will be added; upon auto-calculation the COLOR of the Flash emulates the natural ambient lighting of the scene. [Editor: sounds simple, but not so; we know of no other Electronic Flash system, regardless of cost or size, that is capable of auto-color-correct its Flash output on-the-fly]
New iSight Camera Records at 120 FPS Slow-Motion Video capability, resulting in high quality slow-motion video clips. Only multi-$thousand SLR cameras had this capability. Typical video recorders operate at 30 frames per second. Recording at 120fps gives the effect of slowing down motion to 1/4th speed. [Editor: Think about it, 120 frames of 2.2mp for each image-frame, each video-frame having a file-size of say 3MB, equates to 360,000,000 bytes of digital image data, processed and recorded every second. A billion BYTES of image information processed every 3 seconds is unheard of even for most desktop PC Computers; yet the Apple critics call the iPhone 5S an "incremental update NOT.]
New 64-bit A7 Processor chip, increased from a 32-bit processor, the first smartphone to have this broad-band architecture, giving blazing fast processing speeds. [Editor: This means, if the processor’s band-width increased from 32-bits to 64-bits, using a "water-pipe" analogy, if the processor band-width increased a 32mm diameter pipe to 64mm diameter, it delivers 400% more throughput]
New M7 Motion Processor chip to measure and processes Motion, GPS, Altitude and other location attributes have been enhanced from the previous M6 chip. [Editor: Apple removed the location attributes and calculations from the main A7 processor and created a separate M7 processor, so that both the A7 and M7 processors may coProcess simultaneously, enhancing resulting speed; also the M7 processor is specifically designed to efficiently process location-based geophysical data.]
Reports from Asia claim that the new iPhone 6S will use "Force Touch" technology a technology that first appeared in the Apple Watch. “Force Touch" incorporates an electronic-grid around the flexible Retina display to distinguish between a person’s light-tap and a firm-depression, which may trigger a different software feed-back response, like instant access to a range of contextually specific controls, such as an Action-menu in Messages, or a Mode that allows one to Select different AppleWatch faces. [Editor: The display’s new "Force Touch" an Apple branding for pressure-sensitivity is the most significant addition to display-sensing-capability since Multi‑Touch on the original iPhone in January 9, 2007]
iPhone 6S iSight camera is likely due for a significant Update. Over recent years the "Odd years" 2009, 2010, 2013, Apple had concentrated its engineering Focus on the iSight Camera, among other components. News reports have stated recently have indicted that the iPhone has captured more Digital Images than any other SmartPhone, dedicated pocket Camera, SLR, by any Brand, or type. Apple knowing this will surely enhance the iSight Camera to provide.
Based on recent Rumors, Whispers, and Reports, the following 9 Enhancements may appear in the Apple’s to be released iPhone 6S and 6S Plus:
1⃣ iSight Camera Lens System Aperture of f2.0 from f2.2 providing for significantly more light exposure on the image sensor
2⃣ iSight Camera Lens System to have true Optical Zoom which gives crystal-clear wide angle and telephoto pictures
3⃣ iSight Camera Imager may have 10 million pixels or more
4⃣ iSight Camera Imager may have 1.6 micron pixel size for better low-light low-noise performance
5⃣ RAM on-board memory increased to 2GB for better multi-App performance
6⃣ RAM Memory to be LPDDR4 high-speed read-wright capability
7⃣ Sapphire Crystal for the main display
8⃣ Main Display to be OLED for improved Brightness in high ambient lighted areas like outdoors
9⃣ Main Display incorporating Force Touch tactile technology similar to AppleWatch’s display
📲 Presently in the USA, over 52% of all American smartphone owners have iPhones, the remaining smartphone users, the 48% smartphone users, are grouped together (the 12 brands and models of Androids, Blackberry, Google, Samsung, HTC, Nokia, Motorola). Apple’s market-share in North America is growing. Industry experts expect, with the release of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, Apple’s market share for their iPhones will grow at an accelerated rate, as Android users migrate to Apple, now that the Display size objections are resolved, with Apple’s 4.7" and 5.5" screens.
📲 Apple iPhone "supply-line" chatter is hot and heavy as the next weeks speed forward. Combine this chatter with several layers of (Chinese) Mandarin translation, it becomes difficult to differentiate between which models are being referred to, either the iPhone 6S, iPhone 7, iPhone 7S, or iPhone 8, all of which are in various stages of development and testing. Expressed above is the best we could surmise.
📲 Virtually all of the rumors and schematics pertaining to Apple’s next iPhone center on its ultra-thin design and two Display sizes: 4.7" and 5.5" or larger as bezel dimensions reduce.
📲 Recall none of the figures, dialogs, and proforma-images, come from Apple officially, but from "snitches" in its supply-line. Of course its no surprise that Apple totally ignores, and is aggravated by all the "news" reports and rumors.
📲 Other than leaked supply-line secrets, punishable by aggressive prosecution by Apple, everything displayed and discussed is conjecture. Since there are such a vast number of enterprises, engineers, and factory workers involved with the fabrication and assembly of the new iPhones, whispers arriving from several directions that have a common-thread, could lead an observer to deductions, which are assembled in this article.
Apple’s iPhone Compared to a Burroughs $250,000 Enterprise Computer. Jim Wilson in 1975 is reviewing a COBOL program printout generated by the Burroughs B2700 Computer system.
Burroughs B2700 Computer Specifications are as follows
➖ Burroughs B2700 Computer System $125,000
➖ System Memory configured for 128 MegaBytes upgrade $40,000
➖ System Removable Dual Drives, 2.2 MegaByte Disks $30,000
➖ System Card-Reader and Card-Punch $8,000
➖ System 132 Character high-speed Line-Printer $22,000
➖ System Weight/Size 1720 pounds, Fills a 10’x12′ Room
➖ System Power Requirements, 240v 50 Amp stabilized, $2,500
➖ System Climate Control Required, Force Air System 65ºF to 75ºF
iPhone 6 Plus Specifications are as follows
➖ iPhone 6 Plus base System, $550
➖ System Memory configured for 128 GigaBytes upgrade, $200
➖ 600 Channel ultra-high frequency Cellular Transceiver, Included
➖ High Definition 8 MegaPixel digital Camera, Included
➖ High Definition 1080p digital HDTV Video Camera, Included
➖ System Weight/Size 172 Grams, Fills Hand, 6.2"x3"x0.28"
➖ System Power Requirements, Builtin LiON Battery, Included
➖ System Climate Control Not Required, 45ºF to 95ºF
Pleased you’re reading – with over 100,000 Readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published daily. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post the link on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads no Mailing Lists) with a link to each new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/
Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.
As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Wilson.2016.Isagenix.com
Donation Link – In preparation of these articles, hours of research, image editing and the graphics used to amplify your reading. Tender Donation, use LINK Below
PayPal’s Donations Page: https://goo.gl/A9Qneb
To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with 26,123,614 visits as of March 7, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.
If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital
As friends, family and students know, I’m an avid and early adopter of iPad since its release April, 2010. When Apple released [November, 2015] the 12.9″ Retina-Display iPad PRO, (having sold a MacBook Pro to Gazelle.com) then purchased the 12.9″ iPad PRO configured with 128GB of Storage, 4GB memory, AT&T connectivity, plus Apple Pencil and Brydge Pro Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather slip-over protective folio.
Apple Commences their Annual iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus • 3-Day Sales Event • Friday • Saturday • Sunday • Sept 16, 17 & 18 @ 8:00am Local Time Globally. What’s unique about this year’s Sales event, iPhone 7 Plus phones are totally Sold-Out Globally for all memory configurations and all Colors, and all Jet Black iPhone 7 phones are also Sold Out Globally, with a November Ship date, all other iPhone 7 colors are available.
Apple Retail Stores are facing disappointed folks hoping to get their hands on a iPhone 7 Plus, but will not get the “Plus” iPhone 7, regardless of Color or Storage Configuration, not at any Retail Store… and therefore you must Order the “Plus” model of your choice On-Line. The 4.7″ standard iPhone 7 is On Sale Now Globally in all retail stores. Although all iPhone 7 Plus phones re Sold-Out Everywhere. On-Line Deliveries are Delayed 3 to 5 Weeks.
Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO announced their iPhone 7 Plus models Sell-Out last last week, in effort to defray too much public disappointment… Apparently his announcement was effective, as most of the Folks standing on the long lines at Apple Retail Stores were picking up their Internet Pre-Orders for in-store pickup, or want to buy the 4.7″ iPhone 7.
iPhone 7 Plus Sell-Out is Unique. Dating back to the first iPhone in 2007, this is the first time an iPhone model becomes sold-out before the Retail Store Sales event. Eventually the iPhone Supply & Demand equation will come into balance; however this may take several months before all Apple Retail Stores and Provider Stores have inventory of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus models in all colors and storage capacities.
Our two iPhone 7 Plus phones in Flat-Black with 256 GB storage have been ordered for Home Delivery, first week of October. We (Marilyn and Jim) are both on AT&T’s “get a new iPhone every 12 months” Plan. This “NEXT-24 Plan” is essentially a 24 month, 100% of Cost, 0% interest rate, no fee, 0% APR installment loan “Plan” equating to about $40/month, giving us the “option” of getting the New [$970] iPhone 7 Plus when 12 or more installments are paid.
AT&T Plan – After we’ve received the New iPhone 7 Plus, AT&T’s Plan requires that within 10 days, we ship by AT&T’s Fed-Ex return-label the iPhone 6S iPhone in good condition, no cracked screen, no dents, properly working iPhone, but we retain the headphones, charger and lightning cord.
Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 7 Plus phones (in Black with 256GB of storage) on-line for Fed Ex delivery in 10-14 days, as we are on AT&T’s NEXT 24 month installment plans, providing for Annual upgrades.
What’s so exciting about the new iPhone 7 Plus, and why have we or why should anyone update to this model?. Here is how we assessed the new iPhone 7 and 7 Plus smartphones:
🔹 Dual iSight 12MP Cameras, two Image Stabilized Cameras
🔹 Dual Cameras, one Wide-Angle lens, one Telephoto Lens
🔹 Camera Zoom Range: 2x Optical Zoom with 10x Software Zoom
🔹 Front Facing Camera is 7mp with 1080p HDTV Video
🔹 Water-Proofing the iPhone 7 Watertight to 3 feet Underwater for 30 minutes
🔹 Storage Capacity increased to 256 GB to handle all this Picture & Movie capture
🔹 Super-Fast WiFi capability of 450 million bits/second
🔹 Lithium Ion Battery is Improved 20%-longer duration
🔹 High Definition Sound to all headsets through Lightning Plug
🔹 Every Internal Component has been Improved, reworked, replaced
🔹 Thousands of Speed and Process improvements
🔹 250 Million iPhone 5S, 5, 4S, 4, 3GS, or earlier iPhone Model Owners
🔹 iPhone 7 is Your Year to Upgrade with 250 Million Old iPhones in Circulation, your Old iPhone is 3 years Older, Slower, Duller Display, with a depleted Lithium Ion Battery that may receive only 70% of the Full Charge that you received 3 years ago… BTW, iPhone LiON batteries’ chemistry is not “forever” and generally looses their ability to hold a charge between year 3 and year 4.
—————————————— Previously Reported —————————————
Apple iPhone 7 Event Today • Wednesday • Sept 7th @ 1:00pm EDT • LiveStreaming Link
Apple iPhone 7 will be announced at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY September 7, 2016. Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus are set to be unveiled Today {in Just 4 hours} commencing at 10:00am PDT in California, during their annual new-Product Event, a by-invitation-only media event.
With only 4 hours until “Show Time” crowds of thousands are forming outside the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco, California.
Everyone knows “Apple’s Owns September” for announcing its new and improved iPhone 7, and this year, there may be a number of amazing surprises. I’ve got some of this figured out, read on…
With the iPhone 7 unveiling only a few Hours away, below is Apple’s LINK that will take you directly to their Live Broadcast of the iPhone 7 Product Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Too Busy at 1:00pm, Wednesday, no worries the above LINK may be used anytime after 4:00pm EDT to watch the Recorded presentation of the iPhone 7 Announcement Event.
One Day to Go – Apple iPhone 7, Nothing attracts more Media and Public BUZZ than a new iPhone Launch, and this year is no exception. Millions of folks will line-up all over the World to buy the iPhone 7, perhaps some 17 Million iPhones will be sold during Apple’s opening 3-Day Weekend Sales Event. Perhaps, with Samsung’s Galaxy 7 recent Thermal-Runaway Flame-Out issue, requiring a huge recall of some 2.5 million units, accompanied by a production halt, even more Android users may decide to switch to Apple’s iPhone 7 this cycle.
Apple iPhone 7 has taken several Years to develop. Engineers’ “Pencils were Down” many months ago in preparation for fabricating the first 85 Million unit batch of iPhones, a one-third portion of the 275,000,000 iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus units that are targeted to be Sold in the next 12 months.
Apple iPhone 7. Although the external dimensions of the iPhone 7 remain very similar, perhaps identical to the iPhone 6, all the “internal technology” had been completely renovated with newly improved chips, circuits, lenses, sensors, and the iOS10 operating system, which is iPhone’s Engine. Recall Apple was several years late to the game with 4.7″ and 5.5″ large-display iPhones. Apple conducted extensive research in search of the “ideal iPhone size and shape.” According, it comes as no surprise, that Apple is quite comfortable with its current sizes and shape, where “changing for the sake of change” is not in Apple’s DNA.
Apple’s new iPhone 7 lineup will be the biggest Product Launch of this year. Over recent months there have been a steady stream of “iPhone 7 leaks” that have “painted a picture” of what may be expected. It’s crazy to notice that Rumors are already circulating about iPhone 8 Launch in 2017. Back to iPhone 7, there are other recent “leaks” that may have revealed the “Official Specs” for Apple’s new iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus.
Most iPhone 7 Leaks come mostly from China’s iPhone 7 “Supply Line” those Chinese Manufacturers under Production Contracts with “Non-Disclosure Agreements” with Apple, to fabricate thousands of Parts, Components, Chips, and Displays that eventually are assembled to create millions of iPhone 7 units.
Apple iPhone 7: According to the many leaks and well-sourced reports, Apple’s new iPhone 7 should look very similar in shape and size, externally to the current iPhone 6S Models. The iPhone 7 may be marginally thinner, or not; however, will likely feature a redesigned antenna system on the back face of the iPhone 7, as well as superior new Digital Camera Systems, among other improvements.
Apple iPhone 7: will not support the industry-standard 3.5mm headphone Audio-Jack where you used to plug in your Ear-Pods and Headphones. The removal of the 3.5mm headphone audio-jack has created a “fire-storm” of criticism, as many folks have upscale head-phones fitted with the 3.5mm audio-jack, the Audio Plug & Jack that’s been in use for over 60+ years.
Apple iPhone 7: will be providing an optional “dongle plug” to bridge the 3.5mm Jack with Apple’s Lightning connector. The reasons Apple is eliminating the 3.5mm analog audio-jack are two-fold:
• The Lightning plug is a true Digital Audio Port connection with one’s headphones or Ear-Pods, providing for a much improved digital audio experience, and
• The Lightning plug provides best “Water-Resistance” capability for the iPhone 7 than the 3.5mm Audio-Jack could provide.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual iSight Rear Facing Cameras, is one of the most innovative improvement for the iPhone 7 this year. The iPhone 7 containing Two 12-MegaPixel Cameras, Two Lenses and Two Imagers, provides for many unique image-processing and picture-taking capabilities. Both Lenses will be Optical Image Stabilized; the Lenses will be significantly “Faster” with a ƒ1.9 maximum aperture, formerly the aperture was ƒ2.2 with the iPhone 6S, prior to that the aperture was ƒ2.4. Larger Apertures permit significantly more light, roughly 60% more Light that is focused on each Imager, yielding improved image exposure, image resolution, color rendition, with much lower digital-noise.
Apple iPhone 7: Dual Camera in-camera Image processing is very innovative with a method of “over-laying” the two digital images on top of each other, with firmware autonomously selecting the best-exposed portions of the images, increasing Dynamic Range and reducing image-noise and grain to unheard of levels, thereby delivering super-sharp high-definition digital pictures.
Apple iPhone 7 Dual Cameras – Imaging Engineers say this Dual Camera Synchronized Imaging System will render high-definition images comparable to current day bulky SLR Digital Cameras that weigh several pounds.
For Perspective, the iPhone 7 Plus Dual-Lens, Dual Imager Cameras are roughly the size of two kernels of yellow corn. We are looking forward to Apple’s Keynote Presentation of this exciting new Imaging Technology and Capabilities.
Apple iPhone 7 Wednesday’s Keynote Address Sept 9th a quality production by Apple for everyone’s view LIVE Globally, during the Keynote Address, scheduled for 1:00pm, EDT. Note, for your convenience immediately below, is the LINK that will take you to Apple’s HDTV Presentation, millions will be watching too…
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2016/
Apple iPhone 7: may be available in several new colors that were pictured in recent leaks. The one new color that many sources agree upon, is “Space Black” similar to the color of the Apple Watch. Perhaps Apple is attempting to bring the Colors of the Apple Watches and their iPhones into parity and consistency.
Apple 7 specs, what we think we “know,” [actually no one outside of Apple really knows other than a very small group of Apple folks] the iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus will include a next-generation Apple A10 processor, which is a safe guess, nothing has been confirmed by Apple.
Apple 7 specs, We all know, Apple confirms nothing, prior to an announcement, as Apple is highly secretive about all of its new product releases. A new leak on a Chinese Micro-Blogging site, mirrors specs offered in two tweets from The Malignant Twitter user, suggesting the 4.7″ and 5.5″ iPhones will feature many more differences than the front and rear cameras. A summary of the likely “leaks” suggest:
iPhone 7
• 4.7-inch display, with a 1334 x 750p pixel resolution
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 2GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version
• 1,960 mAh battery, a higher capacity than the iPhone 6S
• 12-megapixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear camera, formerly ƒ2.2
• Greatly Improved Water and Dust resistance
iPhone 7 Plus
• 5.5-inch display, 2048 X 1080p pixel resolution, perhaps higher
• Apple A10 processor, 2.4 Ghz, significantly faster than the A9
• 3GB of LPDDR4 Fast RAM, previously LPDDR3 version was 2GB
• 2,910 mAh battery, a higher capacity battery, than the iPhone 6S
• Dual 12-MegaPixel Fast ƒ1.9 rear Cameras, formerly ƒ2.2
The past 4 years of new iPhone releases, dating back to iPhone 4S, no matter how many iPhones Apple pre-builds in advance of its 3-Day Weekend Sale Event, almost all Apple stores and the Internet become Sold-Out within a few hours.
Last year, Apple’s Internet Pre-Order System has Sold Out in 90 seconds. It’s been reported that Apple ordered production of iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, 30 days earlier than previous years, giving 4 full months of iPhone assembly in preparation of this year’s iPhone release.
Perhaps with this extra month of pre-building iPhones, stocks of iPhone 7 units will not become Sold-Out in just a few days, as occurred in prior years.
iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus, release in 2016 could result in Apple’s Biggest Weekend Event Ever, as the number to beat is 13 Million iPhone 6S sold last year. Notice in the chart above, my guess is for 2016, about 17 Million iPhone 7 may be sold for their 3-Day Launch Event weekend.
Presently there exists a Large Pool of iPhone 4, 4S, 5, and 5S owners that have not Upgraded to any newer iPhone; Add to the pool of folks that have to upgraded yet, an increasing percentage of Android Users that will likely migrating to Apple iPhone for the first time, if history repeats itself;
Samsung said it is Recalling all Galaxy 7 smartphones sold to date, as too many of this new product are bursting into Flames. The 2,500,000 Galaxy 7 Recall amounts to all the units Samsung sold since it August 19th release… “this product failure could not have come at a worse time… with Apple’s new Release coming in weeks” so says an unnamed Samsung spokesperson.
In light of the Galaxy 7 Recall, Apple recently increased their Supply Line orders by another 10%, calculating that there may be more “Android Switchers” this year because of Samsung’s massive 2.5 million Galaxy 7 Recall.
Note Requirements to View Live Streaming: To view Apple’s HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) technology, requires any iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with Safari on iOS 7 or later, any Mac with Safari 6.0.5 or later on OS X v10.8.5 or later, or any PC with Microsoft Edge on Windows 10. To view Live Streaming with an Apple TV requires an Apple TV (2nd or 3rd generation) with software 6.2 or later or a 4th generation Apple TV.
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
iPhone 7 Plus Packing Slip, is it real
Boca Raton, FL
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries.
Boca Raton, FL
Boca Raton, FL
New York City
London, England
We’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading soon to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple Security and Logistics staff, associates stuff these Cargo Jets (exclusively with iPhone 7 products) with millions of iPhone 7 and 7 Plus iPhones. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will continue from China every day for several months as Apple Logistic Teams attempt to maintain a balance with the huge Demand||Supply equation, as Apple Sells, Ships, and Delivers new iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold during its 3-Day Weekend, September, 2015
Apple Reports Over 13 Million iPhone 6S Sold in 3 Day Weekend: Cupertino, California, folks at their headquarters, their 265 Retail stores in 44 States, some 66,000 USA based Apple associates, are celebrating today {deservedly} as its CEO, Tim Cook issued its press release today. Apple reports that it has sold over 13,000,000 iPhone 6S and 6S plus models during its sales event, held Sept 25, 26, 27, Friday, Saturday, Sunday.
iPhone 6S Sales of over 13,000,000 units represents a 130% increase over last year’s record setting 10 Million iPhone 6 units sold during its release on Sept 19, 20, 21, 2014.
13 Million buyers VOTED with their Wallets by choosing the New iPhone 6S. Actual sales is the Best Measure of Apple’s success with their creation of amazing products, year after year. In the case of the iPhone 6S, its sales is 30% increase from last year’s release of the iPhone 6. The iPad Pro is scheduled for release this November, which will challenge the PC Industry.
For those few Apple critics that continue to question whether Apple can continue to achieve double-digit increases with its iPhone sales, these figures should amaze. This Link will take you directly to APPLE’s Investor Relations page, to Monday morning’s Press Release. http://goo.gl/s0omve
iPhone 6S Sales Record. Lets take a look behind the curtin regarding Apple’s 13+ Million iPhone 6S three-day weekend sales report. Comparing the sales and market conditions of Sept 2014 for the iPhone 6 and for Sept 2015 iPhone 6S release:
▶️ iPhone 6S was initially available in 12 Countries including: USA, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, and the UK (Note, the two Countries underlined are new regions for iPhone 6S initial launch)
▶️ iPhone 6 was initially available in 10 Counties including: USA, Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Puerto Rico, Singapore and the UK (Note, China and New Zealand were not available for iPhone 6 initial launch)
▶️ New Zealand and China were not selling iPhone 6 at its initial launch weekend. The China region was delayed with its iPhone 6 launch largely due to the China Government, (the Chinese equivalent to the our FCC) had not yet approved the iPhone 6, due to a procedural delay. Subsequently the Chinese government approved the iPhone 6 several weeks later. Accordingly, there were no China Sales reported for the 2014 three-Day Sales Launch weekend
▶️ iPhone 6S pre-Orders began 10 days prior to the Launch Day, providing more days of media-hype, although all 4 million iPhone 6S allocated for pre-orders, were sold in the first few days of iPhone 6S’s availability
▶️ Apple Globally continues to enhance their manufacturing and supply-line processes, therefor more Countries may likely be selling the iPhone 7 at its launch, presumably in September, 2016, with even more Counties to be added subsequent to initial product launches
▶️ Bottom Line, Apple has a lot to be Proud of. Apple continues to deliver to everyone outstanding, easy to use iPhones, better performing handheld communicators
Excitement in South Florida as Apple’s New iPhone 6S Retail 3-Day Sales Extravaganza commenced at 8:00AM in Boca Raton MAll, plus all USA Apple Stores, plus all Apple Stores in 11 other Countries. In the recent week, we’ve counted at least 50 UPS Cargo Jets from CHINA heading to UPS’s WorldPort central distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky. Under strict supervision by Apple’s Security and Logistic staffs; These UPS Cargo Jets were stuffed exclusively with iPhone 6S products, representing millions of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones in preparation of the iPhone 6S Product Release. These massive UPS air-cargo shipments will likely continue daily for a number of months as Apple’s Logistic Teams attempt to maintain balance with the huge Demand:Supply equation, in support of its release of the new iPhone 6S.
Independent industrial analysts have estimated that Apple may sell 12 to 15 Million iPhone 6S models in all flavors and storage options for its 3-Days "Product Release Weekend Event." Last year Apple sold 10 Million iPhone 6 and 6 Plus iPhones in the same 3-Day Sales Event, held in September, 2014. In the following 12 months since the larger iPhone 6 and 6 Plus models were released, Apple Sold upwards of 74.5 Million iPhones in Q1, (Oct, Nov, Dec, 2014) for a total of over 225,000,000 iPhones in the first 12 months of iPhone 6.
Apple sold over 13 Million iPhones 6S units, a figure supported by Strong internet Pre-Orders that were TWICE the number of units pre-ordered for last year’s iPhone 6 model released Sept, 2014, combined with very strong pre-sales at Apple’s 30 CHINA Stores, and in 11 other Countries and Regions globally.
Apple claims demand for its new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus could surpass the record-breaking sales of iPhone 6 last year, (10 million units in its first 3-Days of sales in 2014) as the newest versions of the firm’s smartphones, the iPhone 6S models go on sale in the USA, Canada, UK, China, and across the world in 8 other countries.
The iPhone 6S launch, which started at 8am today in 12 countries around the world, marks the beginning of a busy autumn for APPLE, which also announced a new, larger iPad Peo set to be released in November, 2015.
Apple’s latest iPhone and iPad coupled to the new Apple iOS9 operating system software, promise better battery life, real multitasking, improved Siri performance, accuracy and features. A thousand people queued outside Apple’s Boca Raton Mall store, were offered free coffee service, being handed out by SEED (a local Boca Raton coffee shop) for those those who had waited many hours before the APPLE store Doors Opened.
It was an exciting day for the first group of 25 who entered the store to pick up their new iPhone 6S smartphones, having been outside since 9:30pm Monday night. Admittedly, last year, I was one of the thousands that were on a long line outside the MALL Property at 2:30am Thursday night, before the Friday 8:00AM launch of the iPhone 6 Plus Sept, 2014.
The iPhone 6S and the 6S Plus, which was unveiled earlier this month, has much the same external design and dimensions, but comes with a greatly improved Front (5MP) and Rear (12MP) Cameras, double the RAM memory to 2GB, as well as a pressure-sensitive screen, where users may press more firmly to open Menu Shortcuts for example, a feature Apple has branded “3D touch.” On the Apple Watch, a similar technology is labeled "Force Touch."
Apple’s 3-D Touch, within lists of eMails or Messages, 3D Touch offers a quick "Peek" at the item without changing its read-status, or offers to take a quick short-cut action to the item, such as a reply, forward, or deletion. A second 3D-Touch on the "Peek" turns it into a "Pop"… Apple’s term for opening up the eMail or Message App. "Peek and Pop" lets users jump in and out of content without losing their current place or requiring manual navigation to return to where they were. In addition to Mail and Messages, 3-D Touch currently also works with Apple’s built-in Cameras, Photos, Safari, Calendar, Maps, Music, News, Notes, Video, Weather and Find My Friends Apps.
Apple says that the New 3-D Touch, adds a new Dimension, a 3rd Dimension, to the Touch Screen hardware that is incorporated into the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 6S Shipments are in Transit via 5 UPS Air Cargo Jets to Alaska then onto Louisville Kentucky’s WorldPort. FlightAware, a global flight-tracking service, is allowing Apple Customers to track the journey of their new iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus handsets as they make their way to the United States.
Talk about Apple Customer’s insatiable need for their New iPhone 6S phones. Tracking the UPS Cargo Jets takes this Product Enthusiasm to entirely new Level.
The Two images below show the shipment progress as of 8pm this evening. These 4 Shipments passed through Customs in Alaska, and are in route to Louisville and California.
Apple has commenced shipping their new iPhone 6S handsets, and are on course to reach customers who made their pre-orders in time for a Friday 9/25 Delivery Date. Usefully, once you’ve received your UPS tracking number, an interactive map from FlightAware will let you track its location.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Apple has begun shipping out iPhones for Friday’s release. Once you’ve received your UPS tracking number from Apple you can use this handy map and list to figure out what flight is carrying your iPhone. The "departure scan" in your UPS track should match the departure time for a flight listed here. This page will be expanded once we learn more about Apple’s shipping strategy for this release.
http://flightaware.com/live/iphone
Most flights, as MacRumors explains, are bound for Louisville, Kentucky’s Worldport, UPS’s worldwide air hub, the publication adds, though additional flights are also en route to Ontario, California.
The tool will usefully allow customers to get a better idea of when, exactly, their iPhone 6s or iPhone 6s Plus is expected to arrive. Though, as usual, UPS will already have offered an accurate delivery date from its own tracking website.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple iPhone 6S Models are Available for its 3-Day Apple Retail Store Event, FRIDAY Morning on Sept 25, 26, 27
Problem: All iPhone 6S models are Sold-Out Globally
Solution: Go Friday to any Apple Retail Store, or your Mobile Provider to get your iPhone 6S
Alternatively, avoid Long Lines and buy your new iPhone 6S on-line, use this Link: http://www.apple.com/shop/buy-iphone/iphone6s
Apple Retail Store iPhone Release Event. Admittedly, I was engaged by the Print Media to cover last year’s iPhone 6 Release Weekend. Accordingly, I showed up at 2am outside the Boca Raton Raton Mall parking lot encountering about 1000 folks who has already gathered outside.
MALL Property management would not permit the "Retail Public" on Mall property until 5am. However, at 4am the Boca Raton Police, about 10 officers, corralled this growing group, in effort to "keep the peace" as the crowd was becoming unruly. When 5am occurred, there was a stampede of thousands who ran to the Mall’s SE Entrance, where everyone had to wait until 6am when the Mall Entrance was opened. The folks were permitted to enter the mall 25 folks at a time, in an orderly fashion, forming a long ribbon-line from this Entrance to the Apple Store. The Apple Store opened at 8am. Below is Apple’s Monday Press Release:
CUPERTINO, California — September 21, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPhone® 6s and iPhone 6s Plus, the most advanced iPhones ever, will be available at 8:00am local time on Friday, September 25 at Apple’s retail stores. Stores will have the new iPhones available for walk-in customers who are encouraged to arrive early. Both iPhone 6S models will also be available on Friday from AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, Verizon Wireless, additional carriers and select Apple Authorized Resellers.
iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus bring a powerful new dimension to iPhone’s revolutionary Multi-Touch™ interface with 3D Touch, which senses how deeply you press the display, letting you do essential things more quickly and simply. The new iPhones introduce Live Photos, which bring still images to life, transforming instants frozen in time into unforgettable living memories.
Live Photos, 3D Touch, 12-megapixel iSight® camera, 5-megapixel FaceTime® HD camera with Retina® Flash and more are powered by the Apple-designed A9 chip, the most advanced chip ever in a smartphone, delivering faster performance and great battery life. iPhone 6s and iPhone 6s Plus are designed with the strongest glass on any smartphone and 7000 series aluminum, the same alloy used in the aerospace industry, in gorgeous metallic finishes that now include rose gold.
APPLE NEWS – Apple announced MONDAY that 4,000,000 iPhone 6S models were pre-sold in the first DAY available on the internet. Sales began at 3AM early Saturday Morning. This result literally "doubled" the previous 2 million iPhone 5S pre-orders, then a sales record, for the 2013 "S" model update released two years ago.
15,000,000 iPhone 6S Sales are predicted for this year’s iPhone 6S release during Apple’s 3 Day Weekend Event. Last year Apple sold just over 10 Million iPhone 6 models in 3 days. Looking at the Graph of sales in prior years, when comparing the 4 and 4S, the 5 and 5S, the "S" Model years have greatly increasing sales performances.
Sales Predictions. If this brief history has any predictive value, one may make inferences. As a Chartist, for this 2015 iPhone 6S sale Event, unit sales may exceed 15 Million units, setting another Apple iPhone sales record. Next week, Monday or Tuesday Apple will likely announce their sales figures for this weekend’s iPhone Release Event.
Personally, Marilyn and I ordered our iPhone 6S Plus from Apple.com taking advantage of AT&T’s annual NEXT Plan, a 20 month arrangement where we qualify each Year for a Model upgrade, only paying Sales Tax and a modest $15 service charge. The 20 month installment plan then re-starts to Month #1 installment.
AT&T NEXT Plan. In the unlikely event that we chose to not upgrade, thereby retaining our iPhones, we’d simply continue to pay 8 more monthly installments, and after month 20, the iPhones would be owned free-and-clear. Alternatively, if we continue to upgrade annually, I consider the NEXT Plan monthly installments as "usage charges" with the option of ownership, in the event we do not upgrade.
4 Million iPhones Sold in one DAY equates to 1,666,666 iPhones Sold every HOUR, or 2,777 iPhones Sold each SECOND (For the Mathlete in all of us).
Apple May Sell 15 Million iPhones or more at its Sept 25™ Opening Sales Weekend Event – Total iPhone 6S Sales could go OVER THE TOP.
When Apple unveiled the iPhone 6S last week, Apple told us about many significant improvements namely, the iPhone6S new 3D-Touch technology in its display screen, its greatly enhanced camera, 50% larger imager to a 12 mega-pixel size, and its improved processor, the New A9 processor, for increased Speed and Performance…
APPLE did not tell us how much RAM (Random Access Memory) the new iPhone 6S would have internally. To be fair, Apple never cites memory specs. This time it is a really BIG Deal, because the New RAM configuration is TWICE the RAM contained in last year’s iPhone 6.
Software Developer Hazma Sood, regularly digs into specificaton details about upcoming Apple products, this time primarily by noodling around in Apple’s iOS9 software-code; Hazma recently discovered in the iOS9 code that the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus will have 2GB of RAM. This is a substantial jump from the 1GB of RAM found on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.
Sood posted these findings to his Twitter acct, saying that he made the discovery when using Apple’s developer XCode tools, which helps engineers build Apps for Apple’s iOS platforms. The tweet was quickly picked up by our FAU4U2 blog, and 9to5Mac and Macworld among others. http://t.co/X8Ym4DtamS
RAM, a Physical Analogy, consider the amount of RAM in your iPhone or iPad, comparable to the physical size of your Desk. If you have a 60" by 40" desktop this is generally plenty of room to have your papers and your writing tools spread around, where the Paper you are Reading represents the OPEN App on your iPhone. The other piles of papers on your desktop represent the Apps that are open in the BACKGROUND.
Imagine that your New Improved Desktop has grown to 120" by 40" in size. This is TWICE the surface area of your Desktop, where you have much more room to read the papers in front of you, and lots of room for more stacks of papers laying around, pencils, erasers, and your In and Out-Boxes. In sum, doubling RAM is a really Big Deal for your iPhone 6S and your iPad Pro.
For those that Pre-Order the iPhone 6S Plus today, on-line this 5.5" display model, you will have to wait a few weeks into October for delivery, as the 6S Plus model was sold-out globally in the first 24 hours of pre-sales.
Apple launched the iPhone 6s and 6s Plus in 12 countries, including: Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Puerto Rico, Singapore, the U.K., and the U.S.A.
The iPhone 6S, the 4.7" display model remains currently available for shipping on Friday, September 25th for the US, Canada, and 10 other Countries. Not so for China though, as in this relatively new major market, the iPhone 6S and 6S Plus models, all colors, and all storage options are totally Sold Out, with a 4 week delivery backlog.
Recall, many Investment Bankers and Day-Traders were selling $AAPL shares in recent months, because of their concerns with iPhone sales in China {perhaps unwarranted}. Apparently these equity traders simply do not understand Apple, with its continued double-digit profitable growth, with greater profit margins, quarter after quarter.
iPhone 6S Plus: Alternative, go to your local Retail Apple Store at 8AM among tens of thousands of folks, hoping to get their new iPhone 6S Plus on Friday September 25th, at Apple’s Global Grand Opening Sales Event for the iPhone 6S models. If history repeats itself, most Apple Stores will be sold-out before mid-afternooon. Subsequently, on Saturday and Sunday, and for the subsequent month or more, Apple continues to receive daily-replenishment of iPhone inventory.
For new iPhone releases, the Supply-and-Demand equation generally becomes in balance within 90 days for new iPhone releases. Recall, Apple forecasted a very strong iPhone 6S demand, and accordingly placed an initial supply-line order for 90 million iPhone 6S units, this being Apple’s Largest Initial Factory Order, ever.
Apple Reports, 70% of existing iPhone Owners have yet to Upgrade to iPhone 6. This represents about 500 Million Apple iPhone Users. It is believed that this year’s iPhone 6S upgrade is quite Significant, providing ample motivation to Upgrade from their iPhone 4S, 5 and 5S models. Additionally, AT&T NEXT Installment Sales Plans, and Apple’s version of a 24 installment plan, motivate upgrades with favorable $27 and $35 monthly installments respectively, with No Down Payment, interest free sales arrangements. Below we examine AT&T’s NEXT plan in detail.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for you to get the NEXT iPhone Annually. In sum here’s the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone, no interest charged; Gazelle and others say iPhones are currently depreciating at a rate of 55% per year.
Accordingly, a New $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for roughly $370 (±10%) when it is 12 months old in Very Good condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of approximately $35/month.
Compare the depreciation of $35/month to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month: Therefore AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month ($40/month payment, less $35/month for depreciation, equals $5/month). Therefore we’re paying $5/month (±$2) "premium" for the option of upgrading to a NEW iPhone after month 12 of the Plan (but before month 20) for our NEXT iPhone Upgrades. (Note: we are using $800 as the new iPhone price in this article; however, know that new iPhones may cost $450, $550, $650, 750, $850, or $950 depending the Model and Storage option chosen)
AT&T installment sale NEXT Plan: Marilyn and I bought last year’s iPhones using AT&T’s NEXT plan. NEXT is an installment sale agreement through AT&T. The Plan takes the price of the new iPhone, divides the sales price of the iPhone by 20, to calculate the NEXT monthly payment. For example, a new $800 iPhone would be billed through your AT&T account for $40/month for 20 months. At the time of the sale, either at AT&T Store or at Apple’s Retail stores, you pay only sales tax and $15 fee. After you pay $40 for 20 months the iPhone is YOURS, no interest charged. (Note: you may consider the $5/month "premium" as a fee to have the "option to upgrade annually" or AT&T’s Money Cost Risk, as AT&T is paying to Apple the full purchase price of your new iPhone, and their obligation to take your iPhone as a Trade-In irrespective of the then iPhone "commodity market.")
AT&T NEXT Plan: An interesting feature built into the Installment Sales agreement: if you want next year’s NEW iPhone model that’s released 12 months into the installment plan… simply turn-in your present iPhone on your current NEXT Plan (in good condition) and you receive a New iPhone upgrade, only paying SALES Tax and a $15 AT&T {activation} fee; If you elect to receive the NEXT New iPhone in 12 months or so, the Installment Payments {start over} for another 20 months; the 8 remaining unpaid installments from the iPhone you are trading-in are zeroed-out. You have 14 days to turn in your 12 month old-iPhone under the NEXT plan, to prevent being billed the total price of the New iPhone.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Your 12 month old-iPhone has to be in good condition, no cracked glass, no dents, or water damage. Alternatively, if you like your current iPhone (financed with AT&T’s NEXT plan) and do not desire to update to Apple’s new annual offering, simply retain your iPhone and continue to pay the remaining 8 installment (zero interest rate), and the iPhone is yours free-and-clear. AT&T alternatively has a 24-month and a 30-month plan for those that may desire to upgrade to New iPhone upgrades every 18 months or 24 months respectively. In the event your iPhone financed with NEXT is not in "Good Condition" you will have to check with AT&T to determine the remedy, repair, or damage fee that may be assessed, for AT&T to accept your iPhone trade-in.
GAZELLE.com is an Alternative to AT&T NEXT Plan. Admittedly for many years when I planned to upgrade to Apple’s New iPhone, we researched http://www.GAZELLE.com to get their offer to buy my current (12 month old) iPhone. Over 4 years of upgrading iPhones and iPads, these iDevices "depreciate" by about 55% (±5%) after One Year of ownership.
AT&T is charging a "premium" of $5/month for AT&T iPhone users to Upgrade to a NEW iPhone ANNUALLY. Here is the Math: AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment is $40/month for an $800 new iPhone; Gazelle purchase data, indicate that your iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about ±55% (±5%) annually. Therefore, your $800 iPhone or iPad may be sold to Gazelle for $370 (±$25) when its 12 months old in Excellent condition. This means that your $800 iPhone is depreciating at a rate of about $35/month. Compare the $35 value of Depreciation to AT&T NEXT Plan’s monthly payment of $40/month, AT&T is receiving a "premium" of $5/month, giving you the option to upgrade to a NEW iPhone for your NEXT iPhone Upgrades performed at month 12 or after, but before month 20 of the installment contract. The NEXT Plan is not a "Lease" arrangement; because with your final installment payment, you Own the iPhone; however with a Lease, the property (iPhone) would be returned to the Lessor.
AT&T NEXT Plan: Think of the NEXT plan this way; the $40/month installment payment is composed of a $35/month component for Depreciation, and a $5 component representing the Cost of the Money, and AT&T taking the risk of the then Value of the iPhone being traded in the future.
What Money… Remember, AT&T is paying Apple the full purchase price of the $800 iPhone when you take delivery of your New {NEXT Plan} iPhone. AT&T may not be classifying the money cost as billable-interest; however, there are are TWO significant Money Costs (an interest rate risk) associated with AT&T paying out several $Billion annually to Apple due to NEXT customer contracts. AT&T is taking another Risk (a commodity risk) of what the Value of that $800 iPhone, may be worth 12 months or more, into the future.
AT&T NEXT Plan: At the time of the iPhone sale, you’re only paying for Sales Tax + $15 fee; thereafter, 20 interest free installments are paid by you to AT&T with your monthly Cellular Billing, if you selected the 20 month plan. At the end of the 20 month period your iPhone would have depreciated by an amount of $700 ($35×20) for an iPhone that was worth $800 at the date of sale; Meaning that an $800 iPhone that is now about 2 years old would be "worth" roughly $100 if you sold the used iPhone to Gazelle or through eBay.
AT&T also has 24 and 30 month plans, they call these three plans: NEXT 12, NEXT 18, and NEXT 24 Plans.
Depreciation assumptions. The statistics that I’ve used in this article were derived from our 12 transactions with Gazelle.com, consisting of 8 iphone upgrades and 4 iPad upgrades dating back to 2010. I’ve chosen to use Gazelle purchase quotes as they offered to the best prices for our iDevices over the past 5 years of upgrading.
Articles have been Published in this forum about Gazelle and our experience using their excellent service. Once AT&T began offering their NEXT Plan, we literally Jumped at the opportunity as it matches the MATH that we’ve experienced for our many Apple iPhone and iPad upgrades. May I mention that ANDROID devices do not command the high residual values that Apple iPhones enjoy; Accordingly, AT&T’s NEXT plan is even more advantageous for those looking to upgrade with their SAMSUNG smartphones.
Apple iPhone 6S + 6S Plus is Pre-Ordering Today as of 3AM. Pre-Order Now to Receive it by Sept 30. There is Growing Excitement in Cyber Space and the Apple Crowd of 700,000,000 Apple iOS users.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus Pre-Ordering Begins early morning Saturday Sept 12th, and Going on Sale at Apple Retail Stores on Friday morning, September 25th. iDevice iOS available for download upgrade on September 16th mid-day.
AT&T NEXT Plan – Oh… One More Thing. I have no Financial Interest in the capital stock of Apple or AT&T; however, we own a number of Apple products, and have an AT&T mobile services account, including two NEXT installment purchases for iPhones.
The Link Below displays the current Shipping Date {Backlog} of the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus iPhones. A portion of the Report displayed below represents the current Shipping Dates that existed as of 2:30AM Eastern on Sept 22, 2015, ten days from when the new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus became available on sale for online Pre-Ordering. To view the current report of several Countries and Regions reporting, click onto the link below to view current Shipping Dates:
http://iphone-inventory.blogspot.com
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
Apple’s Special Media Event Key-Note Address announcing their new iPhone 6S and 6S Plus AND the New iPad PRO {Apple’s large 12.9" iPad} begins at 1:00pm Eastern TODAY Sept 9th, 2015 including Live-Stream viewing of the event globally, the link is provided below for your convenience.
Apple’s Media Event will be held at the Bill Graham Civic Auditorium in San Francisco at 1:00PM Eastern 9/9/2015, a large 7000 Seat sold-out venue. A super-sized venue for Super-Sized Product Releases, likely the Largest Ever. Apple on Thursday {8/27} morning sent out thousands of invitations for their special Media Event to be held on Wednesday, September 9th.
Historically, Apple media events are used to Announce New Products, new Software, or Both. In recent years the "September" seasonal media events, announce new iPhone iterations. This year’s event will be exposing some very innovative iPhone Camera upgrades, and perhaps the iPad Pro, Apple’s new 12.9" Large Display iPad, and a new iteration if the iPad mini.
Watch Apple’s Keynote Address for their new iPhone and iPad Announcements, click onto this link on September 9th, for Live-Streaming-Video, on or shortly before 1:00pm Eastern:
http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/
Apple’s Cyber Lady from the Mother Ship is vetting the entire Cyber Universe to Focus on Apple’s Media Event held on Earth at 17:00 ZULU, GMT, or 1pm Eastern for earthlings.
What’s all the Fuss About – 70% of the half-Billion iPhone Users have not yet Upgraded to the iPhone 6. Aside from a relatively large volume of improvements and enhancements electronically and software-wise, less than 30% of existing iPhone Users have upgraded to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. Therefore 70% of the installed iPhone Users have not yet upgraded. This new iPhone 6S upgrade offers an attractive package as motivation to move from their iPhone 4S, 5, or 5S device, the iPhone 6S targeting those Apple and Android Users that are coming off their Two-Year Contracts.
Apple’s iPhone 6S upgrade, requires a sizable multi-year Apple investment with research, development, engineering and testing, as has been the case with all iPhone model upgrades. This next upgrade of the iPhone, iPhone 6S, should be available for online Apple Store internet Pre-Sales likely on 9/11; Apple’s USA Retail Stores will be Open at 8am for the Sales Event of the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus that will commence likely Friday, Sept 18, 2015).
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus. The supply-line has commenced mass-producing 90 Million iPhones for the initial production run of iPhone 6S and 6S Plus units for this September lunch. This represents the largest initial production-run order in Apple’s history. For Apple this release could this mean 15-to-18 Million iPhone sales in its opening 3-Day Weekend Launch.
Sept, 2014: Last year’s Apple 3-day opening retail event delivered 12 million iPhones in its opening weekend. Recall, the iPhone was not available in China during the initial release of the iPhone 6, due to China-Governmental {China’s version of our FCC} approval delays. This year we do not expect a China iPhone 6S release delay.
iPhone 4S and 5S and likely with the 6S, the "S" iPhone model upgrades have focused on its Camera, Lens, Imager, Image Processing, among other significant internal upgrades, like processor and storage.
iPhone 6S Upgrade News Roundup. Sources within Apple’s vast supply-line leaked documentation and component photos, indicating details regarding the iPhone’s Cameras, its case, processor, and RAM memory.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing {FF} Camera will likely contain 5 million pixels, a 400% increase from the current 1.2mp imager, for greatly improved SELFIE picture taking, true HD 1080p video recording and FaceTime Calling. We’ve just learned that the FF Camera will have a Flash for improved selfies in low light settings.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4k video capability; 4-K Video means that these Videos may capture at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone 6S to be 7.1mm Thin. Examination of the of the iPhone 6S case blueprints, reveal that the iPhone 6S will be 7.1mm in thickness, while the iPhone 6 is currently 6.9mm. Apparently the new 6S model will be 0.20mm thicker than the previous model. This may be due to Apple’s attempt to strengthen the shell to prevent a 2015 version of "Bend-Gate" or the addition of ForceTouch display grid.
iPhone 6S to be 0.2mm Thicker, in Perspective. A straind of Human Hair is about 0.10mm thick. This 0.20mm slight increase in thickness of the iPhone 6S is equivalent to the thickness of 2 Human Hairs, an almost in-perceivable measure to earthlings; however, Star Trek’s Vulcan Lieutenant Spock may be able to feel this difference.
iPhone 6S Front-Facing Camera. Examination of the iOS 9 Code Remarks , reveals that the FF Camera will be capable of Panorama photographs, 1080p 60fps video recording, and 720p 240fps slo-motion video capture, and HDR imaging. It also appears that the FF and RF iPhone Cameras will display Real-Time HDR visualization, on the LCD display.
iPhone 6S and 6S Plus Upgrade. Marilyn and I upgraded last year with AT&T’s 12 month NEXT Plan. This plan permits us upgrade literally to the "Next iPhone" seamlessly every 12 months. The plan provided to us a 20 month installment purchase contract with no interest charged. For the iPhone 6S Plus, lets assume prices are equal to last year’s, a price of $849, which includes $100 for 64GB memory storage.
AT&T’s NEXT 12 Plan in an installment purchase plan that takes $849 divided by 20 equal payments = $42.45/month for 20 months, paying the sales tax only at time of sale. The first $42.50 payment was included in one’s Next month’s AT&T billing.
iPhone 6S Plus Arrival in September, 8 weeks from now, we will present our iPhone 6 Plus smartphones in good physical and working condition, and receive new iPhone 6S Plus smartphones with the payment of $50.94 sales tax, and the 20 month installment plan (with 8 months remaining) is reset for another 20 months. If we don’t want to upgrade this year, continue to pay the remaining 8 months, and the installment sale would be completed, and the iPhones are then owned free and clear.
AppleCare+ Accident Protection. Increase the Warranty and Apple Support to 2 Years, PLUS includes 2 years of Accident protection for an up-front onetime price of $99 for 2 years. For accident protection, there is a $79 deductible paid when returning the phone to the Apple Store, say for water damaged iPhone replacement. For any warranty repairs or replacements during the 2 year period, there are no deductible charges. AppleCare+ does Not provide coverage if you loose the iPhone. Most of the cellular providers’ protection plans cost $99/year with a deductible.
iPhone 6S Rear-Facing Camera will contain 12 million pixels, a 150% increase from the current 8.0mp imager, for improved image resolution, plus better digital-zoom range. The iPhone is reported to be delivering true 4K video capability; 4K Video means that these Videos are captured at each 2160×3840 pixel frame, at a frame-rate of 30fps, and where each frame contains 8.847MP. This is Huge, 4 times traditional (industry nick-named 2K) HDTV frames of 1080px1920 pixels. Video capture may also be capable of 240fps for super-slow-motion videography, all of which would be very significant accomplishments in the iPhone video platform, actually any $1000 platform.
iPhone Videography – Think About it… With iPhone 6S being capable of 4k video capture PLUS slow-motion, accompanied with the iOS9 software upgrade, the iPhone 6S Camera App may have tools to select individual "still-image" photographs from the video clip, during play-back. Recall with digital videos, shot at 30fps (frames per second), the videos are actually a string of 30 still-images in sequence for the duration of the video-clip. For typical iPhone 6 video recording, each video consists of a string of thirty 2.1mp still images per second. Each frame would produce an excellent 4×6" photograph.
iPhone 4k video recording, this would provide the opportunity of selecting the exact frame (an 8.8mp frame) when a football team’s wide-received catches a Touchdown pass, the Baseball hitter with the Ball literally "On the Bat" at the exact moment of the hit, or the Golfer whose drive shows the Golf Ball at the exact moment of impact with the Driver… professional photographers practice for many years to capture these precise moments. With 4k video frame selection, everyone can capture these amazingly timed Photographs. This would produce an excellent 8×10" photograph.
iPhone’s iOS9. Lets not forget that the iPhone is an elaborate well packaged bundle of technology, albeit an amazing achievement. Combine iPhone HARDWARE with iOS SOFTWARE and the iPhone 6S comes to life. Hardware development is crucial; however, its the Software, the iOS that permits the 770 Million Users COMMUNICATE with the iPhone.
Combine iPhone 6S + iOS9 + Vast array of iPhone Apps, and the iPhone becomes much more than a Cell-Phone. Therefore, Take Time in discovering the features of Apple’s to be released iOS9, as teams of thousands of Apple Engineers are working 24/7 to make the USER Experience Exceptional and Secure. iOS9 will be bundled in all the new iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus when they are released in September, 2015
Apple Clearly Understands iPhone Photography (we call it iPhoneOgraphy) is a very important smartphone usage-component. As a teaching Pro, its widely known in the Imaging Industry that Smartphones have stimulated a modern rebirth in picture-taking in a major way.
iPhone Model Updates (A). iPhone was first brought to market by Apple June 29, 2007. Annually, Apple has been upgrading their iPhone with subsequent model releases occurring generally mid-year in a June to October calendar cycle. However, since 2012 iPhone updates have stabilized to the 3rd week of September.
iPhone "S" model releases have occurred on "Odd" numbered years, 3GS in 2009, 4S in 2011, 5S in 2013. And if history repeats itself 2015 will bring us the iPhone 6S, 6S Plus, and perhaps the 6C adding a variety of case colors. While "Even" numbered years, the iPhone model name changes by Number, iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014, and likely the iPhone 7 to be released September, 2016.
iPhone Model Updates (B). iPhone "S" updates have focused on improving its Camera, Lens System, Imager, and the iOS System software applicable to Camera Operation and Image Processing. This year should follow this trend, with a number of significant iPhone Camera improvements, among other enhancements, perhaps 2GB of internal RAM (up from 1GB), faster more power-efficient A9 Processor, improved battery chemistry and longevity.
iPhone Force Touch. With the introduction of the AppleWatch, its display and the WatchOS have a technology that is capable of distinguishing between a Tap and a Press. Since the AppleWatch has limited display area, Force Touch provides a software tool to launch Menu selections that a Tap would not provide. With the AppleWatch if one firmly Presses onto the Watch Face, the Watch OS responds with a "Customize" option, and you may Swipe-Left or Swipe-Right, to select from a dozen Watch Faces.
iPhone 6 currently running with iOS8.4, from the HOME Screen, if you Tap onto an App icon, the App launches; if you Press-and-Hold onto an App icon, all the Apps icons in that Home Page starts "jiggling" and the App icons simultaneously display an "X" at the top-left corner of each App icon, inviting the user to Delete the App with a Tap onto the "X" or Press onto the middle of the App icon, to Move the App to another position on that Home-Page or Move the App icon to another Home-Page, or move the App on top of another App to create a Folder to house two or more Apps.
iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus with Force Touch functionality. Apparently Apple engineers have designed an electrical-grid within the Display of the AppleWatch used to differentiate between a user’s Tap and Press. Apple engineering teams have determined that Force Touch will add unique and useful software tools for communicating with the iOS and Apple Apps. When iPhone 6S is released the Operating System pre-loaded will be iOS9, which will incorporate the Force-Touch algorithms.
iPhone cameras are capturing more Pictures than ALL the other digital Cameras Combined, including all the other smartphone cameras.
iPhones are currently selling at a rate of 250 million units per year and growing by +30% or more year over year. iPhone (camera) sales has been destroying the traditional pocket digital camera sales, over recent years. Sometime during 2016 iPhone sales will cross the 1,000,000,000 iPhones in circulation milestone. (1Billion iPhones). Remember the Apple critics were saying that Apple had "no business" entering the already crowded smartphone marketplace in 2007. Good thing Apple does not pay any attention to the critics.
Canon, Nikon, Sony, Leica, Lumix, Fuji have dominated the portable point-and-shoot photography segment for decades. Portable point and shoot cameras transformed to Digital from traditional film about 12 years ago, which stimulated their sales.
iPhone Cameras deliver excellent still-image capture and image stabilized HDTV video recording from 30fps to 240fps, with excellent color rendition and detail. Folks are realizing that there is no discernible need to carry a (second) portable-camera, therefore traditional pocket-camera sales continue to plummet.
iPhoneOgraphy. Having published over 500,000 images in recent years on our site (http://www.416-1100.com), the iPhone digital camera has become very sophisticated. The lens system’s aperture is currently at ƒ2.2 with a top shutter speed of 1/1000 second, Color rendition is very accurate, image detail is sharp. For a fixed focal-length camera one could hardly ask for more, knowing that the entire Camera, Lens, Imager system is the size of Kernel of Corn.
iPhoneOgraphy Wish List. Apple has achieved Patents for an internal Zoom Lens System, a unique Light Splitting system so that the 3-primary colors (Red Green Blue) are separated, processed and then brought together digitally for recording onto the memory data card. Apple also received a patent for a Bayonet Lens Mounting system so accessory Lens attachments may be attached to the iPhone with its precision mounting hardware. If and when Apple brings these unique Patents into the iPhone, another Imaging Revolution will be upon us. While we are wishing, lets increase the Aperture to ƒ1.8 and the maximum shutter speed to 1/2000 second, and a 3x optical zoom lens.
iPhoneOgraphy. There have been occasions particularly for product imaging, landscapes, and evening sunsets, where the iPhone camera does an amazing job. I’ve posted many on my FAU4U Facebook page; Combine iPhoneOgraphy with several of the great iPhone Camera and Imaging Editing Apps available today, such as: 645 PRO, GyroLens, PS Express, Photogene4, to name a few. Notice the screen-capture that displays my iPhone "Image Editing" home-page showing my most commonly used Apps. BTW, since I have not found a Photo App to adjust Perspective similar to the "Photoshop Skew Tool" I use Doc Scan Pro App on the iPhone and Doc Scan HD App on the iPad, to straighten (make parallel) building Edges in Photos. These Apps are designed to square the edges of a scanned page;however I use the App to make Building Walls parallel, as a $2500 CANON Perspective-Control Tilt-Shift Lens would accomplish.
Our Professional Photography colleagues will be shocked to learn that many times, I’ve chosen to use my trusty iPhone 6 Plus (camera) set to HDR mode, to capture landscape scenes and sunsets rather than take out my $3500 Canon Digital SLR rig. When engaged for a photo assignment, one surely cannot whip out an iPhone for a commercial job.
iPhone Cameras. Next year over 1,000,000,000 iPhones (1 Billion iPhones) will be in Circulation.
Apple knows the Power of iPhone picture-taking and SELFIE picture taking. Addressing this huge imaging demand Apple continues to implement a number of significant image quality upgrades. Recall initially, the front-facing camera was "designed" primarily for FaceTime video-calling. To keep the band-width requirements under control, for the cellular service providers, Apple kept the front facing camera to roughly 1 million pixels. Currently, the cellular providers have greatly enhanced their Networks by a factor of 10x, so live streaming HQ video is now mainstream.
iPhone 6S Front Facing 5pm Camera. Apple increasing the front facing camera to 5mp will deliver very high quality images for publication to Facebook, Twitter and other Social Networks. The Front Facing Camera upgrade will also deliver true 1080p, 30 frames per second, High Definition Video, for making Selfie videos, HDTV Movies, High Definition FaceTime calls, and high resolution selfie Picture taking.
iPhone 6S Rear Facing 12mp Camera. Apple increasing the Rear Facing Camera imager to 12mp is a significant increase. Apple has resisted increasing the pixel count in prior iPhone iterations; however, Apple improved and increased the iPhone’s pixel-size to reduce low-light noise.
iPhoneOgraphy, iPhone Digital Photograph As a frame of reference the traditional 8"x10" Color Print at 300dpi, requires 7.2mp of image data. (The math: 8x300x10x300 = 7,200,000) One of the principle reasons that Apple retained the 8mp pixel-dimension, was the iPhone’s ability to make Framable 8×10" prints.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple continued to improve Picture Taking by re-Engineered the actual Pixels for three subsequent years (rather than increasing the pixel count) improving the Lens Systems, and adding Optical Image Stabilization, reducing blurred-pictures, by virtually eliminating camera shake.
iPhoneOgraphy for the inPhone 6S. Its reported from supply-line sources that the iPhone 6S Front facing camera will contain a 12mp imager. A traditional digital file with a pixel dimension of 12mp RGB (bayer array: red green blue) can deliver a 300dpi print of 10"x13.3" which is a remarkable capability for a Camera-Lens System that is the size of a small Green Pea, imbedded in the iPhone 6S.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video HDTV. The new Rear Facing Camera would also have the capability of recording true 4k HDTV Movies at 30 frames per second. True HDTV 4K recordings means that 30 frames per second with each frame containing a pixel dimension of 4096×2160 pixels, which equates images of 8.847mp each, recorded at a frame rate of thirty frames per second. Canon’s $10,000 five pound DSLR professional camera can capture 4k video, but certainly not "pocket-friendly." This is a lot of imaging data. Better upgrade your next iPhone to 128GB Phone storage!
In practice, if you were video recording a Tennis Match in 4k format (A), one could scroll through the video Frames, locating the exact Frame where the Tennis Ball was impacted upon the strings of the Tennis Racket, a precise moment in time that Professional Photographers strive for, with their $10,000 Canon SLR cameras, that can capture high-speed photography at just 12 frames per second. Truly, a Wow Factor.
iPhoneOgraphy 4k Video Picture Frames (B), Combine 4k video recording with a Optical Zoom lens, would create an Action Sports camera to behold. Notice the tennis match that I shot in 2005 at a FAU Woman’s Court. With 4k recording this shot would be common-place rather than a hard sought-after lucky capture.
http://www.416-1100.com/gallery/392033
iPhoneOgraphy, One More Thing. Recently, Apple received a Patent for incorporating a Bayonet Mounting System into the iPhone in support for its Rear Facing camera Lens opening. If implemented, Apple (or the After-Market) would be able to manufacturer Lens Attachments to be precision mounted onto the iPhone.
iPhoneOgraphy. If and When Apple chooses to build a stainless steel Bayonet Mount, this would encourage even more picture taking, with an array of zoom lenses, wide-angle lenses, and telephoto lenses.
iPhoneOgraphy ALSO, Apple received a Patent where a 3x Optical Zoom Lens would be built into the iPhone, internally, making the iPhone with no attachments, an all-in-one camera system combined with all the capabilities of the smartphone.
iPhoneOgraphy. Apple is fully aware that its iPhones owners are capturing Billions of Pictures and video clips. Apple knows that the iPhone Camera with its high quality picture taking capability, is one of the major reasons folks buy iPhones, combined with the iPhone’s new larger 4.7" and 5.5" Displays, and its incredible array of iPhone designed Apps.
———————– Previously Reported ————————–
iPhone 7 has been on Apple’s Drawing Boards for some time. There may not even be an iPhone 6S, that has been anticipated. Yes, there will likely be a New iPhone released in Q3 of 2015. There are a number of unknowns, among a few: (A) What will Apple call the next iPhone iteration, iPhone 6S or iPhone 7, (B) What are the New iPhone Specifications and improvements from the present day iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, (C) What are the New iSight Camera Specifications, will Apple be able to incorporate a true Dual-Lens Sight camera system, or a 3-Imager Array with Optical Image Stabilization, incorporated with a 3x Optical Zoom Lens with a field of view of say 20º to 60º range (both these iSight configurations are Apple owned Patents). (D) Perhaps the iSight Camera receives a new 12 Million Pixel Imager, with enhanced color rendition and low-noise performance.
iPhones are sophisticated hand-held compact communications devices that require thousands of man-hours to develop, test, engineer, retest, reengineer, construct prototypes, field-test, fabrication production-run tests, then mass-produce.
Question remains: Will Apple release an iPhone 6S in 2015 or choose to call it an iPhone 7. There have been lots of chatter mentioning that the iPhone 6S iteration thought to be released in Sept, 2015, will not occur with the "S" model. However, Apple may release the iPhone 7 in 2015 because of its extensive improvements, that are certainly not an incremental improvement.
Apple’s iPhone 7 Camera may be the Really BIG News. A recent US Patent Awarded to Apple, designs a new image-splitting Cubic methodology, an optical zoom and image stabilization camera lens system, low noise improvement, color rendition. Perhaps a new optical image stabilization system coupled to the three-imager system that separately processes Red, Green, and Blue light.
Current reports out of China indicate that the iSight Camera may increase the Imager to 12 million Pixels. If the iSight Camera system is configured with a dual-camera system, perhaps the 12 million pixels equates to Two Imagers of 6 million pixels each.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will commence in August, 2015 in preparation to its subsequent release. iPhone 6 to iPhone 6 Plus mass-production will be at a 2:1 ratio, favoring the more popular iPhone 6. Assuming drop-testing is now satisfactory, the iPhone 6 Plus model may incorporate a new Sapphire display-cover; the use of Sapphire would be a First for any current smartphones on the market. Currently the Watch and the Watch edition models utilize Apple’s new sapphire display covering.
iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus have been out for 9 months, with only 3-Months remaining until the next iPhone; Accordingly, it’s time to update the rumors regarding the next generation iPhone. No one knows if the next iPhone will be named the iPhone 6S, or the iPhone 7, but from industry sources, we are expecting the iPhone 7 to arrive in the 3rd quarter of 2015.
The next iPhone may feature an edge-to-edge, or near edge-to-edge display removing all or most of the edge-bezel that exists in the 5.5" iPhone 6 Plus. iPhone 7 may be the result of removing most of the bezel {the black "boarder" that outlines the display area}. This will have the effect of "creating" a larger image-display area, without increasing the edge-to-edge dimensions of the overall iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus. As for resolution, we think Apple will likely retain the pixel dimensions at 1080p, and physical dimensions of the iPhone 7 models will remain constant with the iPhone 6 and 6 plus.
Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS9. Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give "hints" on the new iPhone 7 features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 7.
Force Touch Technology. One of the "Operating System" features that may be brought over from the Apple Watch is Force Touch. This is a software methodology that distinguishes between a Tap and a forceful Touch. Generally speaking a Tap is a brief gesture made to a touch-screen display signifying a menu item, a "send" or "answer" button.
A Forceful Touch is a new gesture where a user applies finger-pressure on a menu item, indicating to the Operating System to launch a "Sum Menu" for example. In actuality the display does not notice or measure physical pressure; however, applying a press, the system recognizes the "diameter" of the finger when a there is a brief Tap, as compared to an "increasing diameter" of the finger, and a longer Press duration that occurs on the touch screen.
Inside the iPhone, Apple will likely replace the A8 processor with a new A9 processor, fabricated by Samsung, however, designed by Apple. Samsung will use the new thinner 14nm FinFET technology when manufacturing Apple’s new A9 custom processor.
Lets Get Scientific for a moment. The term “14nm” refers to the size of the transistors that are used to make a whole integrated circuit or ‘chip’. Back in the days of the earliest integrated circuits these transistors were 10 microns across or nearly 1,000 times larger than they are today. Reducing the size of these transistors has important benefits.
Because of the way integrated circuits are built on fixed-size sheets of silicon, by making each circuit smaller, more circuits may be built on a given sheet size, reducing the cost per transistor and giving greater performance for the same cost.
Additionally by reducing the distance between transistors, the amount of power required is reduced to activate the circuits and to move the signal from one circuit to the next. The results is a reduction in overall power consumption. For Apple “14nm” means greater performance, less heat, lower power consumption and bet better battery life.
Expect a seriously fast Multi-Core processor in the iPhone 7. On the rear of the iPhone 6, 6 Plus, Apple may install a tandem, dual-lens Cameras into the iPhone 7 that will provide "DSLR Quality" images. The rear-facing camera in the Samsung Galaxy S6 and S6 edge is impressive, therefore it will be interesting to test Apple’s new camera systems.
iPhone 7 for the Record. The next iPhone whether its named the iPhone 6S or the iPhone 7, will not actually be the 7th iPhone. The iPhone 6 and 6 Plus were in order, the 9th and 10th iPhone models released respectively. If Apple were to adopt the next Number for all the new model-releases, no more "S" designations for odd-year releases) then the iPhone 7, 7 Plus would be the 11th and 12th in line.
S
Historically, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the "S" moniker to the model name its updating, the "odd-numbered years," such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably. For example, iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely name this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S. This year may change this naming sequence.
iPhone 7 Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel "Radio Transceivers" capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.
Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 7 will likely follow this upgrading formula.
Over 35% of the Folks buy iPhone 6 were Android "Switchers" according to Industry Tracking Services, reporting Carriers, and Apple. Apparently there is a large installed base of Android smartphone users that are migrating to Apple, now that the iPhone 6 is offering larger displays.
iPhone 6 and 6 Plus Sales are far and away Better than Analysts predicted, Apple sold 135 Million iPhones Globally for the 6 months period ending March 31, 2015. Surveys conducted by Canaccord indicates that a "greater mix" of Android users {about double} are converting to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus than did to the iPhone 5, 5s, or 5c. A recent Kantar Worldpanel ComTech study noted that across Germany, France, Italy, Spain, and the U.K., roughly 32.4% of new iPhone buyers migrated from Android in the last quarter.
Data from the IDC’s latest Mobile Phone Tracker survey reveals that 98.8 million smartphone units shipped in China in the first three months of 2015. Despite a 4.5% contraction, Apple grew its sales a massive 62.1% year over year. IDC’s Tracker reports that Apple shipped 14.5 million iPhones in China in the quarter, earning the company 14.7% market share, making iPhone China’s No. 1 smartphone vendor.
Analysts fail to notice the Chinese 4.3% contraction in smartphone sales was largely due to Samsung’s significant 11.3 million unit drop in sales Y-O-Y, from 20.9 million to 9.6 million units sold, more than double China’s percentage contraction.
Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.
In Sum, iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to history and recent conflicting reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model, or iPhone 7, because of major internal innovations justifying the advanced nomenclature.
One More Thing on this Topic. Lets look at nomenclature from a Marketing perspective. Apple knows that only 20% of the installed iPhone-user-base upgraded from an older iPhone to the New iPhone 6. Apple reported that 13% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by December 31, 2014, and an additional 7% of existing iPhone users upgraded to the iPhone 6 by March 31, 2015.
Conversely, this means 80% of existing iPhone owners have not upgraded to iPhone 6 or 6 Plus. To help motivate this large 80% group of {iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 4, 4S, 3G and 3GS} users, about 250 million of them, Apple may incorporate "magnanimous improvements and technology" into the Next iPhone iteration, to help encourage more existing iPhone users to upgrade this year.
Apple may jump directly to the iPhone 7 to make it indelibly clear that the 2015 iPhone iteration is NOT an Incremental update.
Apple is